z31st story transferred to my new account by timescribe
Summary:

See my Timescrybe2 account, as I am going to ask the admins to terminate this one as soon as I've finished moving the stories to the new account. This old timescribe account has been malfunctioning since Jan 2019, causing hassles for both me and the readers. I plan to get rid of it ASAP.


Categories: Giantess, Adventure, Gentle, Growing Woman, Instant Size Change, Mouth Play, Unaware, Vore Characters: None
Growth: Giant (31 ft. to 50 ft.)
Shrink: None
Size Roles: None
Warnings: This story is for entertainment purposes only.
Challenges: None
Series: None
Chapters: 48 Completed: Yes Word count: 84954 Read: 266231 Published: December 05 2012 Updated: December 17 2012
Story Notes:

In 2009-2010, Modelmrs and I co-wrote a story called Giant girls’ college.

In 2011, I reworked it as “Parallel Girls High”.

In 2012 I reworked it again as "Mrs Long's New School".

In 2014, I merely changed the title. The story content is identical to the 2012 post.

Bon Appetit, Giantesses,

from Timescribe. 

 

1. Chapter 1: OUT OF BOUNDS by timescribe

2. Chapter 2: A HOLIDAY TREAT by timescribe

3. Chapter 3: A PICNIC LUNCH by timescribe

4. Chapter 4: BULLIES FOR YOU by timescribe

5. Chapter 5: THE COCKTAIL PARTY by timescribe

6. Chapter 6: PINEAPPLE TURNOVER by timescribe

7. Chapter 7: A SWIM BEFORE LUNCH by timescribe

8. Chapter 8: GARDEN ODYSSEY by timescribe

9. Chapter 9: GIANT COURTSHIP by timescribe

10. Chapter 10: DOUBLE DATE, DOUBLE FATE by timescribe

11. Chapter 11: A SYMPATHETIC VIEWPOINT by timescribe

12. Chapter 12: WHATEVER HAPPENED TO NICKY? by timescribe

13. Chapter 13: EXPANDING THE MARKET by timescribe

14. Chapter 14: ZAYNI'S IN-SIGHT by timescribe

15. Chapter 15: GARTIN DECLINES by timescribe

16. Chapter 16: HEADMISTRESS AT THE TOP OF A HILL by timescribe

17. Chapter 17: A DEAL'S A MEAL by timescribe

18. Chapter 18: THE SECRET SISTERHOOD OF G.U.L.P. by timescribe

19. Chapter 19: INTO MISS CARTWRIGHT'S WEB by timescribe

20. Chapter 20: WHEN THE RED HED BOBBING COMES GOBBLING ALONG by timescribe

21. Chapter 21: LIVING THE POSSIBLE DREAM by timescribe

22. Chapter 22: LET THE HUNTS BEGIN by timescribe

23. Chapter 23: NEW PROSPECTS by timescribe

24. Chapter 24: OPEN TO POSSIBILITIES by timescribe

25. Chapter 25: TINY TOBY'S REUNION by timescribe

26. Chapter 26: MRS YEO WELCOMES ROY IN by timescribe

27. Chapter 27: THE DELECTABLE DECOY by timescribe

28. Chapter 28: SUCKING DIRK IN by timescribe

29. Chapter 29: A DEEPER CONNECTION by timescribe

30. Chapter 30: CLARK'S DARING DIVE by timescribe

31. Chapter 31: shebay by timescribe

32. Chapter 32: "I bid YOU ADIEU!" by timescribe

33. Chapter 33: HELPING WITH HER DIET by timescribe

34. Chapter 34: THE SECOND HIATUS by timescribe

35. Chapter 35: OPEN TO NEW THINGS by timescribe

36. Chapter 36: A RINGING IN HER STOMACH by timescribe

37. Chapter 37: SAFETY FOUND IN MARRIAGE by timescribe

38. Chapter 38: VOLUNTEERS AND VICTIMS by timescribe

39. Chapter 39: PATRICIA'S INNER TUBE by timescribe

40. Chapter 40: THE INCREDIBLE SHRINKING PLAN by timescribe

41. Chapter 41: THE DYEING ART OF ROMANCE by timescribe

42. Chapter 42: THE LADY LEARNS THE TRUTH by timescribe

43. Chapter 43: THE OLD VORE CHANGETH by timescribe

44. Chapter 44: ABOUT A BOYFRIEND by timescribe

45. Chapter 45: TEASE AND SYMPATHY by timescribe

46. Chapter 46: THE STORY OF NATALIE'S MUMMY'S TUMMY by timescribe

47. Chapter 47: FUTURES AND CREAM by timescribe

48. Chapter 48: HISTORY AND CHEMISTRY by timescribe

Chapter 1: OUT OF BOUNDS by timescribe
Author's Notes:

December 1978…

 

 

It was the last day of school. At around lunch time, a fifth grader named Sonny was approached by his science and maths teacher Mrs Long.

 

“I know the forest behind the school is usually out of bounds, but I’m giving you permission to sneak in there with me, just as the lunch break ends,” said Mrs Long, “I’ve going to give you a surprise.”

 

She had long dark brown hair, perfect white skin, was slightly plump, which seemed to make her all the more attractive to him, and bright red lipstick. She was wearing a  black dress and a dark blue trench coat. He couldn’t help staring at her.  

 

They started walking through the forest as soon as everyone else went back to their lessons.

 

“I’m not teaching anyone for the rest of the day, and then school breaks up,” said Mrs Long.

 

She led him to a sparkling tube of solid light of some sort, which opened up like a portal and they went through and came out on the other side. He was surprised to find everything giant sized.

 

“This is a parallel world,” she said, and led him into a classroom.

 

She went on to explain that the giant girls’ school had broken up the day before. So it was empty now.

 

She had him wait, while she went out into the garden for some reason.

When she came back, she was giant sized, and was carrying the normal sized clothes she’d worn. They were in her hand, while she was wearing giant clothes which had been designed exactly like the ones she’d worn at normal size.

 

She took him out into the school gardens and sat on a seat.

 

“This is incredible,” he said, “I think you look even more beautiful as a giant.”

 

“I’m a 30 year old widowed mother,” she said, in a very haughty manner.

“So what made you decide to trust me with the secret of this location?” he asked.

 

She took a giant paperback romance novel out of her inner pocket, and opened it to the bookmarked page.

 

“I’m going to gobble you all up for my lunch,” said Mrs Long.

 

She licked his face.

 

“I don’t want you to do that,” he said.

 

“Do you think I don’t know that?” she said, “It makes no difference to me, Sonny. You’re a tasty little boy, and you’ll have to face being eaten.”

 

She opened her mouth, and he saw her sparkling red tongue awaiting him.

She slid him across her lower lip, onto her tongue and closed her mouth.

He moved around on her tongue and actually found it rather pleasant, except for what awaited him.

 

Mrs Long continued reading her book for a long time, without gulping him down. Then she suddenly opened her mouth, took him out and rested him on her lap, while she continued to read. He looked up at her beautiful face.

 

When she was almost finished the book, a sudden gust of wind blew the bookmark into the bushes. She got up from the seat, leaving the book beside him, and went for the bookmark. She had trouble finding it.

He quickly tore a page from the book, folded it into a paper aeroplane, and flew it down to the ground. He ran for the tube.

 

Mrs Long found her bookmark, came back, located the plane, and came crawling through the garden after him.

 

“Come back here, you sneaky little boy! I want you in my stomach!”

 

She caught up to him just as he reached the tube and looked back to see her lunging for him.

He jumped into the tube and returned to his own earth.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

January 1979…

 

In the suburbs of Sydney Australia, there was a boys elementary or preparatory school with 4th to 6th class students called Northern Boys Prep and a boys high school next door for boys in years 7 to 12, called Northern Boys High. Both were in fact parts of the same school, and both backed onto a bush forest which the teachers had clearly informed everyone was out of bounds.

 

A boy named Willy had been ten years old for six months or so, and noticed that girls were beautiful, or at least some of them were. 

 

He went walking in the woods after school one day, as was his habit of going there to enjoy himself away from the bullies who dominated the school’s best places after school.

 

He was not prepared for what beheld his eyes. He came to a sparkling tube, which was permanently fixed there, and stayed open.

 

He did the natural thing and dived into it, and went for the ride of a lifetime, before the tube disgorged him in a giant flower garden. He walked to the edge of it, and saw that it was part of the garden in the grounds of an enormous school.

 

“My, oh my! I’d best get out of here quickly,” he pontificated, “The boys my own size are bullies enough.”

 

Then he got an even greater surprise. A teenage girl came out of the boarding house and walked across the lawn. She lay down on the lawn, not far from his position, and opened her books and began to do her homework. He squinted with his eyes, to focus carefully on the giant book. It was written in English!

 

“This must be a parallel universe, and this particular part is as close to my own location as I’m likely to find. Oh my, she looks beautiful!” he thought.

 

He watched her for the next hour, as she worked away. Then she began closing both the text book and her assignment folder. She was packing up, preparing to leave. He wanted very much to see her again.

 

For the first time in his life, he threw shyness out the window, and ran out in front of her.

 

“Hello!” he called.

 

“Hello,” she said in a way, which she had intended to make him feel comfortable in her presence. The boy looked the cutest she’d ever seen. She didn’t want to scare him off.

 

“I’m from another Earth, I think. Do you call this earth?”

 

“Yes.”

 

“There’s some sort of trans-dimensional tube in the garden. I’m Willy.”

 

“I’m Jenny,” she said, “Very pleased to know you, Willy. I was about to go inside. I’m a boarding school girl, and I’ve only an hour and a half of free time now before dinner. Would you like me to stay here and talk with you instead?”

 

“I’d like that very much,” said Willy.

 

She admired his tiny limbs and his adorable little face. It was like something out of her childhood literature, yet brought to life in a romantic way, which deeply touched her adolescent heart. How she wanted to hold him close to her face and kiss the sweet little darling.

 

But what would he think of such giant lips as she had? Would he find them overwhelming? He seemed to be a few years younger than her, as she was already 13.


She would have to tread very carefully.

 

“So what do you do on weekends?” asked Willy.

 

“I might go into my dorm room alone. Would you like to come with me?”

 

“Is it Thursday here for you too?”

 

“Yes. Our worlds seem to be in the same time phase.”

 

Jenny was so pleased that the cute little boy seemed interested in befriending her.

 

 

Chapter 2: A HOLIDAY TREAT by timescribe
Author's Notes:

The complexity and multiple plot lines of the original yarn will soon be developed too.

“Sure. I could come. I’d have to go to the school on my world, to get to the woods which have my end of the trans-dimensional tube. But do you mean to say that you have your own dorm room all to yourself?”

 

“Sure. Don’t they on your world?”

 

“Well I’m not a boarder, but they do usually have a few beds in one room.”

 

“That wouldn’t have left us much privacy,” she said, “I’m 13 now. I don’t want busybodies knowing my every move, especially now that I’ve met you.”

 

“I’m 10.”

 

“Ooh, a toy boy, literally!” she giggled.

 

“I guess I don’t understand the joke. Am I just like a toy doll to you?”

 

“No, silly. Toy boy is an expression for a younger boy with an older girl.”

 

“It would be nice to be in a relationship with you,” he said.

 

“Oh you’re so cute, so cute, cute, cute!” she said, wondering if he’d say the same thing after her lips had all but smothered the tiny little dear. She would wait until Saturday, before even considering attempting such a bold step.

 

Jenny would have been far more careful, when arranging dates with Willy, if she had known what had happened in the long summer December to January holidays which had just come to an end. This is what happened:

 

At the start of the summer holidays, when school had broken up in December 1978, another student from Willy’s school, aged 10, named Robin had decided to go into the school grounds on the first day of the holidays, so he could explore the out of bounds forest without being caught. He soon found and made a similar journey through the trans-dimensional tube.

 

It wasn’t long before he was seen in the school grounds by Mrs Long. She was his 30 year old dark brown haired science and maths teacher only the day before. (Little did he know that, by the end of that day, she had become a giantess and attempted to eat Sonny.) Yet now she seemed to have become a giantess. She explained to Robin that she had become a widow at the age of 29 in January 1977, had lived at the other end of the forest, explored it and found the trans-dimensional tube, briefly visited the giant school and then returned to the forest, continued her walk and come out in the prep school and later secured a teaching position there in September 1977. She had a daughter named Kirsty who had been born in January 1974.

 

By April 1978, Mrs Long had used her scientific skills to invent a growth formula and an antidote. Now she could go to the giant school and become a giantess. By November 1978, Mrs Long had managed to arrange to start teaching in the giant girls’ high school in February 1979, which would fit in nicely, as her daughter would be starting at a giant girls kindergarten which was on the way to the giant house that Mrs Long had moved into.

 

The school already had a science teacher, a divorced woman named Lyndal Cartwright. However, Mrs Long’s mention of her singing skills would make her a welcome addition to the school choir as well, and her maths teaching skills were the most important, as an aging maths teacher had just retired. The price of land was negligible in the giant world, which had a far more favourable economic structure. So Mrs Long had been able to acquire it easily by borrowing against her salary for her first few months in her new teaching position.

 

The giant girls’ high school accepted married women on its teaching staff, but tended to prefer and attract single, divorced and widowed women, who could more easily take up live in house mistress positions when necessary. So Mrs Long’s situation was very suitable. She was charmed by the boy’s friendly nature, and considered him good company, whenever they had the time to themselves. He enjoyed being with Mrs Long and would come to visit every week day during the summer holidays right up until the new year 1979 started.

 

On the first day of the new year, she hid him in her handbag, and took him to the headmistress’s home after school had broken up. She had managed to get her teaching position, by making good friends with Mrs Yeo, the headmistress.

 

Mrs Yeo was nearly 41 years old, and had medium length dark brown hair and usually wore bright red lipstick. She was also a widow, and had two daughters aged 13 and 14 who attended the school.

 

“Would you mind if I brought my daughter Kirsty over here to play with your daughters in the last week of the holidays?” asked Mrs Long.

 

Secretly concealed in her handbag, Robin listened to the discussion between the two widowed mothers.

 

“That would be nice,” said Mrs Yeo.

 

“I’m sure Kirsty will enjoy it,” said Mrs Long.

 

“Are you all ready to start your new teaching job?” asked Mrs Yeo.

 

“Yes. I’m going to rearrange the classroom a little today, but other than that, I’m sure I’m all set,” said Mrs Long.

 

Then Mrs Long, having kept Robin’s existence secret from Mrs Yeo, had taken Robin to her new classroom and put him down on a table in front of her.

 

“Alright young friend, I’m going to leave you in this room for the next few weeks,” said Mrs Long, “I’ll visit you each day and take care of all your needs, while my daughter plays in the school gardens. On the Monday of the 5th week, I shall take her to Mrs Yeo’s house, which is just up the small slope (a giant hill to you) behind the school grounds. Then I shall come and see you for a while. We’ll talk for an hour or so. Then I’ll use the staff kitchen to warm you up in the oven, so that I can take you into the school garden for a picnic lunch.”

 

He was fairly sure he knew exactly what she meant, but it was a significant shock. So he had to find out for certain, without instilling the idea in her mind himself.

 

“It’ll be the long summer holidays. So I don’t think I’ll need to be warmed up in the middle of the day. If the food’s warm enough, it’ll keep me comfortably warm during lunch,” he said.

 

“The food will certainly be warm enough,” said Mrs Long, while Robin looked on with interest, “I was merely giving you 4 ½ weeks’ notice, that I’m going to gobble you whole for my lunch. I didn’t think that you’d like me to spring it on you.”

 

He took in all that she had said in her polite courteous feminine voice. The only comforting news was in the phrase ‘gobble you whole.’

 

“It’s very sweet and lovely of you to consider my feelings like that,” he said, “and I’m glad you’d prefer to swallow me whole.”

 

“Well I don’t see any reason to hurt you in the process, and I’d like you to be alive to appreciate what’s happening to you while I’m gulping you down. I think you’re a very well behaved little boy, except for discovering my secret by going into the out of bounds forest behind my old school where I was your teacher. I’ve enjoyed our friendship a great deal, and I’m looking forward to having you in my mouth for a holiday treat.”


The way she said these menacing things was so friendly and feminine. She spoke in a way as to deliberately create a mixture of reactions in him, as she enjoyed seeing the effect this had.

 

“As pleasant as you’re able to make it, I guess I don’t want to meet with such a final outcome,” he said.

 

“I was quite sure you wouldn’t,” she said, maintaining her alluring sweet manner for him, “That’s why I have to leave you trapped in this room, high on this table. I’ll look after you, without letting you sneak away.”

 

“You must be very sure you’ll find me tasty,” he replied.

 

“Well you’re so young. You look delicious,” she said.

 

“I think that’s the most special compliment I’ve had,” he said, making her heart flutter with anticipation of eating this sweet young boy, “You could actually enjoy the taste of me, without gobbling me down.”

 

At last he had made the response that she had been keen to elicit. It was now of penultimate importance to her, that she surprised him even more, by giving him a full understanding of a giant woman’s perspective on the situation. She wanted to leave him in no doubt of what would happen to him, and give him over four weeks to contemplate it.

 

“The taste is only one part of the pleasure though,” said Mrs Long, “Another part will be having you in my mouth, with the knowledge that my life will go on unchanged, while yours will be altered forever. This includes the comparative pleasure of being better fated than you, and the control oriented pleasure of being the person to administer that final outcome. I’m glad you mentioned your reluctance to face it. I can enjoy this even more, with you being open about sharing your fears with me. It’s one of the qualities I admire in you.”

 

Chapter 3: A PICNIC LUNCH by timescribe

Robin was a highly intelligent student, and had mastered an advanced understanding of English by the age of ten. Some of the big words she had used were a little vague to him in their meaning, but he could see that she would not be easily deterred from her plans.

 

“But Mrs Long, I’ve seen how strict and good you’ve been in my school. I’ve seen how much caring interest you take in each boy; and I’ve seen the safe environment you’ve created for them. It doesn’t seem like you to be planning to do something like this to me,” he said.

 

If he only knew how this appraisal of her deeply touched her heart. For someone so young he had been incredibly sensitive and observant about her character and actions as a teacher in a school where he was merely a student. The sweetness of his innocence and the fact that it would avail him naught was really affecting her. She was both proud of him and excited about eating him.

 

“You’ve understood me very well, but those giant girls are students of my new size. I shall naturally continue to look after them for many years to come, until I retire from teaching. However, you are not in the same position (as they are) to benefit from my role as an educational care giver. I can assure you that my professional and personal qualities as a teacher will not in any way discourage me from enjoying the outcome I have prepared for you. I have taken sufficient precautions to ensure that you can do nothing to circumvent that outcome. I am fully aware of the effect that this will have on you, and I’m very pleased that you have been reacting in the way that I expected. I’ve enjoyed this discussion, and I respect you for voicing your fears and apprehensions. I’m only suggesting you should realise that none of the concerns that you might raise can have any effect on the happy anticipation I have of eating you.”

 

“It sounds like you’ve anticipated my feelings about it with plenty of insight as well,” he said, ‘It’s not as if you callously haven’t even thought how I’ll be coping with this.”

 

“Thank you. I think that’s true. I know that from your perspective, you have everything to lose by this development; which for me will have all the relaxing atmosphere of a calm holiday lunch, with the school grounds all to ourselves. From my perspective, I have no reason to spare you. The reality is, that while you’ll be counting down the last days until it happens (nervously coming to terms with an approaching fate you’d rather avoid), I shall be enjoying my holidays with my daughter, and secretly eagerly looking forward to bringing that fate about for you. If you’ve understood that, there’s no point in trying to talk me into another course of action, is there?”

 

“No,” he answered, “Of course you’re right. There isn’t.”

 

“I think you have a very good grasp on reality,” said Mrs Long, “I have to do some tidying up in the classroom. I’ll come back over and say goodbye to you, before I go home.”

Robin thought for a long time, as he watched Mrs Long moving about the classroom, making adjustments necessary for her to take over the retired teacher’s duties. Then he saw her approach the desk again and place some makeshift comforts on it for him, to serve as a tiny bed and other needs. He knew that there was something he very much needed to tell her.

 

 “Mrs Long, I’ve been in love with you for some time. Would it be improper for me to ask you if we could spend the next two weeks on daytime dates?” he asked.

 

“I’d be glad to accommodate you, Robin. You’re a delightful little fellow.”

 

So they dated in the school grounds and rooms for the next two weeks, although Mrs Long was careful to make sure that Kirsty didn’t see him. She would arrange an occasional baby sitter for the girl soon enough. First she had to pay off her new house, which was in giant walking distance from the school and Kirsty’s school as well. Half way through the second week, he asked her, “Is there any chance you’d marry me instead of eating me?”

 

“The idea does have its appeals,” she said, “Although I can’t marry you for years until you’re old enough. I can’t really eat anyone else either. I’m afraid that job falls on you.”

 

His last hope had failed him. For the next two days she noticed a real state of melancholy in him. His love had not faded or diminished, but she could see the complete absence of hope in his demeanour now. She felt an extra comfort inside, as the last week of the holidays drew closer, knowing that he had reached this complete and total focus on the inviolate future he was facing.

 

She kissed him farewell at the end of the Friday.

 

On the Monday, she took Kirsty to Mrs Yeo’s house and then returned to the classroom, where she had trapped Robin.

 

“I couldn’t bring you any of the cake Mrs Yeo just shared with me, but I can certainly put you in touch with the parts of me which consumed it,” she said, and took him to the staff kitchen.

 

When the oven had done its few minutes of work she carried him out into the garden, sat on the seat looking out at the flowers, and tantalised her tongue with his small body. She felt him shaking with a mixture of fear and infatuation as she held him in fingers and thumb. She eased him gently into her mouth and found that her tongue could still perceive his dichotomy of reactions as they were manifesting physically in the movements of his tiny body. This pleased her immensely.

 

She drew him into her throat and considered his thoughts at that point.

 

“He’s at the top of my neck now. As soon as I start gulping, I can imagine every last wishful thought vanishing from his mind at once,” she thought, and did the gulp.

 

He reached her stomach after a few more, and she pictured him trapped within her form, still conscious and aware, yet no more able to climb free than he’d been able to discourage her from putting him there.

 

She looked out at the garden. It was beautiful. She’d been widowed for nearly two years and found fresh start in the giant world. She had her whole life ahead of her to enjoy, and every aspect of it seemed even more precious to her, when she acknowledged that it would not be available to Robin. She enjoyed a peaceful walk around the school grounds, reflecting on every moment of the last few months, and smiled.

 

“I wonder how you’re doing down in there, little Robin,” she said to herself, rubbing her tummy, and walked out of the school to pick up Kirsty from Mrs Yeo’s house.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Mrs Long had eaten Robin only weeks before Jenny met Willy.

 

Saturday had arrived, and Jenny had come to meet Willy in the gardens of her giant school. She waited patiently, wondering if her size had scared the tiny boy off. Then she saw him walking out of the garden. He was wearing a T-shirt and shorts this time, instead of a school uniform. She liked the look of his tiny little pink arms and legs on show.

 

She lifted him gently and said, “I wore a dress with a pocket in it, so I can smuggle you up to the boarding house.”

 

Jenny put him gently into her pocket and walked up to her dormitory. They sat on her bed and looked out the window at the school grounds, as they talked about the separate lives they had led up until that point. They couldn’t talk about similar interests, as most dating couples do. The boy was not yet of a dating age, yet he had unequivocally fixed his affection on Jenny. They would not have seen the same television shows, nor read the same books or anything.

 

Jenny was fascinated by stories of his life on earth, and he felt honoured that such a big girl was interested in him. Finally Jenny was ready to throw caution to the wind.

 

“I hope this isn’t too much for you,” she said, “There’s an awful lot of me.”

 

Jenny slowly and gently kissed Willy. Would he be intimidated or overwhelmed by her lips?

 

She felt his arms embracing her lower lip, and enjoyed the attention. He liked it!

 

“Thank you so much,” he said at last, “I’ve never had a kiss before.”

 

After several weeks of dates went by, Willy had something on his mind, which he could no longer contain.

He met Jenny for another date, and opened his backpack in the middle of the date. He took out a huge metal ring with a large toy gem welded to it.

 

“I made this in metal work at school,” he said, “When I’m old enough, would you marry me?”

 

“Oh yes,” she said, “I will.”

 

After another date, she gave him an invitation.

 

“I’m becoming good friends with one of my teachers. She even lets me call her by her first name Christine. I have to tell somebody that I’m engaged, even though we won’t be married for years. Would you like to come on a picnic with us, so that I can at least introduce my fiancé to someone?”

 

He accepted, looking forward to meeting one of her friends, and pleased that teachers on this world didn’t maintain such a professional distance from their students.

 

Jenny collected him on the Sunday at the usual place, and walked to a lovely garden in another part of the school. To his surprise, Mrs Long was waiting there at the picnic table and now giant sized.

 

Chapter 4: BULLIES FOR YOU by timescribe
Author's Notes:

The boys in the story will be 5th and 6th graders only up until chapter 17, then teenagers for several chapters, then adults for several more. I myself had various degrees of vore and giantess crushes at all those ages ... and still do.

“So this is your fiancé,” said Mrs Long, “You certainly kept a good secret. I had a close friendship with a boy in your class once. I didn’t want to marry him though.”

 

“Why did you break it off?” asked Willy, keen to know if he was at risk of losing Jenny for the same reason.

 

“I had him for lunch just before school resumed.”

 

Christine Long stroked back her dark brown hair and recalled her early friendship with Robin.

 

“You ATE him?” said Jenny.

 

“Have you ever thought you might like to eat Willy?” asked Mrs Long.

 

“No. Never,” said Jenny.

 

“I would,” said Mrs Long.

 

Jenny would be able to protect him, but he wondered what it would do to the blossoming friendship between the two giantesses.

 

“He didn’t want to be eaten, did he?” asked Willy.

 

“Of course not. I don’t imagine you do either,” said Mrs Long, “I wish you both good luck in your relationship, but you’d better not find yourself caught alone, Willy. If I ever do catch you unprotected in the school grounds, you can take it for granted that your wedding will be off.”

 

“Wasn’t it enough to have done such a thing to the other boy?” asked Jenny.

 

“He was delicious,” she said, and turned to look at Willy, “You’re just as young and tasty looking. I’d very much like to eat a boy like you now. I hope this won’t affect our friendship, Jenny.”

 

“I’ve been friends with you for a few weeks, and I’m in love with Willy. I can juggle the two dynamics, but will you like me any less for not wanting you to eat him?”

 

“Of course not.”

 

“Then I’ll just have to be careful to make sure that you never get hold of him. If you come to the wedding, I’ll be sure he’s never left alone. In the meantime, I can’t tell you where the trans-dimensional tube is, and I’ll have to be careful planning and implementing dates with Willy.”

 

“I already know where the tube is,” said Mrs Long.

After all, she had come from earth, though she was glad that Jenny hadn’t made the connection. The girl had been thinking of her feelings for Willy during the conversation, and had not picked up on the obvious references to the fact that Mrs Long came from Willy’s world and had once been his size.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

One day two of the bullies from Willy’s school, who had picked on him for a long time, followed him into the woods. He heard a rustle behind him, turned around and saw them.

 

“You’re dead meat, Willy. We’ll teach you to dob us in,” they said.

 

He ran from them, and reached the trans-dimensional tube only barely ahead of them, dived into it and started running away from it, to find that the Paul and Timothy, the two bullies had wasted no time in plunging into (what for them was) the unknown.

 

They chased him into another part of the school garden, and finally crash tackled him.

 

“We’re going to beat the stuffing out of you,” said Timothy.

 

“No teachers around this time,” said Paul.

 

“Are you two quite sure there are no teachers around?” came a voice.

 

Willy wondered if someone had followed them from his own school into the giant school. Would a female teacher’s presence make any difference in another dimension?

 

Then two hands reached around from behind the large bushes and grabbed Paul and Timothy.

 

“You won’t be hurting this nice little child again,” said Mrs Long.

 

She put both Timothy into her mouth and gulped him down rapidly, making sure that he had reached her stomach, before she went to work on preparing Paul to be swallowed too. She made sure to grab Willy, while she was eating his enemies.

 

Mrs Long carried Willy into an empty classroom, while she was still swallowing Paul. Then she took a cup of water from the water cooler and drank the water.

 

“I thought my mouth needed a good rinse after that,” she said, “They won’t hurt you anymore.”

 

“I know how much trouble I’m in, but I’d still like to thank you for saving me,” he said.

 

“You’re very welcome, little child. I think you’ll miss your next date with Jenny though. Still I won’t eat you for at least two days. I don’t want you to be subjected to the remains of those brats in my stomach.”

 

“Thank you,” he said, hoping to make use of the time to get away from her.

 

Mrs Long put the boy into a model house which the gardener had constructed high in a tree. Then Monday came. He expected to be eaten after the end of school that day. During the school lunch break, he saw the girls spreading out all over the school grounds. He searched for Jenny, and eventually saw her sitting very close to the distant outlet of the trans-dimensional tube.

 

“She must think I’ve given up on her because she’s a giant,” he thought, “She doesn’t know I’m trapped up here.”

 

Then another giant school girl came and lay down in the sunshine. She was below the branch, but not the house he’d been living in. He stepped out and walked along the branch, until he could look off the edge and see that her breasts were just below him. He looked at them. They were very large and round, like Jenny’s. Her facial features weren’t quite as attractive as Jenny’s; but her breasts were about to serve a non-ornamental purpose to a boy who was too young to appreciate their more traditional appeal.

 

Willy jumped off the branch, and landed softly on the school shirt which adorned the girl’s breasts.

 

“Oh dear! Who are you?” she asked.

 

“Willy, a friend of Jenny over there,” he said, pointing.

 

“I’m Lorna. Do you want me to take you to her?” asked the other girl.

 

“Yes, thank you?” he said, so relieved that the breasts (which had served as his safety net) belonged to a kind hearted girl.

 

The girl closed her fingers around Willy, to make sure he was not seen by other students, and walked over to Jenny.

 

“This boy was stuck in the tree over there. I … helped him down,” she said, “I was surprised to see that there was such a tiny boy in the school, but I got over the shock, and decided to get it off my chest.”

 

Jenny did her best not to visibly react to the pun.

 

“Thank you so much,” said Jenny, “I thought you’d lost interest in being friends with me, Willy.”

 

“Not at all. I’ll tell you everything.”

 

She took him to a private spot and he told her what had happened, leaving out the specifics of how he’d gotten out of the tree.

 

“Maybe we shouldn’t keep seeing each other. I’d be devastated at that, but I’m putting you in danger every time you come here.”

 

“I love you too much to stop seeing you. I know Mrs Long will always be on the look out for me; but you’ll just have to make sure we synchronise our arrivals at your side of the tube. That way she’ll never be able to ambush me.”

 

“But I’ll be finished school before you’re old enough to marry me. She’ll still be here as a teacher, waiting to catch you.”

 

Chapter 5: THE COCKTAIL PARTY by timescribe
Author's Notes:

For new readers, I've set the story back in the 1970s and 1980s to make it a period piece from the days when ladies in TV shows and movies usually dressed in long feminine dresses and skirts. I think these make the outdoor chase scenes by giantesses far more enjoyable from the tiny boy's POV.

“Maybe you could take me with you, on your final day of school.”

 

“You’d really give up any chance to go back to your earth friends periodically, in order to be with me.”

 

“Nothing I have back on earth is worth giving up you.”

 

“You must love me so much to brave Mrs Long’s obvious danger to go on dates with me. I wish I had a way to show you how much I love you.”

 

“You already have. Your big kisses are the only kisses I ever want to have.”

 

“I was worried you might find them too big.”

 

“No, I love them.”

 

“Let’s make another date, and I’ll take you back to the tube. Lunch is almost over.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Soon after, Jenny and Willy were on another date, talking privately in Jenny’s dormitory.

 

“Lorna liked your size a lot. She’s told four of her closest friends about you, and was wondering if you could do something for them. Four are girls and one is a teacher. We have a cocktail party for the girls and the teachers on Wednesday night next week. Do you think there’d be five boys in your school that would like to come in secret with you and us six girls? We’d hide you in our clothing until after the formal party had finished, and then sneak off to one of the dormitories for our private little party afterwards,” said Jenny.

 

“I do have some friends who like having secret adventures, and there are two less bullies to worry about now, because of Mrs Long’s rescue of me,” said Willy, “I’ll see what I can do.”

 

The next day at school, Willy had five private conversations. The general reaction was that they’d have to see it to believe it. Yet the boys all agreed to join Willy in the woods early on the Wednesday evening concerned. Their names were Nicky, Dougal, Hamilton, Tinker and Bertie.

 

They couldn’t believe it, when they came to the trans-dimensional tube.

 

Willy dived into the tube, and the others followed suit, all emerging in the garden.

 

Lorna was there alone.

 

“Where’s Jenny?” asked Willy.

 

“With Mrs Long still hunting you every chance she gets, we thought it would look suspicious to her if Jenny (or worse still all six of us) were congregated in this part of the school gardens. So I came here alone. I’ll put you all in my dress pocket and take you to the meeting place we agreed on at the edge of the school grounds.”

 

Lorna was gentle about it, and soon sat at an outdoor table with the other five giantesses, and took out the boys.

 

“I was thinking each of us 5 girls could choose a boy, checking with the boy that he’s happy to be chosen by her. Then we can hide the boys on our persons until after the cocktail party,” said Lorna.

 

Rochelle Lonereach, aged 13 chose Dougal.

Yvanne Poste, aged 18 in her final year of school, chose Nicky.

Lorna Drayne, aged 13 chose Hamilton

Brooke Saint Albans, aged 21 and having just started as a teacher at the same time as Mrs Long had begun teaching there, chose Bertie

Ruby, aged 16, chose Tinker.

 

“Now there is one unfortunate warning we have to give,” said Lorna, “One of the teachers here, Mrs Long (easily recognisable, since she’s from your school, as Willy recently told us) has tried to eat Willy once already, and would certainly do the same with any of you. If anyone’s too worried to stay on, we can take him back to the tube now. Those of you who do stay on should remain with us all the time. Once caught by Mrs Long, you will be on a one way journey into her mouth.”

 

The boys were all happy with the girls who had chosen them. They spread out on the lawn for some private time in couples, until the cocktail party was due to start.

 

Rochelle sat down with Dougal, as the sun began to set.

 

“Would you be comfortable if I licked you like an ice-cream?” asked Rochelle.

 

“I’d like it actually, so long as you don’t accidentally send me on any one way journeys,” said Dougal.

 

Rochelle enjoyed saturating the boy with her tongue. It was like having a cute little living toy to run her tongue all over. Her sensuous taste organ came out in front of him time and again, affording him a second to look at it, before he felt its touch.

 

Ruby noticed that Tinker was staring into her mouth every time she spoke. She asked him about it.

 

“Well Ruby, I’ve been thinking about the warning concerning that teacher. I know this is going to sound most unusual, and I hope you don’t think I’m a little nutcase, but I’d like to make the request that you eat me.”

 

“I couldn’t do that. We asked you boys here on a date. I don’t want to lose you so soon.”

 

“Oh well, I can lie in your dress pocket and dream about it,” said Tinker.

 

Ironically Brooke was thinking of eating Bertie, but didn’t want to do it in front of five other girls who might well team up to stop her. She began planning a suitable time of the evening to get away with it. Had they been paired differently, Tinker and Brooke would have met each other’s desires perfectly.

 

Lorna and Hamilton were attracted to each other, but neither had mentioned any interest in eating or being eaten. Yvanne and Nicky seemed to be enjoying each other’s company too. There was something about giant sized girls which awakened romantic desires in these boys while they were still aged only 10 or 11 as sixth class students on their own world. The presence of the giant towering faces right in front of their eyes was too hard to tune out, not that they wanted to tune it out.

 

Soon the girls placed the boys in suitable hiding places within their clothing. Jenny positioned Willy just behind the neck of her dress. His tiny eyes were able to peek between strands of the material and look at the girls and lady teachers in the main hall where the cocktail party was being held. Tinker enjoyed a similar privilege in the base of the pocket in Ruby’s dress, which put him level with her ankles.

 

Tinker was quite pleasantly surprised when he saw a beautifully clad lady with long dark brown hair walk into the hall. It was Mrs Long. All his unrequited desires to be eaten by Ruby vanished from his mind. He made up his mind to approach Mrs Long and make himself available for consumption. The thought that his former teacher had such a tendency only excited him all the more. He had to wait a while, but eventually Ruby sat down on a chair, leaving the lower part of her dress close to the ground. Tinker climbed out of the pocket and jumped to the floor.

 

He thought it would be best not to give his friends’ presence away to Mrs Long, lest he put them at risk of facing something, which only he wanted. He realised, that to do this without making her suspicious, he could not let her know that someone had informed him that Mrs Long was prepared to eat little boys. So he had to let her think that he was being caught and eaten against his will. He walked, unseen under all of the other chairs which were against the wall, until he came to the door from which Mrs Long had entered. Then he went outside and kept himself out of sight, waiting until the end of the evening when she would come out. To make himself a more appealing prospect, he took off most of his clothing, and discarded it into the shadows.

 

Jenny enjoyed the thought of Willy’s little body resting against the base of her neck. She walked over to the table, filled a punch glass, and started drinking it quickly, so that she could fill it again before she left the table. Suddenly she unexpectedly choked slightly on a piece of fruit, and coughed. She was looking across the room at the time, and didn’t see or feel the sudden effect of her coughing neck pushing Willy out of the top of her dress, to plunge into a bowl of pineapple pieces.

 

Jenny continued to cough, and excused herself to go to the bathroom.

 

Willy quickly pulled pineapple pieces over himself, so that his body was covered. He was unaware of one crucial fact.

One person had been looking in Jenny’s direction at the time of this incident. Mrs Long saw what happened, and came walking over to the table.

 

End Notes:

I'll post another two chapters or so now, so that people have something to read on the weekend, while I may not be able to get to a computer for a while.

Chapter 6: PINEAPPLE TURNOVER by timescribe
Author's Notes:

Lots of surprises here.

Mrs Long used a large serving ladle to scoop the pineapple pieces surrounding Willy into a bowl. He was peeking out at her movements, thinking that she had unwittingly served herself some pineapple pieces with him amongst them. He stayed well covered, and wondered what he would do. He had to get away before she finished the pineapple and discovered him. Mrs Long decided to let him worry about it, and she would reveal her awareness of his presence in her bowl at a later stage in the evening. She made sure he was still covered and out of sight, and carried the bowl quickly out of the hall.

 

Looking up, Tinker saw Mrs Long moving towards him. He stepped out from behind a pillar, and let her see him. He could not see the contents of the high bowl, and didn’t know she’d already recaptured the unwilling Willy.

 

Mrs Long saw Tinker, gaped in pleasant surprise, and held the bowl in her free hand, while snatching up Tinker in the other. She quickly popped Tinker into her mouth, and kept walking with the bowl until she reached her classroom. Then she put the bowl down on the table. Tinker had no idea that Willy started moving and was able to peek out between the pineapple pieces.

 

Mrs Long was taking Tinker out of her mouth!

 

“Were you comfortable in there?” she asked Tinker.

 

“Yes thank you, Mrs Long” said Tinker, “Do you remember me from your old school last year?”

 

“Of course I do,” said Mrs Long, “Although I doubt you remember my mouth so closely, do you?”

 

“No,” said Tinker.

 

“You can make a return visit now, but I wouldn’t expect to be let out again though.”

 

To continue misleading her, for the sake of his friends, Tinker said in a nervous voice, “Are you going to eat me?”

 

“You got it,” she said, “And I’ve got you.”

 

She pushed Tinker into her mouth and played with him, her tongue enjoying all of his delectable young flesh. She would consume this boy in minutes. She felt him moving about on her tongue, thinking that he was aware of his danger and using what little time he had remaining to come to terms with it. She thought of him racking his mind for a way out of the situation. As she imagined him formulating various ideas in his mind, she took an enjoyable gulp, and drew Tinker down inside her. He was gone, and it gave her a great sense of accomplishment.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

“Jenny, Tinker’s gone,” said Ruby, “I don’t know if it’s anything to worry about, but he asked me to eat him earlier. I said no.”

 

“He’s probably gone to seek out Mrs Long,” said Jenny, “There’s nothing we can do. Besides, if it’s what he wanted, I guess they’ll both be happy. It would have happened eventually. It’s hard enough trying to protect the regular boys who don’t want to be eaten.”

 

“But he might have told her about the other boys,” said Ruby, “If she knows they’re here, they’ll all be in danger.”

 

It was then that Jenny noticed Willy’s absence.

 

“Oh my, Ruby! Willy’s missing too. I don’t know how he could have gotten out of my dress at this height, but he’s gone. He must have fallen down inside it and hit the ground. He’s probably dead, but we’ve got to look. He might have even been crushed beyond recognition. I have to look for Willy. Can you warn the others that our private party in the dormitories will have to be cancelled? Get them to sneak their boys back to the tube, unless they want to sneak them into their individual dormitories for the night. Just make sure they know that Mrs Long’s most likely on the prowl.”

 

“I’ll start with Yvanne,” said Ruby, “She’s just over there.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Jenny searched everywhere for Willy, and had no success. She said goodnight to the other girls and went to bed alone, in tears at the obvious conclusion that Mrs Long must have found him and eaten him.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Yvanne asked Nicky if he’d like to stay the night with her in her dormitory. Nicky accepted and went back to her dormitory with her.

 

“You understand it’s just for one night,” said Yvanne, “I think this is a cute novel way to get involved with a boy, but I don’t want to go steady with you.”

 

Nicky decided to make the most of it. He could always come back to the school and search for another girl to be with long term. He snuggled against Yvanne’s lovely head in her bed that night, until he was taken back to the tube early the next morning.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Lorna took Hamilton back to the tube straight after Ruby’s warning.

 

“It’s been fun, but you’re not the boy for me. I’ll be able to meet giant boys once I’ve finished school. I think the gender segregation in this boarding school is what made most of us so willing to try being with tiny boys. But it’s over before it begins.”

 

She kissed him goodbye, and he dived into the tube.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Bertie rested comfortably in Brooke’s fingers, until they reached a nice looking part of the school grounds. External building lights lit up portions of all the grounds, and Bertie was sure this was not the place they’d originally come from.

 

“This isn’t the garden with the tube,” he said.

 

“I’m not taking you to the tube,” said Brooke.

 

“I thought you didn’t want me to stay the night.”

 

“In a way, I suppose you will stay the night. The others will think I brought you back to the tube later on, I suppose.”

 

“I don’t quite understand,” said Bertie.

 

“Don’t you?” she giggled, “Wouldn’t you have felt so much better, if I’d chosen Tinker?”

 

“But he wants to be …“

 

Brooke’s giggle reached the pitch of a highly amused squeal as Bertie joined the dots, effectively deducing why she had brought him to their own private spot. It was to be the setting for his doom.

 

“Maybe Tinker’s still out there,” he said.

 

“I think we all know he went looking for Mrs Long. If I find him, I’ll certainly make him an offer, but even if I had him here now, it wouldn’t do you any good.”

 

She was enjoying herself like never before, and her appetite was about to be sated. Of all the boys and all the girls there, she had been the most cunning and the most enigmatic about her true intentions, right from the moment that Lorna had first suggested that Jenny ask Willy to bring some more boys along. She was so glad that the girls had made her the two newest teachers feel welcome and formed friendships with them. It had given her the chance to meet these tiny boys and choose one to eat.

 

“I guess I’m out of time then,” said Bertie, “I’d have loved you forever, if you’d wanted me.”

 

“I’m glad that thought lured you here,” she said, “Goodbye, little Bertie.”

 

She lifted him above her head, opened her mouth wide, and held him by his legs, dangled him onto her tongue, and then used her fingers to turn him around and around, like a lamb on a spit roast, so that her tongue acted like the rollers of a car wash, moistening every part of his tiny body. Then she let go with her hand and straightened her head up, and soon swallowed eagerly, pleased beyond words at the uniquely arousing experience she’d engineered for herself that night.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Rochelle took Dougal back to her dormitory too.

 

“Little boy, I enjoyed licking you before. I think you’re very tasty, and very cute, but I don’t want to lead you on. I’d love to keep meeting up with you at the end of the tube, and licking you. However, I do intend to look for someone my own size to go steady with. That doesn’t have to stop our licking arrangement until I get married. It’s up to you whether you’re happy to see me and be licked, with no relationship strings attached.”

 

To a sixth grade boy, the thought of being licked by her for several years of secret meetings had no drawbacks at all.

 

“It was a lot of fun before. Sure I’d love to come back and do it again,” he said.

 

“Sometimes I’d like to keep inviting you back to this dormitory, if you’re happy to do something even wilder with me.”

 

“What would it be?” asked Dougal.

 

“Would you be OK with sleeping the night in my mouth?”

 

Chapter 7: A SWIM BEFORE LUNCH by timescribe

“It’s a beautiful thought, Rochelle, but what if you accidentally swallowed me in your sleep?”

 

“I don’t think it’s likely, and I’ll try not to, but I’d be very grateful if you’d be willing to take the risk.”

 

“I’ll do it,” said Dougal, strangely aroused at the thought of living dangerously, for the sake of such long and frequent contact with her giant beautiful tongue, and at none of the cost faced by anyone captured by Mrs Long.

 

“I think we should start tonight then,” said Rochelle, lying comfortably beside him on the pillow, “Slide yourself in then, tiny Dougal.”

 

She pushed her tongue to the edge of the inside of her lip, forming a safe bridge over her teeth, and felt the little friend sliding over the moist soft pink bridge and into her mouth.

 

“Some little boys will have fun explaining why they’ve been out all night,” she thought, little knowing that they’d already made convincing ‘arrangements’ to convince their parents that it was OK to stay over with ‘friends.’

 

She slept better than he did that night. Small movements of tossing and turning for her, which didn’t even fully awaken her, had him sliding around in her mouth, sometimes grabbing hold of a tooth to steady himself, if he got too near to the back of her mouth. It gave him a sense of adventure. He had every intention of repeating the process as often as she wanted.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

From his place of concealment, Willy had watched Mrs Long’s mouth going to work on Tinker.

 

“Did you enjoy the preview Willy?” she asked suddenly, “I saw you when you first fell out of Jenny’s dress, “What a pity it’s going to be for you, that SHE didn’t see you.”

 

She saw the completely startled boy climb into view.

 

“I guess so,” he said.

 

“It won’t be tonight. You little boys are a rare catch. I like to pace my pleasures. I’ll keep you safe here until school lunch time tomorrow. Then I think I’ll be able to find a private place to treat myself to a nutritious lunch. Do you think you are nutritious, Willy? Have you been eating healthy foods?”

 

“I try to,” he said.

 

“I’m pleased to hear it. I think all tiny boys should eat a balanced diet, to make sure they keep their little bodies in the best of health. They never know when they might be eaten themselves, do they?”

“I’ve had to consider the possibility, each time I’ve come back to this school,” he said.

 

She picked him up in finger and thumb and licked all of the pineapple juice from his body and then put him on the desk’s smooth surface.

 

“Tell me honestly, Willy. I’m curious. Do you find me as beautiful as young Jenny?”

 

“Maybe. I mean, you are very beautiful, but I’m in love with Jenny.

 

“Thank you. It’s just something I’d like to have in my mind at lunchtime tomorrow. Now where am I going to keep you? I won’t ask how you got out of that tree before.”


She looked around the classroom, and decided to put him in her water cooler. It was only used by teachers, as the students were expected to buy their own. She put a jug under the tap, turned on the tap and emptied most of the water out. There was just enough there for him to stand in. Then she took a small inflatable toy whale from the cupboard, placed it in the water, and said, “It’s just a little longer and wider than you. Use it for a mattress when you want to sleep, and drink water if you need it. I’ll get you out after morning class, and work up to absorbing all your carbohydrates into my own body.”

 

Mrs Long was about to lift him off the desk and place him in the cooler and put the lid back on. It was not transparent like the ones on his earth, which meant that he would be in darkness even in the daytime. She lowered him gently into the water cooler, onto the toy whale mattress, and put the lid back on. He slept the night in expectation of surrendering his nutritious components to her lunch. In the morning, he swam in the water, while she was teaching, and then morning tea break started.

 

Suddenly there was a gushing swirling effect, and he found himself drawn into the tap, and down into a cup. He was looking up at a teenage girl.

 

“What are you doing in there? How did you get so small?” asked the girl.

 

“I’m from a parallel universe, where we’re all small. Mrs Long put me in there until lunchtime. Then she’s going to eat me.”

 

“I was just getting some of her water. We’re not supposed to. You won’t tell her, will you?”

 

“Are you kidding? I’m glad you did. Can you get me away from here?”

 

She took him from the cup, drank the water quickly, and started walking out of the classroom with him. Then she heard footsteps in the corridor. Someone was coming back to the classroom. Quickly the girl ran back into the classroom, scrunched up the cup and hid it under her desk. She put him out the window gently, until he could jump to the grass, and he started across the lawn, as soon as the girls were all back inside. He was a long way from the tube. It would take a while to reach it.

 

Classes resumed, and Mrs Long set the girls some exercises to do, and began walking around the room supervising their work.

 

Then her eye fell upon the cup under the girl’s seat.

 

“Did you steal water from the cooler?” asked Mrs Long.

 

“Yes,” said the girl.

 

“Tell me how long ago, quickly, or you’ll be reported to the headmistress.”

 

“Just before morning tea ended,” said the girl.

 

“Well if it happens again, I’ll punish the girl concerned myself. Now you can all go on with the exercise. As for you, I want to see you outside now.”

 

The water thief went outside, while Mrs Long lifted the lid and looked in the water cooler. She went out to the corridor.

 

“What did you do with the boy?”

 

The girl had no choice but to tell, lest she be punished for her theft.

 

“Go back inside, and don’t tell the other girls about this,” said Mrs Long.

 

Willy was most of the way across a stretch of lawn, when he heard Mrs Long walking briskly along the path. He turned and saw her, and ran for the garden. She started running as well. He jumped into the garden, forward rolled and looked back as she came racing towards him.

 

Mrs Long tried to grab him, but he eluded her. She stood up again and walked around quickly, looking for a way in to get at him. He ran, ducking and weaving and soon heard her crawling through another part of the garden bed, headed in his direction. He was at least two more stretches of lawn and flowerbeds away from the trans-dimensional tube. He’d never make it while she was around.

 

“You’ve really had a charmed series of visits to this world so far, haven’t you?” she called.

 

This was the hunt, which had defined these two since they had first met. Here he was running for his life from a beautiful teacher who had already eaten at least two boys. She could have had a pleasant life anyway, but she would relentlessly pursue him. She’d even walked out of her own classes to do it, he correctly surmised.

 

Mrs Long looked ahead, and saw heavy growth blocking her way. She realised that the tube had been much easier to find and much easier to get to, when she had been the same size as Willy. She searched throughout the garden, even into the lunch break. Girls came out and would see her emerge from the garden eventually. She would tell them some excuse like having dropped something. She was the one in authority anyway. She drew near the wall of one of the buildings, and saw that a small crack had formed in one of the walls. Willy was squeezed into it. Her fingers would never fit. She stopped right in front of him, peeking in at him, but unable to get at him.

 

Chapter 8: GARDEN ODYSSEY by timescribe
Author's Notes:

The Alfie/Lera plot was originally in a separate story I wrote called "Garden Odyssey" in 2009, which had a crossover into the "Giant Girls College" novel on which "Mrs Long's new School" is now based.

This time around it seemed easier to intercut the two, as the plots will continue to intersect.

“You can’t stay there forever, you know?” she said.

 

He looked out at her.

 

“After a night in a water cooler, I think I can. The real issue is how long you can stay away from your duties as teacher. I’ll just wait you out. You’ll be bored before I’m willing to give up my safety.”

 

“You’re right,” she said, “Besides, I know you’ll keep coming back to see Jenny. I’ll have plenty more chances to get you. I hope I’ll have you in my tummy one day. Robin and last night’s little boy were easy hunts. You’ve been a challenge. I find you far more appealing because of it. I’m going back to the classroom now. You have my word on that.”

 

He watched her until she was out of sight. Then he ventured slowly and carefully into the bushes and continued the long journey through the school. At his size, it took him until just after 3pm to reach the tube entrance, but Rochelle was there.

 

“I’m waiting for Dougal,” she said, “We have an arrangement, whenever I meet him here and take him to the boarding house. Jenny thinks Mrs Long ate you last night.”

 

“She very nearly ate me at lunch time today. When you take Dougal to the boarding house, could you take me to Jenny too?”

 

“Of course I will,” said Rochelle, and Jenny soon greeted Willy with delight.

 

“Oh little darling boy, I was so afraid. I’m sorry about the accident at the food table in the hall. It’s all my fault. I wouldn’t blame you if you never wanted to see me again.”

 

“I can’t blame you for Mrs Long’s eating habits,” said Willy, “And I love you so much.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

The next day in the earth school, Hamilton and Nicky sat next to each other in afternoon class. Nicky took a sheet of paper and wrote on it.

 

“I think we could still do a lot more in that giant school. Last night’s panic attack interrupted a lot of fun we could have had. We should go back after school today and look for more giant girls.”

 

Nicky passed the note to Hamilton, who read it and wrote back.

 

“That sounds good. I’d like to meet a giant teacher. I’ve had crushes on my teachers since I was six years old, but we don’t get many lady teachers in a boys’ school. I think we’d meet a few more in that giant girls’ college.”

 

“Then it’s settled,” wrote Nicky, “We’ll head into the forest and use the trans-dimension tube after school today.”

 

Nicky screwed up the piece of paper, and threw it in the garbage bin at the front of the classroom, as soon as lessons had finished.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


During lunch hour in the giant school, Brooke approached Mrs Long. She filled Mrs Long in on the presence of the other boys the night before, and the plans that had been made and altered.

 

“I think we could team up to catch the rest of them,” said Brooke, “I’m sure they’ll be back.”

 

“You know I’ve been wanting to catch the rest of them, since I first tried to eat Jenny’s friend Willy. He’s escaped me more than once,” said Mrs Long.

 

“If we’re waiting near the tube, they’re not so likely to use it,” said Brooke, “I know how we could capture them, when they’re not near the tube. You could walk around the school obviously on the prowl, since the earth boys are well aware that you like eating them. They’ll see the diversion and avoid you. I can slink around more subtly and catch them by surprise, while they’re concentrating on the threat you represent. If there’s more than one, we can divide them between us. If we only get one at a time, we can take turns eating them. Our subterfuge should work, because the only one of the earth boys who knows I’m out to eat them is the one I had for supper last night.”

 

“You’re very crafty for your age,” said Mrs Long, “I think it should work. We’ll implement your plan after school, but right now I’d like to talk to someone else who might be able to help us.”

 

Mrs Long went into the science classroom, where Miss Lyndal Cartwright was setting up an experiment for afternoon class. She told Lyndal all about the boys she had eaten so far.

 

“I’ve just had a tip from one of the girls,” said Mrs Long, “Do you think you’d like eating tiny boys?”

 

Lyndal smiled with great amusement.

 

“I’d like it a lot more than the little boys would,” she said.

 

“Well so far I’ve just been using a trial and error game of waiting until I catch them in the school grounds, and then hunting them down and eating them. If you could find a way to enlarge the trans-dimensional tube, so that it was our size instead of tiny, we could go to the tiny school on their world, march on it in the middle of a busy school day and just collect the whole school’s supply of boys and have enough treats to keep us happy for weeks, maybe even months.”

 

“I think I could modify our experimental laser to act as a ray that would expand the width of the tube dramatically,” said Lyndal, “I’ll let you know when I’ve completed my tests on the ray, and you can show me the outlet of this tube.”

 

“Brooke’s my ally. She ate a boy after the cocktail party last night.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

In another part of the giant world, not that far from the school, lived a beautiful giant single mother, who had separated from her husband. Her name was Lera.

 

On earth, a man called Alfie had been lonely beyond all means of expression.  

He found himself wanting to be with someone even taller than him, and this was most unlikely. Usually tall women married even taller men.

 

Then he found the trans-dimensional tube. It was a shimmering, hitherto undiscovered hole in time and space, which led to another dimension, he guessed, perhaps a parallel dimension.

He stepped through.

There seemed to be a forest on the other side of the tube as well. Except that the plants were different. He walked through the forest for quite some time, and came upon a large poster, lying on the ground.

On it were written the words:

Fruit, dress, pens, envelopes, meat, drink, pillowslips.

 

“It reads more like a shopping list than a poster,” he thought, “But it’s too big for that. It’s on a sheet of paper taller than me.”

 

Still it was a parallel version of his own world, he guessed, if English was written there.

He folded it up and carried it with him for a while. It was very misty, and overcast.

He expected rain at any moment.

 

He kept walking, and then the forest seemed to come to an end at a large open grassy area. He looked to the left and saw the most enormous beautiful woman on a garden seat. She was looking the other way, wearing a beautiful flowery dress, with short sleeves. She had long hair, and the sweetest looking face he’d ever seen.

He looked back at the forest, and realised it was a garden. The ‘trees’ were actually plant stalks.

 

The lady eventually looked in his direction, and saw him.

 

“Hello,” he said, “I think you might have lost your shopping list.”

 

“Thank you. I did,” she said, reaching down to take it, as he held it up.

 

She looked around his own age, but he had under-guessed at the ages of attractive women almost every time on earth. So he thought she might well be a few years older, but not much. One thing was for sure. She was the most gigantic woman he’d ever seen.

 

Chapter 9: GIANT COURTSHIP by timescribe
Author's Notes:

Encouraged by a special reader, I have posted more chapters in a group today.

The giant dimension mirrored earth in style, if not in continents.

She wore no lipstick at all, which had always been his preference. It seemed even more important now, with his desire to be kissed by a giantess.

 

He fell instantly in love, and saw that she was looking at him with a shy engaging stare, which suggested she felt the same.

 

“I came from a parallel world, like yours but smaller,” he said, “I feel so nice in your garden. It makes me feel like I’m in the happiest halfway zone between children’s tales and reality.”

 

“Would it be alright, if I lifted you up onto my dress, so that we could talk more comfortably?”

 

“Thank you. That would be nice.”

 

“Tell me about these children’s tales.”

 

“I guess the ones of most similarity to this adventure are the ones about giants. Some of the giants in our stories tend to eat people like me.”

 

“Did you want me to eat you?”

 

“I don’t think so. But it would be nice to go into your mouth for a while.”

 

“Would you like me to put you in there now?”

 

“Yes. Thank you.”

 

She lifted him to her lips, parted them, and let him slide over her lower lip, which was huge, even by giant standards.

 

He climbed into her mouth and made himself at home for a while, then climbed out, onto her awaiting hand.

 

“I think you taste very nice, little friend, but I wouldn’t want to eat you. You’d be all gone, and you’re so special. It’s just starting to sprinkle rain. Would you like to come into my house for lunch?”

 

“Thank you.”

 

She carried him to the kitchen, and made some salad for both of them.


They enjoyed it together, and talked.

 

“Do you have to be back in your own little world at any time?”

 

“Not until my next work day. Do you have weekends?”

 

 “Yes,” she said.

 

“Would you like to see me again, for a date?”


“Yes. I’d like that very much. You don’t know much about me, but I’ve been waiting so long for someone very special. I know now, that I was waiting for you. I’ve felt something special today, since you came into my garden, something I’ve never felt with any partners I’ve had from my own world.”

 

“So you don’t mind my being so much smaller than you.”

 

“Why should I mind? I think you’re adorable.”


“I think you’re the most beautiful woman I’ve ever seen, and that includes any comparison to the married women on my world. Your being a giant seems to make you even more attractive.”

 

“Are there many of those stories about giants eating people?”


“I seem to have found a lot more of them lately, but some of the other things that happened in those stories were no fun to read.”

 

The rain poured down furiously now.

 

She took him into the lounge room, sat on a chair by the window, and rested him on her shoulder.

 

He walked across, and kissed the side of her neck, and she lowered her face, as he kissed her cheek. Then, she held him close to her face, and kissed him slowly and passionately.

 

There were none of his usual apprehensions, no crying over the emptiness of relationships with women who wouldn’t throw themselves 100% into a romance to last; no more temptations to envy the husbands of married women.

 

This felt safe, precious, and made to last forever.

 

He only wondered about some of the limitations of dating and ultimately marrying a giantess. It opened many new doors, but it also made some of the more conventional aspects of marriage a daunting impossibility.

 

“We seem to have progressed onto passionate kissing, before we learned whom we were kissing,” she said, “I’m Lera.”

 

“I’m Alfie.”

 

“I’d love to see you again. I’ll take you back to my Hole in the Garden, which is your trans-dimensional tube . I didn’t know it was there, but I’m glad I do now. I’m so lucky it comes out in my own large property.”

 

Despite the different name that they had given to it, the trans-dimensional tube (or Hole in the Garden) was another trans-dimensional tube, which linked a different forest (to the one near Willy’s school) with Lera’s garden.

 

 

School ended for the day on both worlds. Rochelle took a walk out of the school grounds, down the hill and into the village. She decided to buy some material from the sewing shop, to make tiny towels for Dougal to dry the tongue water from himself, after she had been licking or sucking on his tiny body for a while.

 

In the village, she met a 16 year old boy named Marcus, who asked her if she’d like an ice cream. Rochelle accepted. Marcus bought her the ice-cream, and they went and sat in the park. After she had eaten it, they continued to talk, and then Marcus kissed her.
She told him which school she boarded at, and took down his telephone number and address as well. They would see each other again soon, and Dougal would be kept apprised of her progress in dating Marcus; but Marcus would never learn about Dougal and their secret licking sessions. Dougal was Rochelle’s multiple-use taste treat, and she would not be giving that up yet.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

In the meantime, Nicky and Hamilton had made their way into the giant girls’ school.

 

“We’d better stick together, until at least one of us meets a boarder girl we like,” said Nicky, “We can watch in both directions for Mrs Long that way.”

 

Hamilton agreed, and they made their way around the school, sticking to the gardens for concealment, except when they had to use the lawn to get across from one garden to another.

 

They were just coming into the open, when they saw Mrs Long walking in the distance. She was staring down into the garden near her.

 

“She must be looking for Willy, or expecting more of us,” said Hamilton.

 

“Let’s just hold off, until she’s out of the way,” said Nicky, ducking back into the garden, “Then we’ll go on the last stretch towards the boarding house.”

 

Soon Mrs Long was out of sight. Nicky and Hamilton ran across the lawn. They were about half way to the next garden, when out of it crawled Brooke. She stood up and walked over to them both and picked them up.

 

“Hi again,” said Hamilton, “Did you get Bertie back to the tube alright last night? I didn’t run into him at school today, and I’d hate to think Mrs Long ate him.”

 

“She never got the chance to do that,” said Brooke, “I ate Bertie myself.”

 

“You what?” said Nicky, “You should have eaten Tinker. He was the one who wanted to go that way.”

 

“Well now Mrs Long and I have an arrangement,” said Brooke, “And you two can forget about finding any more girls to pair up with.”

 

 

Mrs Long had been unable to recapture Willy, and started walking around the school grounds, when she heard a faint sobbing sound. She looked around, and finally noticed a boy from her own world, who was sitting beside a flower crying. She stepped into his line of sight and sat down and looked in at him.

It was another of her students from the previous year, named Casey. She had always thought him sweeter and better behaved than all of the other students, and had had to step in to protect him from victimisation by other boys a few times, when she had been his teacher.

 

“Casey darling, what’s the matter?” she asked.

 

“Mrs Long! I’ve been missing everyone so much. I didn’t know you became a giant. So I’ve been missing you too. But my family died in a car crash this week, and I won’t be able to go to the same school any more. I went for a walk in the bush that’s out of bounds, since I won’t be there anymore. I found a tube and ended up in here.”

 

“I know how you feel,” said Mrs Long, “And you’re probably the only boy I’ve taught who knows how I feel. I lost my husband too.  I still have my daughter, and she’s a giantess too now, but I’ll never be able to have a little boy to play with and love.”

 

“I wish you could have me,” said Casey, “I like you, Mrs Long.”

 

“There’s no reason why I couldn’t,” said Mrs Long, “Would you like to come and stay with me? My daughter’s not allowed in my bedroom. I could set up some dolls furniture for you there, and you could sleep next to my head on my pillow at nights and talk to me. She’d never know that you were there.”

 

“I’d like that very much, Mrs Long,” said Casey.

 

“There are other boys in your class that have found their way into this giant school as well recently,” said Mrs Long, “I like to catch them and eat them, but you’re the first boy I’ve wanted to keep.”

 

“Then I’m even luckier still to be me, after all,” said Casey.

 

She gently picked him up and took him for a walk in her dress pocket.

 

 

Chapter 10: DOUBLE DATE, DOUBLE FATE by timescribe

The next time Alfie went into Lera’s garden, he went to the back door. Lera had arranged for an old style bell to be hung next to the door, with a long cord, which reached right down to the ground. Alfie rang the doorbell, and waited until Lera answered it. This time it was a weekend.

 

“Hello Sweet One,” she said, and carried him inside. She sat in the living room with him, until two girls came into the room.

 

“Is it time to go to Grandma’s, Mum?” asked one of them.

 

She had children. Was she a widow?

 

“Almost,” said Lera, “This is my special friend Alfie. Alfie, these are my daughters, from when I was married: Chely is 14. Matilda is 9. They stay with their father every second weekend, and with me the rest of the time, although we can change that sometimes.”

 

Alfie wondered why Lera and her former husband were no longer together. He would have no chance to talk about it now, if they were on their way to the children’s grandmother’s place.

 

“I’m taking them to my mother’s to stay the weekend,” said Lera, “We’ll be having lunch there before I go. Would you like to come and meet her?”

 

“Yes thank you,” said Alfie.

 

“The children have clothes at their grandmother’s house. So we only need to walk there through the forest without carrying anything. I’ll carry you, and the children can walk beside me,” said Lera.

 

When they reached Lera’s mother’s house, she invited them all to sit down for lunch, which the children ate quickly, before they went off to play in other rooms of the house.

 

“So what exactly is your relationship with Alfie?” asked Lera’s mother Mosa.

 

“At the moment, we’re boyfriend and girlfriend,” said Lera.

 

“And what are your long-term intentions towards my daughter?” asked Mosa.

 

“I’d like to ask her to marry me one day,” said Alfie.

 

“Are you going to be able to provide for her?” asked Mosa.

 

“Mother, it’s hardly the thing to ask him.”

 

“Because of his size?” asked Mosa, “But that’s exactly the point I’m trying to make. You’d have to take care of him. He’s probably just using you for a free and easy life in a world that meets his material needs abundantly.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Back in the earth school classroom, a boy called Gartin waited until everyone else had gone. He had seen Nicky and Hamilton passing a note back and forth during class, constantly adding to its contents. He had seen Nicky throw the note into the rubbish bin. Now Gartin went to the bin, rummaged around, and found the note. He opened it out again and read the contents.

 

“This can’t be true,” he thought, “A trans-dimensional tube to a Giant girls’ college! I think I’ll go and find that tube now, and see for myself if these two guys were mad or actually telling each other the scientific truth.”


Gartin headed for the forest, and found the tube. He passed through it and was amazed at what he discovered.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Miss Brooke St Alban soon located Mrs Long.

 

“I haven’t found your Willy, but these are two I know got away last night,” said Brooke, “Let’s go to where the tube comes out, and we’ll talk there.”

 

Brooke led Mrs Long to the tube outlet, and they had a brief look, and then sat out on the nearby lawn to make their afternoon tea plans.

 

“One meal for each of us. You’ve done very well,” said Mrs Long, “And Miss Cartwright’s working on expanding the tube, so that we can go to Tiny Earth and get plenty more, without having to wait for them to come to us. Now let’s see who we have here.”

 

“Can we choose who eats whom?” asked Hamilton, “I know that we won’t get away. We should have stayed on our own earth. All we could think of was beautiful giants.”

 

“And what would your choices be?” asked Mrs Long.

 

“I don’t mind,” said Nicky, “You both have beautiful mouths. Since I have to be eaten, I couldn’t be in better hands, or mouths.”

 

“I’d rather be eaten by Mrs Long,” said Hamilton, “I’m just a boy, and I saw what a radiantly attractive giant teacher you were last night. Since I can’t avoid you now anyway, I might as well make the most of you.”

 

“Aren’t you sweet to say so?” said Mrs Long, “I’m honoured to be your first choice. I think we’d better go about it soon though. I’ve had too many escapes to lament lately. I’ll take you into the classroom and get on with it now.”

 

“I’m going to take Nicky up to my dormitory,” said Brooke, who was going to be a house mistress until her up coming marriage in several months’ time, “It’s the last thing he’ll ever see.”

 

Inside Mrs Long’s dress pocket, Casey thought about Mrs Long’s beautiful mouth. Hamilton would have a unique opportunity to touch the inside of it, but her intentions for him were not nearly so generous as her intentions for Casey. He was so glad to have found her affections, so that she would be looking after him forever, instead of eating him.

 

 

Alfie’s first meeting with Lera’s mother continued:

 

“That’s not true. He loves me,” said Lera.

 

“He’s inadequate, not worthy of you,” said Mosa.

 

“Mother, you are being frightfully rude,” said Lera.

“Somebody needs to bring you to your senses. If you hadn’t left Horatio, we wouldn’t even be having this conversation. I always had to watch over your every decision, and now you’ve abandoned your husband and started a dead end ridiculous affair with someone too small to be worthy of your attention,” said Mosa.

 

“I should have said this years ago, and you were lucky you didn’t know the truth. I never loved Horatio. He financially manipulated me into marrying him, and I went along with it for no other purpose than to run away from your authority and Father’s. At that age I was obsessed with wilful independence. I married a man I didn’t love and had two children by him, all because I disliked your constant influence on my life. I should never have gone down that path. So there’s the truth, and you criticize the first man I ever have loved. I won’t spoil your relationship with your grandchildren, but I won’t have Alfie denigrated like this, in your house, where he’s not on equal footing to speak back. We’re leaving.”

 

“You can’t talk to your mother this way,” said Mosa, “Blood is thicker than water.”

 

“Alfie has blood too, and you’ve done everything short of shedding some of it,” said Lera.

 

Lera stormed out of the house and took Alfie back to her home.

 

“I had no idea what you’d been dealing with all these years,” said Alfie, “I already loved you more than anyone I’ve ever met, but the way you stuck up for me was beyond admirable. No single mother ever has before. I’ve always been their very last priority.”

 

“I didn’t tell you I’d been married with children, when we first met. I didn’t know how you’d react. I wanted you to fall in love with me first,” said Lera.

 

“I have no doubt that I did, and now I love you even more,” said Alfie.

 

“What mother said about family coming first has no principle for superseding what’s right. She should have given you a friendly welcome as a potential future member of my family that you’re most likely to be. She’s had her marriage, raised children, and she has no right to spoil my choices now.”

 

“I adore you completely,” said Alfie and reached forward on her hand to kiss her lovely lip.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Chapter 11: A SYMPATHETIC VIEWPOINT by timescribe

None of the four knew that Willy had arrived late, to keep a date with Jenny, and had witnessed this gathering of giantesses and captives. He looked across the grounds and saw Jenny in the distance. Jenny had noticed Mrs Long talking to Brooke St Albans and begun to wonder herself. She waited until the other two giantesses had departed with their victims, and then came over to find Willy about to reveal himself.

 

“We can’t save both of them at once,” said Jenny, “I didn’t think Miss St Albans would betray us.”

 

“I’m the one Mrs Long wants. If you drop me at the boarding house, I’ll see what little I can do to sneak into Brooke’s room and rescue Nicky,” said Willy, “And you could go and save Hamilton from Mrs Long.”

 

“They’re working together. If Miss St Albans catches you, she’ll surely hand you over to Mrs Long. I’d rather take you with me. We may still have time to save both after all,” said Jenny.

 

“Well Mrs Long sounded as though she was the one in the greater hurry to eat her captive, from what I overheard,” said Willy, “Let’s go to her classroom first.”

 

“You stay silent in my pocket,” said Jenny, “You’re still number one on her preferred menu.”

 

Willy remained in the position she placed him, as the giant love of his life ran towards the classroom.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Mrs Long sat at her desk and admired her young captive.

 

“Soon we’ll have all of you at our mercy,” she said, “When Miss Cartwright expands that little tube, we’ll go to your world and storm your school with our tummies ready for the rest of you. Not that you’ll be around to know about it. I’m truly touched that you chose me little boy. Now off to my tummy you go.”

 

Mrs Long lifted Hamilton above her head, held him over her opening maw and let him look into it.

 

“Behold in detail the view of your destination,” she said, “Just look where you’re going and think what it will be like to disappear down there forever. You’re going to be swallowed without the slightest bit of concern from me. How do you feel now, little boy?”

 

“Small and helpless I guess,” said Hamilton.

 

“Then goodbye,” she said, and lowered him slowly into her mouth.

 

Jenny ran into the room and right over to Mrs Long.

 

“Let him out,” she said, “You’ve already had Robin and Tinker. It’s not fair that you get so much, and they lose so much.”

 

Mrs Long opened her mouth. Jenny looked in at Hamilton, smiling sympathetically, pleased to have appealed to Mrs Long’s mercy, or to have played on the friendship they’d had in the past. Hamilton looked out at Jenny, surprised that a rescue had come where none had been expected.

 

Then suddenly, Mrs Long lifted her tongue enough to slide Hamilton into her throat, and gulped.

 

“How awful you’ve turned out to be!” said Jenny, “But you’ll never get Willy!”

 

Mrs Long simply laughed.

 

“You might find a little more traffic around that tube the next time you decide to meet up with him,” she said.

 

Jenny had nothing left she could do, except run to the boarding house and try to save Nicky from Brooke.

 

Mrs Long took Casey home, and collected her daughter Kirsty on the way, and set him up in her bedroom as she’d planned. She put all sorts of comfortable dolls house furniture on her bedside table, and moved it right up against the bed, to make it easy for Casey to step onto the pillow or back onto the bedside table. She had dinner with Kirsty downstairs, and brought Casey’s up to him afterwards.

 

When they were lying together, she brought up the subject of Hamilton.

 

“Did you hear me eating Hamilton?” she asked.

 

“Yes. I’m so happy that you don’t want to eat me. You must really like the taste of little boys.”

 

“Very much so,” said Mrs Long, “I’ve been writing songs about little boys being eaten for a while now. Would you like me to sing you one each night, before we go to sleep?”

 

“Yes,” he said, recalling how lovely she looked as the choir leader at his old school, when she was singing.

 

Mrs Long began to sing.

 

When Peter was 6, all of this came to pass.

He turned up to school for the first day of class.

In second class, that is, he met his new teacher,

And wished he was taller, so that he could reach her,

 

With kisses to grace her adorable lips.

But young Peter didn’t come up to her hips.

“Now good morning children. You must all behave,

Like good little children, or nothing will save

 

You each from big trouble. Now let’s do some spelling.”

“So how can I please her? Now that would be telling,”

Thought Peter. I know. I shall try to be best

At class work or homework or doing a test.”

 

For afternoon class, she gave them all a mission

To write their own story in brief composition.

To show that he’d written a good story first,

He took out a comic and quenched his young thirst

 

For comic book heroes. The plot was exciting.

“Young boy,” said Miss Longstaff, “Just why aren’t you writing?”

“I’ve finished,” said Peter, to show off his speed.

“Then ask for more work,” his new teacher decreed,

 

“I don’t allow comics in class time at school.

So see me at 3pm, you little fool.”

When all of the other young children had gone,

She told him, “Behaviour like yours is not on.

 

You may have one drink, and then what you will need

Is lessons for you, that nobody should read

His comics in my class.” The new teacher stepped

Right back from his drink, which he drank. Then he slept.

 

The drink made him doze off; and after his dream

He woke on her desk in a dish of whipped cream.

Somehow she had shrunk him. He now looked above

Himself to the face that he’d soon come to love.

 

“Ah there, little Peter, I see you’re awake;

And now you will learn from your silly mistake.

You’ll really be punished for reading your comic,

By being my dinner, thanks to the atomic

 

Reducing ray, built as my own first invention.

“I don’t want to do that,” the boy chose to mention.

“You cannot be punished with things you enjoy.

Now wait here in silence, you naughty young boy,”

 

She said, while he waited for what seemed an age.

She moistened her finger to turn the next page,

By licking it. He looked, and reached a decision.

“Miss Longstaff, while you’re marking our composition,

 

Could you let me down, so that I can explore

The room at small size? It’s so far to the floor,

Now that I’m so tiny,” said Peter, still gaping.

“Alright, but don’t think that you’ll end up escaping,”

She said, “I have properly locked up this room.

You cannot escape from your culinary doom.”

 

He hid in a hole in the wall, where he saw

Her marking their work. She soon finished the chore.

“Now quickly, young Peter, you’d better return

To me, for it’s time for that lesson you’ll learn.”

 

But Peter refused now, to do as she’d bidden.

He waited in silence, remaining well hidden.

“Alright, do you want me to get up and find

My small treat, small Peter. I really don’t mind.”

 

She searched, and soon found the small boy’s hiding place;

And blocked his escape with her beautiful face.

She tried reaching in, but her hand was too huge

To fit into young Peter’s place of refuge.

 

“Come out and be eaten, you troublesome child.

I’ll gobble you whole, which is really quite mild,

Compared to the usual chewing and biting.

Your fate in my mouth should be very inviting.”

 

“I’ll stay here,” said Peter, “This punishment’s wrong.”

“Alright,” said Miss Longstaff, “You won’t be there long.”

She fetched a big can of whipped cream, and then sprayed

It into the hole, where her student still stayed.

 

Through cream blasts he saw big Miss Longstaff’s mouth pout.

It said, “You shall drown there, unless you come out.”

He soon staggered out and she licked all his features,

And then made him one of the first living creatures

 

To slide off her tongue, to a tummy so dark.

And gave his assignment a very good mark.

 

He looked into her widely opening mouth, each time she sang a vowel sound which caused her to open her mouth wide. The view of her tongue at that range was unmistakable. He could only imagine how Hamilton had felt, but Mrs Long loved Casey.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

In the weeks ahead, Chely began to complain frequently about the time that Lera spent including Alfie in family activities, often trotting out the phrase “You’re neglecting me, Mum.”

 

“It’s not true,” said Lera, “Alfie is going to be a part of this family too one day, and we’re starting to make him feel like it now.”

 

From then on Chely would often deliberately bang about in the kitchen, whenever she was fetching food for herself, subtly displaying her temper and resentment at Alfie’s presence.

 

“What am I supposed to do?” asked Lera one day, when Alfie was not there to hear it.

 

“We should have days when we do just girls things together alone,” said Chely.

 

“And what would Alfie do then?”

 

“You can tell him to come for just Saturday, instead of the whole weekend.”

 

“That would break his heart, and I don’t want to see him for half the weekend. I want him with us for all of it. If your behaviour hasn’t discouraged him, I hope he will ask me to marry him one day. He’s never been married before, and he’s never held my loveless marriage to your father against me. He’s been very patient with my responsibilities as a mother, and if we are married one day, he’ll be here all the time, every day of the week. You’re going to have to adjust, Chely. In a few years, you’ll have a boyfriend of your own, and then get married yourself. If I sacrifice my relationship with Alfie, instead of addressing your attitude now, I’ll end up alone. I won’t do that. It doesn’t mean I love you any less, but give Alfie a chance. He’s tried to be friends with you girls. Matilda’s accepted him, but you’ve shown only resentment. Just think of him as a friend, rather than a threat.”

 

On the next Friday evening, Alfie arrived at Lera’s house and rang the doorbell, as planned. She had invited him to stay the whole weekend.

 

To Alfie’s surprise, Chely opened the door.

 

“Hi,” she said, seeming a little friendlier than usual, “Mum’s doing the shopping with Matilda. I’m making a dessert treat for her.”

 

She put Alfie on the kitchen bench, where she was using a metal mold (which had the shape of a man Alfie’s size) to carve pieces of Turkish delight in the shapes of small men. Chely took out a roll of string, cut some small pieces off, and tied Alfie’s hands together, and then his legs. Finally she tied a piece around his mouth and head to gag him. She sprinkled icing sugar all over him, making him look no different to the Turkish delight men.

 

“It’s going to get so much worse for you, Alfie,” said Chely, “Since mother loves you so much, I hope she feels well fed after she’s unwittingly eaten you! Then I’ll have her all to myself again.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

“I’m glad you think I’m beautiful,” said Brooke, “You must find this whole situation terribly ironic.”

 

“I’d have preferred it if things had turned out differently,” said Nicky.

 

Brooke giggled, and put Nicky inside her mouth, as the late afternoon sun shone into her dormitory and into her mouth.

 

Nicky sat on the front of her tongue, and looked at the back half of it. There were two sides to her tongue, which met at some imaginary line in the middle. As dangerous as it was to him, it was a thing of great beauty.

 

“You have a very nicely designed tongue, Brooke,” he called out.

 

The new teacher closed her mouth and turned him over and over with her tongue. In a strange way, it felt as though she were showing him a unique form of affection. After a few minutes she took him from her mouth, now saturated with tongue water, and rubbed him dry on her dress.

 

“Wasn’t I just the best time you’ve ever had?” she asked, giggling with amusement, “Was I better for you than Yvanne?”

 

“I’d have to be honest and say that you were,” said Nicky, “It was great, Brooke. Was I better than Bertie?”

 

“That’s none of your business,” said Brooke.

 

“I’m sorry,” said Nicky, “But it seemed fair to ask, since you asked about Yvanne.”

Chapter 12: WHATEVER HAPPENED TO NICKY? by timescribe

Jenny opened the door and burst into the room. She grabbed Nicky, put him on the floor and fought with Brooke.

 

“Get out, Nicky! Get back to the tube and to your little earth! I’ll keep her busy!”

 

Nicky ran out of the room.

 

“Get out of my room!” said Brooke with contempt, as the two giants struggled furiously on the bed.

 

“I trusted you, and welcomed you into our inner circle of friends of tiny boys last night. You betrayed all of us. You even helped Mrs Long, and now she’s eaten another boy! This is all your fault!”

 

“What’s going on!” came a voice at the door. It was the headmistress, Mrs Yeo.

 

“I just don’t think I want to be friends with Brooke anymore,” said Jenny, unwilling to let the headmistress in on the existence of tiny boys.  

 

Willy continued listening in on everything in her pocket. He’d been shaken side to side during the fight, but not hurt.

 

“Well I suggest you go to your own room and in future keep the noise down,” said the headmistress, “A student fighting with a teacher is intolerable.”

 

Jenny left the room soon after the headmistress. She looked for Nicky, to see if he needed help returning to the tube, but was unable to find him.

 

“I hope he made it,” she said to Willy in her dormitory, “We should have saved Hamilton too. We’re going to have to be more careful than ever, now that Brooke, Mrs Long and Miss Cartwright are all working together. Our top priority will be to keep an eye on Miss Cartwright. If she does expand that tube, I’ll have to go through after them and try to save your school from them.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Gartin was still oblivious to all the dangers. He was having a fine time exploring the giant school gardens, his mind rife with commercial ideas to capitalize on his discovery.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Brooke sat down at her desk and started marking her students’ work.

 

“Brooke!” called a voice, “Down in the air vent.”

 

She got down and looked in. It was Nicky.

 

“What are you doing back?” she asked.

 

 

Alfie recalled the way some other single mothers he’d known on earth had had resentful children, how they’d manipulated their mothers, in the absence of their disciplinary father figures, and how the mothers had not exercised the moral character to maintain the respect and obedience of their children, giving into their every whim, and allowing their relationships to be sabotaged by their own flesh and blood. Lera had handled things differently. Chely had pretended to acquiesce and change, when for days she must have been plotting this fate for Alfie.

 

Chely put him on the edge of the plate of Turkish delights, so that her mother would pick him first, or at worst, second. Soon her mother and Matilda came home.

 

“Is Alfie here yet?” asked Lera.

 

“No,” Chely lied, “but look what I made for you for a treat before dinner.”


She held the plate, so that Alfie was closest to Lera.

 

“Thank you very much,” said Lera, and picked Alfie up gently and put him into her mouth. She began sucking on the icing sugar, and Alfie was soon somewhat cleaner. He felt as though he had been bathing on her tongue.

 

Now his skin felt the moisture of her tongue. It was every bit as pleasant as it had been the first time he had climbed into her mouth, but this time there was a context of imminent danger. Chely had no conscience left. She was not going to relent on her wicked intentions and warn her mother about Alfie’s presence in Lera’s mouth at the last minute.

 

In no time at all, she would either bite into him, or swallow him whole. In either case, Chely had sealed his fate within her mother’s mouth. Alfie began frantically debating with himself. Should he wait inside her mouth, hoping she might taste the difference between his tiny human body and the sugary taste of a real Turkish delight? If he did wait, and she didn’t notice the difference, as she hadn’t seemed to so far, then she might bite into him any second now.

 

Should he slide into her throat, so that she never had the chance to bite him, and disappear down to her stomach, at least having avoided the worst of the fate that Chely had inflicted on him?

 

It was such a difficult choice to make.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

“I still want to know. Was I better than Bertie?”

 

“Is it that important to you to know, now that you’ve escaped?”

 

“Yes,” said Nicky.

 

“Are you asking which one of you tasted the nicest?”

 

“I guess that’s mainly it, yes.”

 

“Bertie was delicious, and so were you,” said Brooke, “I’ll only have better memories of Bertie, because I have the additional memory of gobbling him down. You and I didn’t share that experience, although we came close. In a way, having you in my mouth, expecting to swallow you whole and add you to my stomach was like being in love with you.”

 

“I felt the same way about being there,” said Nicky, “I never felt so aroused by someone in my life before. My whole life was in your control and your tongue looked incredible. You only had to gulp, and I’d have been gone forever. I was in your mouth, knowing that you wanted very much to do that, and that nothing I said could dissuade you. I came back to this school to meet other girls, but the moment you had me in your mouth, I fell insanely deeply in love with you, Brooke. I’ve never been worth so much to any girl in such a way before. I doubt that I will be for a few years. I’m just too young. I had to come back and tell you that.”

 

“I guess I teased you a lot about it,” she said, “But when you were in my mouth, and you told me what you thought of my tongue, I felt something for you too. I certainly wouldn’t have let you out of being eaten, but I was in love with you, and looking forward to eating you all the more for that reason.”

 

“Brooke, I think I’ve reached the point where I could be looking forward to it too,” he said, “That’s why I came back.”

 

“You’re amazing!” she said.

 

“If I step out into the room, so you can capture me, would you let me climb on your shoulders first, and will you lick me a few times?”

 

“I’d love to,” she said.

 

“Then I’m yours. I exist to be eaten by you,” said Nicky, “I knew the dangers after last night. I think subconsciously, I came back here to be eaten, not to find a friendship like the one Jenny has with Willy.”

 

Nicky stepped out into the room. Brooke snatched him up and sat on the bed.

 

“I hope I wasn’t rough with you. I kept wondering if you’d change your mind and run off,” she said.

 

“I was thinking a lot about whether I should or not, but in the end, I gave myself to you,” said Nicky.

 

“I have to finish my homework first, and then I’ll claim to be sick after the fight with Jenny. I won’t go down to the boarders dining hall for dinner. That way my stomach will be empty for you, little Nicky.”

 

He sat on her desk and watched her go about her school work, and then she put him in the desk drawer while she went to tell the house mistress that she was not feeling up to having dinner. Then she returned and let Nicky explore her neck and shoulders to his heart’s content, until he was ready to be eaten.

 

She put him back into her mouth and gulped him down with passion in her heaving chest.

 

 

Mrs Long sang another song to Casey:

 

A young student boy had an idea,

That Miss Longstaff was a lady who made him feel dear.

However, he went to the bushes to play

During his long summer holiday,

 

Away from the classroom with blackboard and chalk.

He found in the bushes a giant beanstalk,

And climbed it until he emerged in a land,

Where he was soon seized by a gigantic hand

 

Of his teacher Miss Longstaff, now towering in size.

He was so small she did not recognize

Him. “Now that I’ve caught you, tiny young gnome,

She said, “I’ll take you to my giant home,

 

Cook you and dip you in frothy whipped cream,

And eat you for lunch like the nice meat you seem

To be. I used to be almost as small as you are,

When I was a teacher of students afar.”

 

She carried him all the way home to her kitchen.

“Please, listen Miss Longstaff,” he said, “I am itching

To tell you the whole truth about this gnome farce.

I’m really a boy that you taught in your class.

 

I came here today. So I’m just a beginner

At saving myself from becoming your dinner.

I’m Peter Dale, and I just could not wait

To tell you, or I’d be bound for your plate.”

 

“Peter! I didn’t know that I had caught

One of the students I’d recently taught.

Be brave little boy. I’ll be sure not to hurt

You, as I swallow you whole for dessert,”

 

She continued, as her cheek showed some blushes,

“The fact still remains that you look simply luscious.

I have had my stature considerably heightened.

So I shall look forward, while you look so frightened.

 

“I’ll tell you a secret. It would be a shame

To eat me, when I think that you are the same,

With beautiful eyes, tongue and red lips forsooth.

Please don’t gobble me up. I’m in my youth.”

 

“Peter, you’ve been a good boy, I am sure,

And I think it’s sweet of you to adore

Me, but although what your confessions do flatter,

You shall still end up as food on my platter.

 

Here is a kiss to say thanks for your feeling;

But soon these same lips and my tongue shall be dealing

With your tasty self, while your little heart’s ticking

All for my love. Still at least I’ll be licking

 

Your face, with a tongue that you say is good looking.

Now you must warm up. So let’s start you cooking.”

Chapter 13: EXPANDING THE MARKET by timescribe

Chely had probably expected her mother to bite straight into him, not knowing that she liked to suck a sweet food first. This was his one reprieve.

 

As fast as he could, Alfie scraped the string binding his hands against one of Lera’s teeth, until the tooth cut through the rope. He then untied his feet and removed the gag from his mouth, and began to push on Lera’s tongue with all the might in his hands and arms, to get her attention.

 

Soon her mouth opened, and she reached in and took Alfie out.

 

“Alfie, what were you doing hiding in the Turkish delights Chely made?” she said, “I was about to eat you.”

 

“See these string ropes,” said Alfie, “She wanted me to eat you. She tied me up and covered me in icing sugar.”

 

“Why?” asked Lera, her eyes boring into Chely.

 

“You wouldn’t have missed him forever Mum, and then I wouldn’t have to keep sharing you.”

 

Lera slapped Chely’s face.

 

“Sharing me is part of being my daughter!” said Lera, “You were wilful, spoilt, and jealous of Matilda from the day she was born! That’s why you’ve so often teased her. I should have punished you for that, when it first started. Then you were jealous of Alfie! You nearly tricked me into killing him. You’ve organized trips out with your friends on nights when I’ve told you I couldn’t commit to walking you to their houses, and asked you not to go out. You’ve broken every rule I’ve tried to make and done what you like. Well this time you’ve gone too far. I won’t have you in this house. You’re going to live with your father full time. If he won’t take you, I’ll send you to boarding school. One way or another you’re going to learn that I have two daughters. I love them both, even you in spite of everything you’ve done. I also have a boyfriend, and I love him too. I gave you every chance to fit in with that, and you tried to make me hurt the man I love. You have no place in this house again. I can’t risk Alfie that way. Go upstairs and pack your things into your backpack now, while I call your father!”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

The next day during lunch break, Dougal went into the giant school grounds quickly, and located Rochelle, and arranged to meet her at the tube outlet after school.

When 3pm came along, they met as planned, and Rochelle took him to her dormitory.

 

She put him into her mouth, while she did her homework, and then told him all about Marcus.

 

“Are you less likely to want to see me for our licking sessions now?” she asked, as she lay on her bed, with her face right beside him.

 

“No. I’d much rather keep coming back for our licking appointments, when you’re not out on dates with Marcus, at least until I meet another giant girl who looks as beautiful as you.”

 

She began licking him affectionately, time and time again. Dougal wasn’t going to let the latest development in her life bother him. He might even continue to keep their appointments if he found a girlfriend on earth. Only another beautiful giantess would be able to supplant the importance of Rochelle in his mind. For now he simply enjoyed the approach and the feel and the look of that beautiful giant tongue.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Christine Long and Lyndal Cartwright, two teachers united in their plans to conduct a raid on the tiny earth school, now prepared to test Lyndal’s modified laser on the trans-dimensional tube. They crawled into the garden with the device, and Lyndal concentrated the beam into a tight blast straight at the tube. Suddenly light seemed to burst everywhere in some sort of colourful but harmless explosion. Then the tube was still there, and still the same size.

 

“I guess it failed,” said Lyndal, “I’m sorry. It sounded like fun.”

 

What neither of them had understood, was that the laser’s attempt to expand the tube had actually fissioned it into a number of other tubes, which were now opening all around the giant school and in the woods outside it.

 

The other ends of these new tubes were also opening in various secluded spots of the the forest on the boys’ earth as well, and also in other forests. They seemed to have a chemical property which made them only able to exist deep in forests. All over Sydney’s North Shore, secret trans-dimension tubes were opening. There were now a number of tubes, which would stay in their new positions. As boys would go on to discover them, they would have various means of entry to and exit from the giant world.

 

It was now impossible for Mrs Long and Miss Cartwright to anticipate which one would be used by Willy. At this point, Mrs Long didn’t even know that the other tubes had appeared. Nature seemed to dictate that they would form in places surrounded by plant life. It might be that chlorophyll had a property in it which drew the tubes towards plants.

 

A sixth grader named Amos lived in one of the houses which bordered on the forest. One day after school he went a little way into the forest, and found one of the new tubes, and went through it into the giant school. He was amazed and strangely aroused by the sight of giant girls and giant ladies. He had to get home, not being allowed out for that long at his age, but he was keen to go back there soon.

 

That night Mrs Long sang to Casey again. He didn’t always understand all the complexities of her songs about eating people, but he liked looking into her beautiful mouth while she sang them:

 

Jonas played around with chemicals, around behind the trees,

While his fellow male and female students had their morning teas.

He was trying to test a fuel he’d mixed, to run a model tractor

On the grass; but global warming sunlight caused a random factor.

 

Heat then chemically restructured all the fuel, which he had loosed.

It ignited into floating gasses. Jonas was reduced

To a size, which could have used the tractor, if the fuel was working.

He was ready to believe that class attendance was for shirking.

 

Then he watched the gasses float away, before they were dispersed,

And reflected, that he’d stabilized, and reached the very worst

Of reduction, down to two small inches, totally pre-empting

Any tests (to get the tractor going), which he’d been attempting.

 

He concluded that the tractor would be better left inert.

So he headed for the teachers’ garden. There he saw the skirt

Of Miss Longstaff (whom he’d had a crush on) dangling from the benches,

Where she sat alone. He made his way through ground, which seemed like trenches.

 

She was eating sandwiches for lunch, not rostered for the class,

Which was on at present. Jonas used the plants, to subtly pass

Where she sat, and sneak around behind her seat; and then he snaffled

Bits of food, from her bag on the ground, which might have left her baffled.

 

She had placed it under where she sat; but now an apple rolled

From the bag, which made her lift and look. He wondered if she’d scold.

So he told her what he’d done, and how her food was what he needed.

“I don’t really think I should be punished, just this once,” he pleaded.

 

“I don’t think so either,” she said, “There’s a better thing to do.

In a few weeks I’ll be cooking up a special birthday stew.

I’ll be sure to put you in quite late, preventing you from burning;

And you’ll make a tasty meal, with no more need for work and learning.”

 

Then she opened up a can of juice, and when she slowly sipped,

He admired her tilting neck, until the bag was tightly zipped.

It was not until she served her dinner later, gladly sharing

What she’d made with him, that Jonas took the chance to be more daring.

 

“I’m aware that ladies would prefer it, if they were not rushed,”

Jonas said, as her eyes met his own. He sighed and looked and blushed;

And he added, “But I’ve only got these weeks to try some dating.

Would you like to follow up on these affections I’m now stating?”

 

She admonished him, explaining that “A lady likes to feel

Very special, highly cherished, not the last remaining deal.”

He confessed that he’d felt that way, since the first day that he’d met her,

And he hoped that such admissions would now make his chances better.

 

She’d removed her skirt and coat some time, while he’d been under wraps.

Now the sight of her in evening gown might make the lad collapse.

“That sounds lovely, came the sweet response of his adored Miss Longstaff.

Then his eyes beheld a neckline, which was like a soft pink valley.

 

He suggested that she drive him to a lookout that he knew,

Where they met on Sunday afternoon. They both enjoyed the view

Of the scenery and each other. Then she took him home for snogging,

Then concealed him, in the pocket of her dress, while she went jogging.

 

When he asked if they could get engaged and tie the knot years later.

She reminded him, of what she’d planned and how she planned to cater.

“Can I think about it, while I’m eating you? And you can guess

From within my mouth, if I’ll decide to gulp you, or say ‘yes’

To your lovely sweet proposal,” she responded. So he’d court her,

By the act of simply waiting, lying down on her tongue water.

 

 

 

Chely left the house the next morning.

 

“That was the hardest thing I’ve ever had to do,” said Lera, when they were alone in her bed that Saturday night.

 

“I don’t know what to say,” said Alfie, “You’ve banished your daughter and walked away from your mother, both because of me.”

 

“I’m the one who needs to apologize, for their behaviour. Mother should have treated you better, and if I’d seen just how far advanced and selfish Chely’s hatred of you had become, I would never have left her alone in the house on an evening when you were due to visit. I could have lost you forever. I never meant you to be in that kind of danger.”

 

“You’ve done nothing to be forgiven for,” said Alfie, “I’m just so lucky that I mean this much to you.”

 

“I can never give you children,” said Lera.

 

“It’s strange, but I’ve never wanted any of my own, although I do enjoy the way Matilda likes having me around. I still can’t get over the way you’ve put me first. I never had a girlfriend in my teens or my twenties. Other people in your position (on my world) never put me first, the same way they put their husbands first when they first met them. I thought I was going to miss out on being loved that much, forever. I’d formed such a one tracked paranoid view of all single mothers, based on the few bad experiences I’ve had in the past. I need to apologize for constantly wondering about you on these dates we’ve had up until now. I should have trusted you completely, not holding back my feelings with reservations based on my poor choices on earth.”

 

“I had reservations too, after Horatio. But you quickly removed them, as I came to really care for a man for the first time in my life. I won’t let anyone take this away from us.”

 

A few weekends later, they took Matilda for a picnic on the hillside. When they’d all eaten, Matilda went walking, but stayed within sight.

 

“Lera, I’m friends with a Reverend on my world. I could bring him here to perform a secret ceremony,” he said, “No engagement ring I could buy on my world would fit you, but will you marry me?”

 

“I will,” she said, and kissed him.

 

“I’ve dreamt of this since the day I discovered your garden,” he said.

 

“Mother would never come to the wedding,” she said, “And I simply won’t risk your safety by inviting Chely.”

 

“I can invite a number of friends from my world,” he said.

 

“Given the size of your people, I could easily cater a huge reception for all of them,” said Lera.

 

Alfie was elated. For a short while he could enjoy the feeling of being someone’s fiancé, and then after that, they would be bonded forever in marriage.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Chapter 14: ZAYNI'S IN-SIGHT by timescribe

The following Monday, a boy found and went through the a new Trans-D tube, which came out beside a large clump of ivy, which grew on the side of a giant building.

 

“It’s another universe,” he thought, “This must be a parallel earth, where everything is giant sized, relative to mine.”

 

Zayni began climbing the ivy, until he reached a window ledge, and looked in through the glass. There was a pretty giant lady packing up science experiment equipment, after the students from her school had presumably finished the lesson and left for the day. He stared at her in admiration and fascination, until she happened to look in his direction and notice him.

 

She walked over and opened the window.

 

“You must have come through the Trans-D tube,” she said, “I tried to expand it. I’m Lyndal.”

 

“I’m Zayni, and you’re right,” he said, not knowing that the tube he’d used was one of many, “I’m from an earth of people my size. My mother used to insist on giving me brown bread sandwiches in prep school. I hated brown bread. I’d throw them out, and go hungry, until the teachers found out and made me see a doctor with my parents. When I told the doctor I hated brown bread, he told my parents that some people err it on the health side, and recommended they switch to white bread. My mother still cooks a few things I don’t like for dinner and says to eat what I’m given. So I wonder what giants like to eat.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Alfie and Lera’s passions increased so much over the next few days, that they decided to do a sudden wedding instead, and arranged it very quickly, by telephoning only those they wanted to invite, revealing the secret of the size differences to them alone.

 

Alfie had done voluntary youth work in his spare time, since he was little more than a child himself. He had made many friends along the way, as some of those children had reached adulthood. The best of these friends were on the invitation list for his wedding.

 

So it was that Alfie confided about Lera to each and every one of his guests, and arranged for all of them to follow him through the forest to the Hole between worlds, on the day of the wedding.

 

Lera had eventually invited a number of her old high school friends, whom she had met when she went to the school now attended by Chely. It had been difficult, explaining the reason that Chely would not be at the wedding. The girl was now living with her father, and might well otherwise have become a boarder at the school instead of a day girl.

 

She had chosen those few of her friends who were still single, as Alfie did not want to have any giant men at the wedding.

 

Soon everyone was congregated in Lera’s garden. Lera came walking slowly out of the house in her bridal dress. Alfie was captivated by her incredible beauty.

 

The Reverend performed the ceremony, and then Lera’s friend Diana helped to serve the reception food and refreshments to all of the relatively smaller people from Alfie’s side of the guest list.

 

The reception went on into the evening, and nobody was initially aware that a ten year old boy named Peter had snuck out into of his grandmother’s garden, since he was staying at her house on earth, took a moonlight walk in a forest and found a trans-dimensional tube. It was the one that opened into Lera’s giant garden, where he found a reception in full swing.

 

Suddenly Diana saw Peter and darted towards him.

 

“What’s this little uninvited guest doing?” she asked.

 

“Down, down, down, into a bush!” thought Peter and darted undercover. Lera came over and looked down and spotted Peter hiding.

 

“Why he’s only a little boy,” said Lera, smiling in a friendly way, “He can stay if he’d like to.”

 

“Thank you, giant lady,” he said.

 

Diana became a little more friendly towards Peter, and he eventually asked if she would take him home with her to keep.

 

“I think I’d personally prefer a man my own age and size,” said Diana, “But I know where you might meet someone else like Lera, who’s interested in tiny men like yourself. In three weeks time, our old girls high school is having its end of term one fete on a weekday in May. You could stay with me until then, and then I’ll take you. I can always bring you back here, if you don’t meet any girlfriend who wants to keep you with her. There’d be old girls, current girls of the school and teachers there.”

 

“Thank you. You’re very kind,” said Peter.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Zayni had just asked Lyndal about the eating habits of giants.

 

“I think I can give you a first hand insight into that,” said Lyndal, “Here in this school, many of us eat the roasts and desserts prepared by the cooks in the boarding house dining hall. However, there are at least two other teachers (as well as myself)  who have acquired a taste for a more distinguished menu item on our palates. I’m referring to the dining pleasure of gulping down little boys from your school whole. The other two have enjoyed at least one boy each already. You’re the first one I’ve had the chance to meet.”

 

Lyndal closed up the science laboratory, and rested Zayni back on the window ledge. She stepped out the window and sat down with her back resting on the ivy, and Zayni in her hand. They were surrounded by bushes.

 

“Perhaps if you described your ideal choice of boy, I could make notes for my book, and then bring one back for you from my school,” said Zayni.

 

He was a decent sort of young gentleman and had no intention of handing her another quarry, but his best chance of escape lay in convincing her that he would.

 

“Now now, Zayni. There’ll be no exchanging your fate for someone else’s,” she said, “We have a nice cosy spot here, and I’ll be the only one who leaves it the way she came.”

 

Lyndal took a small breath spray out of her pocket, and imitated the voice of one of those cosmetic product advertising models on the television.

 

“When I need to freshen up my mouth, I always use Clearfresh mouth spray,” she said, and sprayed a little into her mouth, “Clearfresh makes my mouth fresh and clean, without any minty smell. Use Clearfresh on your mouth. You never know who’s going to pop in.”

 

She winked at Zayni, and put him into her mouth and instantly understood why Christine Long and Brooke St Albans were so devoted to their cause. Lyndal gulped Zayni down and stood up and walked out of the bushes very satisfied with her first tiny earth boy meal.

 

 

At the end of the day, Mosa came to collect Matilda, having agreed to mind her granddaughter for the duration of the honeymoon, but also having refused to attend the wedding and reception herself.

 

Diana took Peter home with her.

 

Alfie’s guests returned through the trans-dimension tube in Lera’s garden, to emerge in the forest on earth. Lera’s other guests also returned home.

 

Lera had rented a honeymoon cottage, which was in reasonable walking distance from her home. In this world, such arrangements were common practice. Lera set out with Alfie and reached the cottage an hour before sunset, and took Alfie inside.

 

She put Alfie on the bed.

 

“Have you ever done anything of a marital nature before marriage?” she asked.

 

“No. I’ve been completely single up until now. I saved myself during my other relationships, for the right person in marriage.”

 

“Given the limitations of our marriage, that makes me feel very special,” she said, and began removing her wedding gown in front of him, “And it means that you’ve never had a view like this before.”

 

Soon she stood before him completely devoid of clothing, her giant figure inviting him to draw close to it. She lay down on the bed, and let him climb all over her chest and lie on the point where the left and right sides met. They were both aroused extensively anyway, and neither felt any disappointment.

 

After the honeymoon, another week went by, and Lera prepared to go to the old school fete.

 

“I won’t take you, since Chely will be there. I’ll take Matilda, and you could always spend some time on your own world,” said Lera.

 

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Elsewhere, Mrs Long serenaded her young friend Casey with another song about the fate she had in mind for many of his former class mates:

 

Young Peter felt love for a teacher at school;

But when he was near her, he felt like a fool.

One day in a forest, he found a tall vine,
And climbed to the clouds just below the skyline.

 

The cloud soon gave way to a garden of plants.

But all of that climbing had weakened his stance.

He rested a while and then went for a walk,

Remembering tales of a vegetable stalk.

 

He stepped from the garden, to look at a house,

Which made him feel less than the size of a mouse.

The house was at least some 200 feet high.

“But Jack did alright,” thought the lad with a sigh.

 

He crossed the large lawn and then threw all his weight

Straight into the door. Then he stood still and straight.
The woman who came to the door was not small.

She was a huge giant, and that was not all.

 

He stared up. It was his old teacher he saw.

She looked down at him and then lowered her jaw.

Her dress reached almost to the top of her socks.

They stared at each other. They’d both had some shocks.

 

“Well Peter, I haven’t seen you for a while,”

She said, and knelt down with a delicate style.

“But how did you gain such considerable size?”

He asked at he stared at his heart’s desire’s eyes.

 

“I can’t tell you that, but I’m glad that you came,”

She said, “For this story won’t be quite the same

As one you remember, but Peter, yum yum

Will be my prediction of what will become

 

Of you, little school friend, before this day ends.”

“But Miss Long,” said Peter, I thought we were friends.”

“A friend would be just what I’m happy to eat,”

Said Miss Long. She seized him and rose to her feet.

 

He thought of the day he’d been glad to first meet her.

“Now you just wait here on this tall table Peter,”

She said, “While I go and get something to drink.”

“But please don’t do this, said the school boy, “Just think

 

How I can be useful to someone like you.”

“You will,” Christine laughed, “I shall see that you do.”

“I’ve got to escape,” thought the boy with a frown,

And he used a napkin to parachute down.

 

He ran for his life, and had soon crossed the floor.

She came back and saw him slip under the door.

She opened it up, as he crossed her huge lawn.

His chance of escape was becoming forlorn.

 

“Come back you small boy, said the towering giant.

But Peter could do worse than being defiant.

She soon crossed the lawn and then searched among flowers.

“I must get away. She’s much taller than towers,”

 

Thought Peter, “Her legs are much longer than mine.

She’ll catch me, unless I can get to the vine.

How she grew that big I just can’t understand;

But I must get out of her oversized land.”

 

She crouched on her knees and then started to crawl

In search of young Peter. His ears heard her call:

“Well Peter, you’re less than the height of a cup.

I’ll find you and catch you and eat you all up!”

 

He came to the spot, but the vine was not there.

She burst through the flowers and gave him a scare.

Then licking her lips, she secured him and said,

“You silly young boy. You just should use your head.

 

You thought that you could run away and then hide.
I’ll swallow you whole, while you swallow your pride.”

“Please no, Miss Long, spare me. I want you to know:

I’ll do what you want, if you just let me go.”

 

“No. Not on your scared little life, you look great.

You’ll soon be the tastiest meal that I ate.

She opened her mouth, like a jovial clown,

And put him inside it and gobbled him down

Chapter 15: GARTIN DECLINES by timescribe

Gartin continued to explore the giant school after school each day, until one day he saw a beautiful teacher talking to one of the girls. The teacher was almost facing the garden where Gartin was hiding. The girl was facing the teacher. Gartin managed to let the teacher see him. She tried not to show any distraction to the girl, until they had finished their conversation, and then the girl walked away. The teacher came over to the garden and sat down on the edge of the lawn.

 

“Hi, I’m Gartin,” said the boy, wondering if he had any chance at all with this gorgeous towering woman, “I’m from a parallel world of smaller people.”

 

“My name’s Mrs Yeo,” she said, “How did you come to be in my world?”

 

“There’s a Trans-D tube linking our two worlds.”

 

Gartin began to tell her all about his discovery of the notes which Nicky and Hamilton had been passing, and the subsequent discovery of the giant school from the original portal in the forest.

 

Mrs Yeo told him about her late husband, her teaching career and various other aspects of her life, as they got to know each other.

 

“Gartin, you’re the first little boy I’ve met from your world. I haven’t encountered Nicky or Hamilton. So you might be the only boy I have the chance to ask something. If I took care not to touch you with my teeth, would it be possible for me to take you home with me and eat you?”

 

“I think you’re beautiful, and I’d do almost anything for you, but not that,” said Gartin, “I hope you can understand.”

 

“It’s OK,” said Mrs Yeo, “Maybe I’ll meet a little boy who says yes one day soon.”

 

Gartin continued on his exploration of the school and decided to sneak into the buildings. He made his way into the science laboratory and decided to climb up onto the shelf and study the chemicals. He wondered if there would be any rare chemicals not known on his earth, which he could sell for a fortune to earth scientists to study. He had a time getting up there, but when he was standing next to several jars of chemicals, he began reading the labels.

 

He was interrupted, when the door opened and into the room walked a science teacher. Gartin explained who he was, and then added, “I wonder if we could come up with some interdimensional enterprise, which could benefit both of us.”

 

“I think we can come up with one, which will benefit me,” said the teacher, “I’m Lyndal Cartwright, and don’t you look appetising? I think you’re going to find my dinner table is a very enterprising place to spend your last moments.”

 

She put Gartin into her pocket and collected her handbag from the desk. She went home and put Gartin on a cupboard top and went about various things for a while, and then took him to the dinner table.

 

“You’re disturbingly dark,” said Gartin.

 

“No. That would be my tummy. You’ll soon find out,” said Lyndal.

 

“Don’t you have an off switch? Mrs Yeo did. Surely you don’t mean to go ahead with this.”

 

“Do you know, or should I say: Did you know a boy named Zayni?”

 

“Yes. He goes to my school.”

 

“Have you seen him the last few days?”

 

“No.”

 

“I have.”

 

“You ate him?”

 

“And you’re next.”

 

Lyndal Cartwright shoved Gartin into her mouth and enjoyed her meal.

 

 

Yvanne was a repeating 12th grade student. She had attempted 12th grade the year before. However, she had become very ill for two months, which had set back her results dramatically. Now she had just turned 19. Ultimately, she had visions of marrying a man her own size, and having children. She had found Nicky incredibly attractive, but he could not have given her children.

 

“Still, while I’m at school, I might as well see if I can find another tiny boy to keep me company after school,” she thought to herself.

 

For days, Yvanne made a point of searching the gardens after school. One day she was crawling through the gardens, when she came face to face with a tiny boy.

 

“Hello there,” she said, “My name’s Yvanne. I’m 19. You look a little younger.”

 

“I’m Charlie. I’m 11. I’m the youngest boy in 6th grade at school. I found a tube, which took me from my little world into this one.”

 

Yvanne was an intelligent, socially confident girl, who saw no reason to avoid using a direct approach to her goal.

 

“Do you think I’m beautiful, Charlie?” she asked.

 

The boy was pleasantly surprised by such an easy opportunity to voice what had been in his thoughts. He had never dreamed of mentioning such a thing to the ladies he’d had crushes on as a child.

 

“Yes I do,” he said.

 

“There are plenty of bushes around this spot, which would conceal us well, if I lay down for a while. Would you like to meet me after school each day? I’d like to spend some time kissing you. It would be nothing permanent. At the end of the year, I’m finishing school, and I want to get married to someone my size, and have children. But I won’t even meet such a person, while I’m boarding at an all girls school. So it would be nice to be with you for a few months.”

 

Charlie didn’t even think about the potential heartbreak down the track. He had just been given an offer that no other 11 year old boy would even dream about.

 

“I would love to do that,” said Charlie.

 

 

Mrs Long sang her latest song to Casey:

 

Peter was suddenly hurled

By teleportation to another world

Where everything was still old fashioned.

To his surprise, he saw with great passion

 

A beautiful teacher, for whom he’d felt love,

Now a giant widow towering above

In the giant garden, where he had landed,

Trapped on a world of giants, expanded.

 

“My goodness, your size is now hard to believe,”

He said, as the fingers beyond her shirt sleeve

Encircled his body and closed with a grip

Gentle, to lift him and make a short trip,

 

Into her house, which towered like Babel.

She soon put him down on her large kitchen table.

“Peter I know of your amorous crushes

On me, but right now I think you look luscious

 

As food in my kitchen, which I shall soon gobble.

Don’t stand near the edge, or your legs will soon wobble,

With fear of a height which is nothing to me.

You cannot climb down from the table to flee.

 

This table is only as high as my hip,

But you would be hurt if you happened to slip

Right over the edge and fell down to the floor.

You’d still be quite tasty, but you’d feel so sore.

 

I’ll make a pavlova with you and strawberries.

I’ll just go and pick some, and also some cherries.”

He watched her walk over and out the back door.
Then he walked off to the window and saw

 

Her gracefully picking the fruit from the yard.

She just looked so lovely he found it all hard.

The plan of sheer terror that she would enact

Would leave him inside her, he knew for a fact.

 

As Peter continued to look out and gape,

He knew she would never let him escape.

As well as her size, she could add to her joys,

The knowledge that women are smarter than boys.

 

The giantess fainted and fell on her back,

All due to some sudden bad illness attack.

The window was open. He managed to jump

Down onto a lettuce, then saw a small pump,

 

Behind him to use on her bicycle tyres.

He thought, “I must save her, before she expires.”

He pulled the pump over on top of her dress.

“And now with its end in her sweet mouth, I guess

 

I’ll pump it with air, like a resuccitation.”

It worked and he gave her a lengthy narration

Of how he had managed to come to her aid.

“Why Peter, what marvelous charm you’ve displayed,

 

And courage, when I planned to eat you. Instead,

I’ll give you a chance for small you to be wed

To me; and be kissed by a giantess wife,

Since you have just gallantly saved my dear life.”

 

They married, and picnicked each day by the river.

One day Peter fell in and started to shiver.

And as he was floating towards distant falls,

He heard “Hey I’ll save you,” and more of her calls.

 

She ran on the shore bank, beside him, until

She’d gotten ahead with her athletic skill.
She looked back at Peter, who’d so far survived,

And took off her shoes, and then rapidly dived

 

Right into the water, and watched Peter float

Straight towards her, and said, “Now I’ll be your big boat.

Hold onto my hair, and I’ll swim us to shore.”

She did. “Now this rescue has evened the score.

 

I just saved your life, as you one time saved mine.
So now I’ll resume my intention to dine

On Peter pavlova with strawberries and cream.

Now things can change back from the way they now seem

 

To be, but at least you’ve enjoyed a good deal

Of romance; and I shall soon make a nice meal

From all your nice meat, but please do not despair.

I’ll love you inside me. Don’t you think that’s fair?”

 

“We’re married,” he said, “So why can’t we continue,

Without you now sending me deep down within you?”

The mouth which would eat him afforded a glance,

And said, “Little Peter, you haven’t a chance.”

 

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Chely was now a boarder at Mrs Yeo’s school.

 

On the day of the school fete, Lera went walking through the school with Matilda. All of the girls were exempt from classes, to enjoy the fete. Chely spent some time with Lera and Matilda. The tension was still there, but they made a certain degree of peace.

 

Later Chely went to spend time with her school friends. Lera walked Matilda over to a swing set, and sat on a seat several giant meters away and watched Matilda enjoy swinging. Her daughter had her back to Lera, so that she could swing while looking out at the fete activity.

 

While Lera was sitting on the seat, she was surprised to see a boy Alfie’s size come out of the garden beside the seat and into view of Lera.

 

“Hello, I’m Jimmy,” said the boy.

 

“My name is Lera. That’s my daughter Matilda.”

 

“Do you think I would taste nice enough to eat?” asked Jimmy.

 

“I suppose so,” said Lera, “But don’t worry. I’m not the sort of woman who eats helpless little boys.”

 

“I wouldn’t be helpless,” said Jimmy, “In fact, I let you see me, so that I could ask you if you’d like to eat me. I’ve been watching you every chance I could all day, and I’ve finally got a chance to talk to you alone and ask you about it.”

 

“How old are you?” asked Lera.

 

“I’m 11.”

 

“That’s a few years younger than my oldest daughter Chely. Did you see me with her?”

 

“Yes.”

 

“Do you really think I should eat someone so young?”

 

“It’s what I’d like. Please put me into your mouth and eat me. If you don’t like the taste of me, I’ll understand, but if you do, then please gulp me down to your nice big tummy.”

Chapter 16: HEADMISTRESS AT THE TOP OF A HILL by timescribe

“I can’t do it. You see I’m actually married. My husband is your size.”

 

“Then how did you have your daughters?” asked Jimmy.

 

“He’s my second husband. He was never happy in love before he met me, and I think you’ll grow older and want the same thing one day. Anyway, I don’t want to take away your chance to find out for yourself. I’m sorry Jimmy, but I won’t gobble you down.”

 

She put him down, and went to collect Matilda.

 

Elsewhere at the school, Diana had left Peter to sneak around the school and look for someone to introduce himself to.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Amos’s sixth grade class had already broken up for the holidays. He went through the tube, into the giant school and saw the fete in full swing. There was one woman at the fete who was taller than all the other giant adult women, and had long blond hair, and was also fairly heavily built. The combination stirred something in him that he couldn’t explain, but he wanted to get closer to her. He waited until she was fairly close to his portion of the garden, and then ran out and called up to her

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Christine Long and Lyndal Cartwright were standing on a pathway talking about their past vore conquests. Lyndal mentioned her recent conquest of Gartin.

 

“I wonder if they’ll keep coming from their little world,” said Christine, “After the gobblings I’ve already done, I don’t wonder that Willy might issue a general warning in the school he attends.”

 

“He’s discovered a scientific phenomenon,” said Lyndal, “He’ll just hope nobody else finds it and keep it to himself, “He wouldn’t want to risk other people from his world intruding on his special place.”

 

“Well I intend to have him in my stomach before he ever gets the chance to go ahead with his wedding to Jenny,” said Christine.

 

“I wish you all the best with your hunt for him,” said Lyndal, “It must be a lot harder with him well aware of your intentions and assisted by a girl who loves him.”

 

“He can evade me again and again, and I’ll always have another chance at him to look forward to. Once I have caught and eaten him, he’ll have no more chances. My victory will be far more lasting and permanent than his escapes.”

 

“I wonder if any of them are in the school today,” said Lyndal, “I think I’ll go looking.”

 

“They might not show themselves nearly as willingly, with so many mothers here as well,” said Christine, “Besides, most of them are probably in school on their world until 3pm, although some of them do sneak in here during their lunch breaks.”

 

Lyndal turned and walked off. Christine was about to do the same, when a voice called out to her: “Mrs Long!”

 

She turned and looked into the garden beside the path, to see a small boy waving his hands in the air to attract her attention. She knelt down and lifted him out of the garden.

 

“Jimmy!” she said, “Recognising a student from her old school, but unaware that he had come through one of the new trans-dimension tubes.”

 

“Hello again,” said the boy, “I asked one of the mothers to eat me, and she said no. From what I’ve just overheard, you’d be more than willing to do it for me instead.”

 

“I’d be happy to, and it’s lovely to see you,” said Mrs Long, “I’ve eaten a few boys already, although I’ve never had a volunteer for such an undertaking before.” (She didn’t know that Tinker had willingly placed himself at her mercy on the night of the cocktail party).

 

“Thank you so much!” said Jimmy.

 

“You’re welcome,” she laughed.

 

“Where would you like to do it?” asked Jimmy.

 

“My classroom is not in use today. I’ll take you there,” said Christine.

 

Mrs Long concealed him in her fingers and carried him gently into the classroom.

 

“I usually prefer to hunt down an unwilling participant,” said Christine, “But I still appreciate the generosity of your offer.”

 

“Well I heard you wanted someone to eat, and I wanted someone to do it.”

 

“Shall we start then?” asked Mrs Long.

 

“Go right ahead,” said Jimmy.

 

She licked the boy and asked, “Was that as appealing as you were expecting it to be?”

 

“I knew for certain that I’d like to touch a giant tongue. It’s better with you, knowing that you’d have eaten me without my making the offer. I was listening when you were talking about Willy.”

 

“I’m glad to perform the service,” said Christine, “In you go then.”

 

She put Jimmy into her mouth and swallowed him.

 

Licking her lips with satisfaction, she began to write another song, which she would sing to Casey on her pillow that night:

 

In long summer holidays, Peter commenced

A visit to Grandma’s by climbing the fence

Behind the dense bushes. He managed the trip quick,

He thought. Then he came across someone’s red lipstick

 

On full lips of one widow, who sat

Reading a book, with her shoes on a mat.

He guessed he was barely a third of her age,

And watched her nice fingers turn the next page.

 

After a while, she looked up in surprise,
And he saw that she had adorable eyes.

“Why are you staring at me?” she demanded.

The shock broke his balance. He fell down and landed,

 

On her green grass, where he said, “Please don’t hit me.

I was just looking, since I think you’re pretty.”

“Of course I won’t hit you, but watch for that puddle.

Come over here and I’ll give you a cuddle.”

 

She cuddled and kissed him and licked his cheeks and

Licked every finger on his small hand.

“I hope you don’t mind these licks, as we embrace,”

She said, “For my tongue just adores your nice face.”

 

In secret they saw such a lot of each other,

Without ever telling young Peter’s grandmother.

On the last day at his grandma’s he cried,

“Sweet lady I’ll miss being here by your side.

 

Your tongue has made summer so nice, wet and cool,

But I shall be sent off to some boarding school.”

“I won’t let that happen,” she told him, “But first

Just drink, my new juice and get rid of your thirst.”

 

He drank it and fell asleep there on her couch.
He woke up hours later and thought, “I can vouch

That this is not one of the rooms in her home.”

The window view made him feel like a small gnome.

 

“This must be a dolls house,” he thought, as he charged

Outside, to see that his old friend had enlarged.

“You have a giant home all made to order

Here, little Peter. You won’t be a boarder,

 

Trapped in a school. Now instead you’ll remain

Here with me, free of all worry and pain.

Now you have no need for feeling forlorn.

This is the giant land where I was born.”

 

“But I will feel tiny and very inactive.”

“Being that small makes you very attractive.

You must remain here with me for an age.

Accept it or else you’ll be kept in a cage,

 

To see that you don’t try to run off and hide.

So now is the time for you to decide.”

“I won’t run away from the love that we’ve had,

And will have with you as a giant. I’m glad.

 

But now I will never yet have the delight

Of being an adult, one day, with your height.

I’ll probably grow no more than your small finger,

But your giant tongue’s licking moisture will linger.”

 

She licked him and said, “I’ve another surprise.

But first drink this sleep drug, and close your small eyes.

I’m sorry young darling. Our friendship was based

On my tongue’s chances to sample your taste.”

 

He fell asleep, then woke up only to find

That he was in some soft dark room of some kind.
He could not see anything, but it felt smooth.

Then to his horror, he felt the room moved

 

Like something yet living. He realized his fate.

This room is her tummy, and I’m what she ate!”

He gave in to panic, and started to shout,

“Please cough me up quickly, and let me back out!”

 

As he felt his way ‘round inside her, by stumbling,

A giantess thought this was her tummy rumbling,

And asked, “my dear friend, would you care for a bite?”

“No thanks Lorna, said his own lass with delight,

 

“I actually ate well, before you arrived.

She knew that the gobbled down boy still survived,

And that he would always remain her small guest,

Still trapped down insider her enormous dark chest.

 

He tried climbing back up her throat, where he’d gape

Straight up, but one gulp would defeat his escape.

“Don’t give up on trying. You’ll find that the sculpting

Of my neck allows me to do lots of gulping.

 

Each time you climb up in the tube of my throat,

I’ll soon gulp you down again.” How she did gloat.

When he fell asleep, then her acids converted

The boy to youth energy, now all deserted.

 

 

 

The huge blond haired giant woman looked down at Amos and smiled pleasantly. She sat down and talked with him, and explained she was an old girl of the school, who had come to the fete for nostalgia reasons.

 

“I’m Amos,” he said, “I live next to the forest, where the way to your world is.”

 

“I’m Marilyn. I don’t live far from the woods outside this giant school either. It would be nice to have a little friend like you I could see regularly.”

 

“How will I know when to come?” asked Amos.

 

“Why don’t I meet you here every Saturday afternoon, while school’s not in session?” she suggested, “We can make different plans in the holidays.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

The fete came to an end, and Peter had not found a giantess to make friends with him. He came to the back of the school grounds and saw a huge grassy hill. He hid himself among some flowers, and soon saw a very beautiful giant woman walking with two girls. They came out of the school grounds, across a stretch of grass and ascended the hill in ten easy steps.

 

Peter took an hour to get up the hill, and when he reached the top he could see a back lawn and a giant house. He walked across the garden, using flower beds for cover whenever possible, and looked up at the back window. He could see the woman preparing something at a kitchen bench which was just behind the window. Her lips were so big and shapely and all he could think of was making friends with her.

 

He walked over to the wall below her kitchen window and began to climb the ivy until he reached the window ledge. He saw her turning to put something into the oven, and realised that she was cooking something for herself and the two girls to eat for dinner. The girls weren’t in the room.

 

Peter knocked on the window pane, as soon as she’d closed the oven door. The woman opened the window and put him down on the kitchen bench, and then sat on a stool to talk to him.

 

“I’m the headmistress here,” she said.

 

He explained that he had come from a parallel world of tiny people and asked her if she would like to give him a kiss.

 

“I’ve already been married and done lots of kissing,” she said, “I’m a widow now. My daughters will be down for dinner later. I have two.”

 

“Oh I see.”

 

“Don’t feel guilty for asking though. I’d still like to have a relationship of sorts with you.”

 

“What sort of relationship?” asked Peter.

 

“A relationship where I would be a diner on fine cuisine, and you would be a delicious meal. I’d enjoy it a lot, and be very thankful to you. I’m Mrs Yeo. Would you like me to eat you?”

Chapter 17: A DEAL'S A MEAL by timescribe

Peter was stunned. He was still processing the words she had just spoken.

 

 “I… I don’t know.”

 

“It would be very special, for both of us.”

 

“There’s something different about you. A giantess named Diana brought me here to meet giantesses, but I don’t know if I’d ever forget you.”

 

“Will you let me do it then?” asked Mrs Yeo.

 

“If you be nice to me tonight and tomorrow, I’d be prepared to let you have me for your dinner after that.”

 

“You haven’t told me your name yet,” she said.

 

“It’s Peter.”

 

“Well Peter, we’ll consider it a deal, but you need to give me your solemn promise that you won’t change your mind by tomorrow night.”

 

“You can trust me,” he said.

 

“You need to be able to trust yourself. Once I’ve given you the affection you’ve asked for, you’ll be honour bound by our deal. When I first asked if I could eat you, I was giving you the chance to say no. There’ll be no chance to back out of the deal, once we’ve started on it.”

 

“I understand,” he said.

 

“Alright then. I’ll hide you until dinner’s over.”

 

She put him on a shelf and asked him to hide behind some jars and peek out while they had dinner. She would serve him some after her daughters had left the room.

 

She stood up and walked away.

 

Later they had dinner together and went straight to her bed afterwards. She enjoyed the feel of the tiny boy snuggling against her all night. In the morning they prepared for a day of each other’s pleasurable company. Her daughters went out to enjoy their holidays and to visit a friend’s place for a sleepover.

 

Late in the afternoon, Mrs Yeo was sitting by the window, with Peter on her shoulder. She looked out at the beauty of her garden. Peter looked up at the profile of her face. Her huge soft white cheek was almost within his reach.

 

His time was running out. He saw the contented state she was in. She had enjoyed her time with him, without facing any of the costs that it involved for him. She would live a long fruitful happy life after this. He would be gone at the age of 10. He began wondering if he should have made the deal or not.

 

He was briefly tempted to try to escape her, but he dismissed the idea. It would devalue the love he felt for her, if he went back on his contention that he loved her so much that their day together was worth making the deal in the first place. He thought of the implications of honouring the deal and a wave of strange feelings went through him. He looked down at her stomach, and across at her neck. Within hours he would be travelling into those places. It was a haunting thought.

 

Dinner time drew nearer, and she was gentle and kind about warming him in the saucepan while she talked with him. Then she took him to the table and licked him gently and gave him a farewell kiss, before placing him into her mouth and gobbling him down.

 

Alfie and Lera would never know what had happened to Peter. The two recent newlyweds were very much in love, and their happiness together was only just beginning.

 

 

A few weeks after the honeymoon, Lera held a party at her house, and invited a number of her female friends. Alfie was there in attendance as well. On earth, an 11 year old boy named Ted snuck out in the night, and explored the forest, just as Peter had done. He found the trans-dimensional tube into Lera’s garden and started walking through the flowerbed towards a party, where he could see lots of giant ladies enjoying themselves.

 

Suddenly he saw a beautiful lady reach down into the garden in front of him and pick up a boy who was a few years older than him. Without stopping, she opened her mouth wide and put the boy into it.

 

“Hey!” called the boy, just before the giantess closed her mouth.

 

She had short dark hair and a cold dispassionate facial expression as she swallowed the boy whole, right before Ted’s eyes. He quickly crouched down, so that the giantess wouldn’t find him too. As soon as the giantess had eaten the boy, she returned to the table for more party food.

 

Ted made a hasty retreat from the garden, back through the tube and decided that it would be far too risky to take a chance on encountering that particular giantess again. He was not aware that the giantess did not live there normally, as she was one of the teachers at Lera’s daughters’ school, and was a divorced lady named Mrs Haye.

 

Ted went home in surprise. He could hardly believe that he had found some sort of warp into another world and seen a giant woman eat another boy whole. The other boy was older and taller than him. If the giantess ever caught Ted himself, she would find it even easier to gulp him down whole too. He would make sure that he never gave her the chance.

 

Ted climbed into bed and thought over all that had happened. It was not uncommon for boys to sneak out and have adventures in the middle of the night, but this was like no adventure he’d ever imagined before. He had come that close to being eaten!

 

By now, he realised, that giantess would probably be enjoying the comforts of her own bedroom too, oblivious to the fate of the boy who had moved into her tummy.

 

 

Mrs Long sang another song to Casey:

 

Peter decided to give school the slip,

And altered a workable flying spaceship

From a toy that needed its remote control,

To something a mite could fly from its console.

 

He used a shrink ray to diminish his height

To an inch, and then started a wonderful flight

To a girls boarding school, where, the size of two pennies

He noticed a face, which he knew to be Penny’s.

 

He stepped from the plants, where he’d hidden his craft,

And saw tears on she, who had so often laughed,

When they had been friends just two years in the past.

“I’m alien Ilpu. What’s up girl?” he asked.

 

He thought that the truth about him could be told

Much later. For now she would have to behold

A tiny young boy far too small to be known.

“Small Ilpu, I’m Penny. I’m here all alone,

 

Because I’m unhappy. I sneak out at night.
I’m lonely at school, where the other girls fight,

And make life no fun; and they say I’m not short

Enough to make friends in this place where I’m taught.”

 

“To me you’re much taller, and very polite.

Would you still care much for a friend, who’s a mite?”

“Of course,” she replied, as her face blushed bright red,

“I’ll use my old jumper to fold you a bed.”

 

She let him ride off to her room on her shoulder.

“I’ll grip your hair tightly for balance,” he told her.

The next day, while Penny was buried in books,

Young Peter, exploring, met one of the cooks.

 

She served him as part of the boarding house lunch.

He looked out for Penny from inside a bunch

Of grapes. Soon he saw her and gave her a wave.

So now it was up to dear Penny to save

 

The boy from relieving a girl’s appetite;

Since his bones would snap at the very first bite.

From out of the bunch, lovely Penny then snatched him

And opened her mouth, where she quickly dispatched him.

 

Then gripping her throat, so he couldn’t be swallowed,

She ran from the room. But a teacher then followed.

Jen let Peter out and then told him to hide,

While she met the teacher and rapidly lied:

 

“Don’t ask me why I have been feeling so sick.

I’m sorry my flight from the hall was so quick.”

Then later that day Penny’s words met his ear:

“The cook’s gossip means that you cannot stay here.”

 

“Then let’s leave together,” said Peter, “It’s prudent.”

“We cannot,” said Penny, “For I am a student.”

“Oh why did that cook serve me up with such haste?

She didn’t know whether I had a nice taste.”


”You taste nice,” said Penny, “I found out for sure,

With you in my mouth. Oh I hope no-one saw

You hiding in grapes that were meant for our meal.”

“If there were some place that would always conceal

 

Small me from the others, then you could still hide me.”

“There is, Tiny Ilpu. The place is inside me,”

Said Penny, “My tummy is perfectly hollow.

You’re tiny enough that I’d easily swallow

 

You down with one gulp, and you’ll be nice to keep.

It should be as soft as you’ll need for your sleep.”

“But Penny I don’t wish for such an existence,”

He said, looking up at her face from a distance.

 

“Well Ilpu, I’m going to do it,” she giggled,

While Ilpu protested and struggled and wiggled,

“So Ilpu, tomorrow, I’ll eat you for breakfast.

You’ll go to my tummy with ease, head and neck first.”

 

He woke up before her the next day at dawn,

And saw that a part of her jumper was torn.
He pulled some threads loose, and then tied them like rope end,

And lassoed the knob of the window, still open.

 

He swung through, and landed somewhere in the garden.
He ran off, while thinking, “I hope she will parden

My hasty departure across this big large lawn.”

He hadn’t gone far, when he heard Penny’s first yawn.

 

“A thread on the window!” she said and looked out.

She’d woken and seen him. Of that he’d no doubt.

She stepped through the window, though bumping her head,

As Peter soon came to the next garden bed.

 

In no time at all, she announced her pursuit:

“I’ll catch you, and this time you can’t hide in fruit.”
She grabbed him, before he could take to the skies,

Tore open his ship and said, “You told me lies.

 

This craft is an earth toy. Now who are you really?
You’ll tell me the truth, or I’ll make you pay dearly.”

He told the full story, and added with joy,

“So Penny, you can’t eat an alien boy.

 

You might as well help me to fix up my ship,

So it can be used for a fast return trip.”

“No Peter. Your hopes must be met with defeat.
You’re still the first shrunken earth boy I can eat.”

 

“But Penny, don’t eat me for breakfast now please!”

“There’s no escape … Ilpu,” she laughed, just to tease
The boy; and she put out her tongue, keenly waiting,

And then placed upon it, the boy she’d been baiting.

 

 

Casey reached out and rubbed his hand shyly over Mrs Long’s lower lip.

 

“That was nice,” said Mrs Long.

 

“I’m so lucky you don’t want to eat me,” he said, “But I think your mouth looks lovely.”

 

“I think you’re a lovely little boy,” said Mrs Long and suddenly gave him a giant kiss.

Chapter 18: THE SECRET SISTERHOOD OF G.U.L.P. by timescribe
Author's Notes:

Five years later: May 1983…

Five years had passed since Mrs Yeo had eaten Peter.

 

 

Yvanne had broken up with Charlie at the end of the year that they had met. Charlie had thought about her plans to marry a man her own size, and guessed that he would meet someone on his own world in a few years time.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Amos and Marilyn had continued their Saturday afternoon meetings. She would take him into the woods for a nice picnic lunch, and they would talk happily together, filling each other in on the experiences of everyday life that they’d had in their separate worlds.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

May 1983…

 

It had now been over five years, since Sonny had narrowly escaped being eaten by Mrs Long, the earth woman who had become a giant teacher in the school.

 

Sonny was now nearly 15 years old, and had never had a girlfriend. He thought back to the most exciting woman he’d ever met. It was Mrs Long. His time in her mouth had been his only physical contact with a woman at all. It was the most special time in his life. She had given him the only such pleasure and made him happy. He decided to go and make her a special offer.

 

He went to the tube, for the first time in years, and entered the giant school and made friends with a year 12 girl named Narelle. He told her of his feelings for Mrs Long, and told her what he’d like to do. He left out only that Mrs Long was from his own world and enlarged now. The girl put him into her shirt pocket, and asked Mrs Long if they could talk at the tables in the courtyard on the far side of the school.

 

“I met a tiny boy who escaped being eaten by you over five years ago, named Sonny,” said Narelle, “He told me he misses you, and that he’d love to let you recapture him, so that you can finish eating him this time. He loved his time in your mouth, and has never had a girlfriend. He’s very grateful for the one physical indulgence you afforded him back then, and wants to give you the meal you missed before.”

 

Peeking through the fibres of Narelle’s shirt pocket, Sonny watched Mrs Long’s face beaming in adoration, as her puffy cheeks shined. This time she wore no lipstick, had her hair up, wore a black skirt and matching coat, and a light blue turtle necked sweater.  

 

“I’m speechless,” said Mrs Long, “Where can I meet up with him again?”

 

“He just wants to know that you won’t be angry with him for running away before,” said Narelle.

 

“Of course not. I sounded angry that day, but I can’t blame someone for wanting to escape being eaten. If anything, I adore the little fellow for coming back.”

 

“That’s all he wanted to know,” said Narelle, and took him out of her pocket and handed him gently to Mrs Long, “I’ll leave you two to get re-acquainted.”

 

Mrs Long thanked him ecstatically, and they sat there and talked of his amorous feelings and how he admired the beauty of her every facial and hand gesture, her every movement of her lovely tongue. She picked him up and gave his cheeks giant kisses and licked him several times. She took him to the tube and left him near it.

 

“There’s a few other teachers who enjoy eating little boys like you. So wait here until I come to collect you after school. If you’re at risk of being caught by the others, just jump into the tube,” she said, “and come back when it’s safe. Lunch time only has ten minutes left.”

 

“Could I lie in your mouth for the last ten minutes?” he asked, “I can hardly wait until after school.”

 

She smiled and opened her mouth wide and placed him onto her tongue, while she sat comfortably in the bushes. When lunch ended, she took him out and left him on the ground.

 

He spent the duration of afternoon classes thinking about it all. She was 35. She’d pretty much had a decade of happy marriage and five years or so as a widow. His time was still to come. If he was eaten, he’d miss that for certain. He had to return to his own earth and try again. He jumped into the tube, and made it safely back to his own earth.

 

Mrs Long didn’t tell Casey about what had happened. That night, he seemed to have something on his mind.

 

“Is anything the matter?” she asked him, as he sat on the pillow in thought.

 

“Nothing’s wrong,” said Casey, “But I’ve been wanting to tell you something.”

 

He got up and walked closer to her.

 

“You can tell me anything,” said Mrs Long, “I’ll never break your confidence to any of the boys I catch and eat either. None of them have ever known about you, and none of the teachers or giant girls do either.

 

“I’m so completely in love with you, Mrs Long,” he said, and kissed her full shapely lower lip.

 

Mrs Long’s mouth opened wide in front of him in surprise.

 

“Have I taken advantage of your hospitality in the wrong way?” he asked.

 

“No, it’s not that, Casey. It’s just that, now that you’re an adolescent boy, I think I might be falling in love with you too,” said Mrs Long.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

The internet had been invented in 1980 on the giant world. The giant girls and teachers at the school had gained more awareness of the existence of little boys from earth, and had even built a number of wireless internet ready tiny computers and placed them in waterproof plastic backpacks of a compatible size in various positions near the known trans-dimensional tubes, with cards inviting the boys to make use of them.

 

Mrs Yeo had recently found and joined a website called www.2vore6ate.com, which was full of members who read and wrote stories about eating tiny boys. Some wrote about men from a parallel earth. Others wrote about shrinking boys. There were a number of stories about teachers, probably written by teachers. Mrs Yeo wondered if women with vore desires took on teaching positions in order to approach boys they wanted to eat, although in this girls school, it was more likely that they were just fortunate enough to find the Trans-D tube to the parallel earth of smaller boys.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Jenny finished school and went straight to work, and moved into a house of her own. Willy went through with his undertaking to leave his own earth to be with her, Jenny took Willy to her new house and let him live there while she went to work, and then she took care of him in the evenings and weekends.

They continued on, in the hope that they might find some way to alter either one of their sizes to match the others before the wedding and the honeymoon, which were still several years away, as Willy was still to turn 15.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Rochelle had finished school, and married Marcus.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Two 10th grade boys from the high school decided to take a walk through the forest after school. They were named Spencer and Mo. They soon found one of the trans-dimensional tubes, and travelled into the gardens of the giant girls’ school. They found the gardens a fair bit cooler than the weather had been on their own world.

 

“This is larger than life!” said Spencer.

 

“Look at the huge girls and teachers!” said Hans.

 

“We could really be happy here,” said Spencer, “We don’t have much luck with the girls on the trains back home, but these ones would think we’re cute in comparison to their size.”

 

“Sure, but if we’re together, we’ll cramp each other’s styles,” said Hans, “Let’s split up.”

 

“OK,” said Spencer, “It’ll be every man for himself, and we can swap stories at school tomorrow.”

 

“Just remember where this tube is,” said Hans, “Or we won’t know the way home.”

 

The boys spread themselves out in the school grounds.

 

Hans was still making his way through a flowerbed, when he heard a voice above him.

 

“I’ve found one! He looks delicious.”

 

It was a 12th grade girl’s voice.

 

Hans was concerned about the word ‘delicious’. He edged away, and ducked behind plants, to avoid the girl’s approach. He saw the girl put down a tennis racquet and start to look for him.

 

“You won’t get away,” said the girl, “Kate, go around and cut him off.”

 

“Sure, Belinda.”

 

Soon the two giant 12th graders were crawling through the garden from different sides, converging on him. Either one of them had a significant advantage. Soon he was seized from behind by one of them. It was Kate.

 

“Well done! You got him. Are there more of you?” asked Belinda.

 

He didn’t answer.

 

“Squeeze him,” said the Belinda.

 

Kate squeezed him a little. It was like torture.

 

“Yes!” he cried, “I came here this afternoon, with my friend Spencer. We split up and spread out.”

 

“Well we’ve closed in,” said Belinda, “We’ll take you to our boarding house now. Who are you?”

 

“I’m Hans.”

 

They took him to one of their dormitories and put him into a cage.

 

“You can wait here, while we decide which one of us is going to eat you later, although it should probably be Kate. She was the one who caught you.”

 

“Would you like to know if you can have my permission?” asked Hans, thinking he might be able to trick them, if he could gain their trust.

 

“We’re not in the least bit interested,” said Kate, “We joined with a few other 12th year girls and formed the Secret Sisterhood of G.U.L.P.”

 

“Gulp,” said Hans, “I guess that’s straight to the point.”

 

“It’s an acronym,” said Kate, “It stands for Gobbling Up Little Persons. In our unwritten constitution, ‘Persons’ refers to ‘Boys’.”

 

The girls talked with him for a while. Then Kate took him to her dormitory and waited until every other student and live-in teacher had gone to bed. Then she turned on her bedside lamp.

 

“I’m going to gulp you down my throat, little Hans. You’ll be eaten forever, and there’s nothing you can do about it. The teachers don’t know, and you’ll never be saved or found. So there!”

 

“Can I have a kiss first?” he asked.

 

“Are you serious?” she laughed.

 

“I guess you don’t need to grant my last request.”

 

“No, it’s OK. I’ll do it. I’m just surprised you’d want a kiss from me. You do understand what I’m going to do to you.”

 

“Yes, but that’s all the more reason to be kissed by a beautiful girl, while I have my last chance for it.”

 

“You’re quite a victim,” she said, and lay down and kissed him for nearly half an hour.

 

“I rather enjoyed that myself,” she said, “I hope you did, because this is the end for you, and I’ll enjoy that more than kissing you.”

 

She slid him over her lips and swallowed him, deriving great pleasure from all the taunting which had led up to this chance to administer his inescapable fate.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Miss Lyndal Cartwright had remained divorced, and continued searching for little boys to eat.

 

One day she saw a pair of teenaged boys outside her classroom, when she was closing up for the day. She looked out of the window down at the boys in the garden.

 

“My name’s Miss Cartwright,” she said, “Would you like to identify your tiny selves, little boys?”

 

“I’m Garth, and this is Dirk,” said one of the boys.

 

“For a little while longer, anyway,” she said, “I’m coming to hunt for you, my little quarry. I hope you’ll give me a good chase. To help you to try, think about the fact that if I catch you, I’m going to eat you both. It will be so much fun … at least for me.”

 

With that, she walked away from the window, no doubt on her way out to hunt for them.

 

“We’d better go in different directions,” said Garth, “At least one of us will get away."

 

Dirk managed to conceal himself, and saw Miss Cartwright come out in a pale grey dress with white short sleeves, which barely covered her shoulders. It had a wide white vertical stripe running down the front centre of it. Her husband had bought it for her as a present, and she was extremely attached to it.

 

She picked up Garth and continued hunting for Dirk. Eventually she gave up, guessing that he had made it back to the Trans-D tube.  

 

Miss Cartwright took Garth into the science classroom, and sat at her desk. Dirk followed them in secretly, looking for any opportunity to rescue his friend, although knowing that he was putting himself at great risk of being detected and eaten in the process.

 

He hid under a classroom cupboard and looked up out as Miss Cartwright placed Garth in front of her computer.

 

“You won’t be the first boy I’ve eaten,” she said, “I’ve designed a website called www.2vore6ate.com. It has a number of members. I suspect some are teachers and students at this school. They write stories. Some are probably true stories about eating little boys from your world. Some are fictional fantasies about eating little boys from your world. Some are fictional fantasies about miniaturizing boys from our world. I’ve already written about the boys I’ve caught and eaten so far, and you’ll be pleased to know that your story will be preserved on the site for all the other members to read, long after you’ve been eaten by me today. I’ll sit here and type it up and load it onto the site. But first I’d better do something worth writing about.”

Chapter 19: INTO MISS CARTWRIGHT'S WEB by timescribe

There was nothing Dirk could do except watch Miss Cartwright lick Garth and put him into her mouth and swallow him. He saw her neck bulging as she did it. She felt the pleasure of her whole body being stimulated by this act of consuming her quarry. Something about the signals she gave off excited Dirk. He didn’t want to face the same fate, but neither could he just forget Miss Cartwright. He was utterly transfixed by the thought of her and her website.

 

He waited safely under the cupboard, as he watched her type up her account of eating Garth and load it onto the website. Then he went back through the Trans-D tube, and took a proper look at one of the small computers that one of the sympathetic giants had put out. The card even mentioned that it had a battery that would last for years.

 

The next day after school he took the laptop quickly into the giant world and hid in the garden outside Miss Cartwright’s science classroom. He followed the instructions on the card, which had obviously been photocopied with the reduce setting several times on a giant photocopier.

 

Once he turned on the computer, he found tutorials which taught him about the basics of the internet. Soon he was able to access www.2vore6ate.com and a web based email service used by the giants.

 

He set up a new email account for use in the giant world, and joined www.2vore6ate.com as a new member called Downwardboy. He intended that the reference to reducing himself would make the giant women think he was a boy from their world who only fantasized about miniaturizing himself to be eaten. This way they would not search for the real him.

 

To help the fantasy along, he wrote a story about a naughty schoolboy who was shrunken and eaten as a punishment by his teacher. He was sure this would get Miss Cartwright’s interest.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Spencer had not seen what had happened to Hans. He had been away from that part of the school gardens, by the time Belinda and Kate had come upon Hans and caught him. It was now another afternoon after school, and Spencer had found the school tennis courts. He saw four girls finish a game and come off the courts. They sat down on some seats near the flowerbed that hid him and began to talk.

 

“This is as good a place as any to hold another meeting of the Secret Sisterhood of G.U.L.P.,” said one of them.

 

Spencer was curious about the name.

 

“Has anyone found that other boy?” asked a girl, “Hans told Kate and me that his name was Spencer.”

 

They were talking about him!

 

“Not yet, Belinda. He’s probably still around, if he doesn’t know where his friend is,” said another girl.

 

“I know you’ve all got assignments to work on, but I’ve finished mine,” said Belinda with a detached sense of amusement, “I’ll keep searching the gardens this afternoon until I find Spence. Then I’m going to take him home and eat him.”

 

Spencer was amazed at the words of the pretty girl, who was at least three years older than him, more likely four.

 

“Their only reprieve is that we swallow them intact,” said another girl, “We’re much bigger than they are, and we’ll keep eating every single one we catch.”

 

This meant that Belinda intended to gobble him whole if she caught him. He would otherwise have snuck away at that point, but he was so thrilled by what she wanted to do to him, in spite of the ramifications, that he knew he had to stay and watch the rest of their secret meeting.

 

“It’s hard to believe the other girls are more interested in going on dates with the little boys,” said Belinda.

 

“Hans asked me to kiss him first. I guess you could say we had a sort of a date first,” said one of the giantesses.

 

“Ooh!” chorused the girls in amusement.

 

“Aren’t you full of surprises, Kate?” said Belinda to the girl who had apparently eaten Hans.

 

“There are rumours about some of the teachers too,” said Kate, “I think some of them eat the boys and some of them romance them.”

 

Spencer listened to the rest of the meeting, and then watched all of the other girls get up and leave. Belinda looked around, firstly staring into his flowerbed. He did not think that she could see him, but she was obviously considering the possibility that he could be hiding in it. She stood up, walked over, crouched down and searched with her hands among the flowers, until she pushed one a little and revealed his position.

 

“At a first guess, I’d say you’d be Spencer,” she said, lifting him gently out of the garden bed, “I’m Belinda. How much of our meeting did you overhear?”

 

Spencer suddenly understood that the whole experience would be more fun if she didn’t know that he had willingly waited around to be caught. He chose his next answer carefully.

 

“Enough to know that it seemed wisest to wait until you’d all gone, rather than be caught trying to sneak off,” he said.

 

“Well I didn’t see you arrive. So you must have been there when we came off the tennis court, now that I think of it,” said Belinda, “I think you know exactly what’s in store for you.”

 

“Your group has a good name,” he said.

 

“GULP stands for Gobbling Up Little Persons. I’m going to take you to my dormitory and eat you all up, little Spencer.”

 

Her smile was addictive, and behind it lay her pink tongue just waiting for him. Belinda put the cover on her tennis racquet and then slid him inside the cover too, until she reached her dormitory. Then she took him out and licked him.

 

“That makes my search worthwhile,” she said, “How do you little boys get here?”

 

“Through trans-dimension tubes in the garden,” he said.

 

“Have a look out the window,” said Belinda, and turned him around on her hand, “Out there you can see a large portion of the school gardens. Someone in there are those tubes, and you’ll never be able to get to them. However, you will be going through a tube that will take you somewhere you’ve never been before.”

 

He knew that she was talking about her throat and her stomach.

 

“I know,” he said.

 

“And it’s time to speed you on your way,” said Belinda, and slid him into her mouth.

 

He turned around on her tongue, looked out at the garden beyond the window, and then felt her gulping him into her throat. He rested upright against the walls of her throat. Her mouth was about two inches above him, and her tummy was down below. All he could do was wait, while Belinda enjoyed herself, and he was enjoying the whole encounter very much as well.

 

She gulped again, and he was drawn down further … and further.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Brooke St Albans had gotten married in 1979, had two daughters and became a widow in the five years that had passed, and was now known by her married name of Mrs Middlehyde.

 

By 1983, her younger sister Swayna had now joined the school as a student, and was in the 11th Grade.

One day they had lunch together in the school grounds.

 

“So did you decide to teach here to be with me, or to be able to catch more of those little boys you found here as a girl?” asked Swayna.

 

“Well mainly to eat the little boys, but it’s nice to be here with you, Sis,” said Mrs Middlehyde, “Do you think you’d like to eat one yourself?”

 

Swayna giggled.

 

“Maybe,” she said, “But if he was really cute, it might be fun to keep him as a pet, or even as a boyfriend.”

 

“You’ve left your options wide open!” said Mrs Middlehyde, “But they are fair game, you know. If you decided not to eat one, I’d still eat him if I caught him.”

 

“Even if he was my boyfriend?”

 

“I think so.”

 

“You’re full of surprises, Sis,” said Swayna.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Mrs Long took Casey out on a date, and then brought him home to bed and he surprised her by singing his own song about size differences:

 

A lad named Tom invented wonder pills, to lose some weight,

But found himself reduced to inches tall, and in that state,

He went to local toyshops to seek work with toys he knew.

One owner, Mrs Wilson hired him as a doll to view.

 

When girls would come into the shop, she charged them 90¢,

To see him ride a toy pushbike, and jump a small toy fence.

Her daughter came, with make-up on, and married him that day;

For she was "quite a doll" herself, and carried him away.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

 

 

Rochelle was now engaged to Marcus. Dougal was now 16 and had dropped out of school in order to be able to go to the giant world more often. He had never dated anyone on earth. Nobody had ever come up to the impossible measure of attractive quality that had been set by Rochelle. However, he did not have any classes scheduled on Fridays. So he had made an arrangement to meet Rochelle in the school grounds early in the morning, before school started.

 

Dougal got to the school grounds by 7:45. In ten minutes Rochelle arrived. She looked as sweet as she had been as a schoolgirl five years earlier. They had kept up their arrangements all these years, although not as frequently.

 

Rochelle had brought a picnic basket and a rug and a nice picnic lunch.

 

She was overjoyed to see her tiny friend Dougal again.

 

“Let’s head out into the woods and find a nice picnic spot. We don’t want to be here when Mrs Long arrives, do we?” she said.

 

Rochelle took Dougal to a beautiful location and lay down on the rug.

 

“Are you tired?” she asked, “I’m used to sleeping in a bit more, now that I don’t have to go to school.”

 

“It was hard to sleep last night. I was so hyped up about going in your mouth again. I look forward to seeing you more than anything else that happens in my life.”

 

“And you’re still not seeing anyone else?”

 

“No.”

 

“It’s very nice to have you as a licking friend, Dougal. Would you like to get some more rest first, in my mouth, I mean? I could sleep a while longer.”

 

“Yes, although I don’t always sleep as well in your mouth, because while you’re lying down, it means your tongue (my mattress) is on an unusual slant for sleeping.”

 

“I’m sorry. You should have said something. I can lie against the tree trunk and sit up. I’ll still drop off, and you will have my tongue like a perfect upright mattress.”

 

“Thank you Rochelle.”

 

He lay happily on her tongue and drifted in and out of sleep for the rest of the morning. Each time he briefly awoke, it was lovely to feel her soft sensuous giant tongue below him, and to know that nobody else would ever enjoy this privilege. She had chosen him from among five boys that night five years earlier, just before they’d gone to the cocktail party.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Dirk had snuck out of school and into the giant college with his wireless internet laptop during lunch break, to check his emails and any posts on www.2vore6ate.com.

 

He looked in his inbox. It was loaded with messages from people, presumably women who had read his story, since he had engaged in no other internet activity on the giant world.

 

He read the first one, and looked at the profile of the member named Christinel.

The email read:

 

Dear Downwardboy,

I don’t know whether you are actually interested in living the stories you write, but I am a teacher, actually, and I can assure you I am interested. I have eaten tiny boys from another world, and if I found a way to miniaturize you, I would quickly make use of it.

Christinel.

 

He browsed and skimmed through her own stories, which documented her eating of Robin and Tinker. She had also posted a story called “The Runaway, so far,” which detailed her pursuit of a boy named Willy, who had been dating one of her own students and had escaped her after being captured several times five years ago. She had known he was dating one of her students (a former friend) and had pursued him on many occasions.

 

He wrote back to Christinel.

 

“I am fascinated by the thought of it, but would prefer not to have to go through with it. After all, it’s all in an evening meal for you, but a lot more serious for me.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

At the end of the morning, Rochelle awoke, opened her mouth and removed Dougal. They had lunch together, and then she washed hers down by gulping a lot of water from a bottle. It cleaned her tongue perfectly, leaving it shining the way Dougal liked it.

 

Then she licked Dougal intermittently for quite some time.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Dirk looked at his next email.

It came from a lady whose profile was named Headminiaturizer.

 

Dear Downwardboy,

I hope you don’t think me too forward or offensive in telling you this, but I found a lot of myself in your story. I met two small boys a few years ago. You can read of them in my stories. I asked both of them if I could eat them. The first one, Gartin, turned me down, and went on his way. The second one, Peter agreed. It was the most romantic experience of my life, even though I was a widow at the time. These boys had come from another world. I would be just as happy eating a boy like you if you were able to miniaturize yourself somehow. I hope you will be happy to discuss this further with me.

Mrs Yeo

 

Chapter 20: WHEN THE RED HED BOBBING COMES GOBBLING ALONG by timescribe
Author's Notes:

This chapter title definetely wasn't used in the original version ... because I just made it up LOL.

Dirk thought about Mrs Yeo. She was a safe person to meet, but unlike Peter, Dirk did not find her sufficiently attractive to look at. She had an innate beauty, but it did not affect him in the strong way that he was affected by the mixture of arousal and objection to the thought of being eaten by giant women which applied to Miss Cartwright. Her profile photograph was clearly that of the giant school’s headmistress, whom he’d seen during his surreptitious escapades in the school grounds so far. He guessed that Christinel was Mrs Long, from her accounts of having eaten boys in a school, which she had described to a T in her stories.

 

 

Mrs Long began working on a much longer song, which she would then sing to Casey in shorter instalments. She called it ‘The Thin Edible Shrinking Student’:

 

When Stefan was 17 years old, he finished year 12, and spent several weeks free,

Until it was time to enroll at the uni and start on a science degree.

His chemistry teacher was then 42, and she spent the lunch hours as his friend,

Conversing on seats, but he noticed the ring, when her dainty white hand would extend.

 

And so, Mrs Robertson captured his heart, as he tried to put such dreams aside.

He knew that she cared for his tertiary outcome; but she'd been another man's bride.

One Friday, he worked in the chemistry lab, when the classes were through for the day,

Invented two serums for shrinking and growing, and tested each one right away.

 

He drank from the shrink serum, waited in vain, and assumed that his efforts would fail.

He then tried the growth serum, hoping to notice a change, when he stood on the scale.

When nothing had happened, he packed up his books, and then washed the test tubes in the sink,

Prepared to go home, when he suddenly found the first serum was making him shrink.

 

He stopped, when his height was an inch and a half, and his body not half an inch wide;

And then Mrs Robertson entered the room, where she saw him, before he could hide.

She'd come, at the end of the day, to close windows and lock up the chemistry lab.

She towered above him, and gaped in surprise, reaching down with her fingers, to grab.

 

She sang it to Casey at her earliest convenience.

 

“What do you think?” she asked.

 

“It’s amazing. I can’t wait to hear the end of it,” said Casey.

 

“It’ll take me a while to finish this one. I’ll sing you a bit every now and then, when I come up with it,” said Mrs Long.

 

 

 

Dirk wrote back to Mrs Yeo.

 

“It is a pleasure to hear from you. I am happy that you enjoyed my story. I find you to be the most unusual writer on this website. You have admitted to eating a boy, and yet you have also had the consideration to only do it with his approval. You can always think of me as your friend.”

 

There were more emails from Mrs Middlehyde, a schoolteacher, and a number of girls who claimed to be students. There were others from people outside the giant school, in other parts of the giant world. He was probably the only member of the site who was actually in a position (and risk) to be eaten by any one of these giant females. He could feel the intense desire of each of them to catch hold of him and eat him. He wrote messages to each of them, according to their own material.

 

There was one more, one that he had been searching for, and at last he found it, after opening all the others, which preceded it. It was from Lyndalvorer, and clearly bore Miss Cartwright’s photograph.

 

“Dear Downwardboy,

It is a great pleasure to welcome you to this site. I am the designer of the site. As you will no doubt see from reading my material, I have been very active in this field, from discovering Trans-Dimensional tubes to capturing and eating some of their miniature parallel visitors. I would be just as eager to have you in my stomach as well. I hope to hear more from you, as I feel from your story that we already have a special connection,

Lyndal Cartwright.”

 

If she only knew the half of it, he thought.

 

He felt an extraordinary sense of the surreal, as he read her story of her discovery, pursuit and capture of Garth, with the cameo mention of himself as the one of the two who eluded her. The story ended with a fully detailed expression of how much she enjoyed the taste of her little Garth and the feel of him pushing against the inside of her throat as she gulped him all the way down to her tummy in stages. The chapter end notes went on for two lengthy paragraphs, unlike any other notes he had read in other members’ stories, repeatedly reiterating her desire to find Dirk and send him down to the same location where Garth now existed in an altered state.

 

It was as though they were sitting in front of each other talking about it, yet she was unable to touch him and actually do the deed. He put much more thought into his next reply.

 

“Dear Lyndalvorer,

I find myself so tantalised by your story that I can practically feel myself in the place of Dirk. The little boy knows you have eaten his friend, and yet, going by your nice picture, he is fascinated by you. He is so taken by your pretty appearance, and was even feeling that way, knowing you were going to eat his friend. At least this is how I feel. I have had a few messages from members of the website, but I look forward to reading yours most of all,

Downwardboy.”

 

He had given his first name as Downwardboy in the email account as well, so that she would not know he was Dirk. Nobody would.

 

He knew he had begun the most extraordinary relationship. He was having a vore correspondence with a pretty giant teacher whom he had watched eat his friend soon after she had given up on a determined effort to catch and eat him too.

 

 

“It must be time to be going home,” said Rochelle at last.

 

Rochelle then took Dougal to the edge of the school grounds. Neither of them had come across any Trans-D tubes outside the school yet, although there were some in the woods outside the school.

 

Rochelle put Dougal down and said, “I’d be noticed at my size. You’re small enough to slip through the grounds unseen and get back to the Trans-D tube. You’ve got my telephone number. You can sneak into the school and ring me from a telephone during any weekday to arrange our next licking time. I’d like to keep doing it right up until the week before I get married. Have a nice weekend, little Dougal.”

 

Dougal waved goodbye to her, watched her walk off, and then made his way through the school grounds. It was almost four o’clock. As it was a Friday afternoon, there were no after school activities for the girls. The boarders had wasted no time in heading for the boarding house, and the day girls had been even quicker about heading home.

 

Dougal had learned which teachers to particularly avoid five years ago. Lyndal Cartwright and Christine Long were the main dangers. He had seen neither for a while, as he and Rochelle had done their best to time their meetings to avoid any contact between him and the other teachers.

 

He was about three giant meters from the Trans-D tube he intended to use, walking through the flowerbed, when he looked out and saw a very beautiful teacher walking past the garden. She seemed to be looking down. She had bobbing red hair, and looked magnificently beautiful.

 

It didn’t take him long to realise. She was Mrs Long! She had dyed her hair red. He took more care not to be seen, and was sure that she had not noticed him yet. However she still got down and began to search the garden methodically. Why was it so important to her to look in the garden?

 

“Of course!” he thought, “She’s doing a routine search, not looking for me in particular, just any earth boy. If I’d recognised her, I’d have gotten far away into the garden, before she’d gotten close. She’s changed a bit in five years, and the dyed hair made it very hard to spot her straight away. She does look very beautiful, but if she finds me, I’m a goner.”

 

Then things got worse. Mrs Long came to the Trans-D tube, and then started crawling out from it. He could never get to the tube now. He had to get away until she was convinced that she wouldn’t find anyone.

 

Mrs Long’s mouth had a sensuous expression as she recalled her past culinary conquests. She was overdue for another boy-sized meal after Sonny’s second escape. Now she was absolutely determined to ransack the gardens for anyone who might have strayed into the school from the other world from which she’d originally come.

 

She was almost ferocious in her meticulous study of every flower and leaf, brushing each with her hand, until she spotted something out of the corner of her eye.

 

There was movement in the garden to her left, and it was not any kind of broken plant life blowing about. There was no breeze that day. It was a clear sunny afternoon. She turned quickly, and headed towards it.

 

Whatever was there had observed her. It was sentient, and no doubt attempting to flee from her. She was on top of it in no time, and soon confirmed her greatest hopes. It was indeed a little boy.

 

“I’ve got you!” she said, grabbing for him with her hand. She saw her quarry turn to look at her face. Then she looked more closely at him.

 

“You don’t seem quite as young as the others I’ve caught,” she said, “They all came from a school not far from the other end of the Trans-D tube apparently. It’s good to have you though. I won’t be nearly so careless as I was with Willy. He’s a boy who got away from me, more than once, and escaped being eaten. I shall make sure that you don’t do the same.”

 

“I am one of Willy’s friends named Dougal. I was at the cocktail party five years ago,” said Dougal, “You had dark brown hair then.”

 

“If you don’t mind me asking, why did you keep returning all these years?” asked Mrs Long, “If you knew about me then, you must have known the risk you were taking to come here today.”

 

“I haven’t seen you on the days I’ve been here in recent years.”

 

As she told him what she’d been doing in the last few years, Mrs Long spoke as though they were two old friends catching up, so that he would feel the same familiarity as she did. To her, it was as casual as that. She knew she needed to be more careful with her captives, and when suitable, make a point of eating them soon after capture, rather than leaving them in places from which Willy had been known to escape. Other than being wary of this boy’s desire to avoid being eaten leading to a successful escape attempt, she wanted to enjoy the pleasure of his company, and saw no reason to be unfriendly about declaring her interest in his delicious looking meaty little body.

 

Chapter 21: LIVING THE POSSIBLE DREAM by timescribe

“I made friends with a girl at the cocktail party. She’s engaged now, but we still meet for secret licking sessions.”

 

Mrs Long licked him.

 

“Is she as good at the task as that?” she asked.

 

“You’re both very good at it … and both very beautiful.”

 

“Well you can take some comfort in that comparison, little boy. Your clandestine contact with another tongue is over forever,” she said, as she saw his eyes wandering between her face and her stomach, “I made mistakes with little boys like you in the past. I’ve no intention of leaving you here all weekend to enact some impossible exodus from this school. I’m going to take you into my classroom this very afternoon and gobble you all up.”

 

She gripped him with her lips as she crawled out of the garden, and then took him in her hand and stood up and walked into the classroom. She asked his name and he told her.

 

She sat at her desk and showed him the website she had joined.

 

“It’s called www.2vore6ate.com. It was designed by a friend of mine who confided in me about her plans to make it. Oh look, I seem to have mail,” she said, and read Dirk’s reply to her, “What do you think about that, Dougal? I wonder if this boy would write with such enthusiasm if he were standing in your current situation. What do you think I should say to him?”

 

“Are you going to tell him about me?”

 

“Now there’s an idea,” she said, reading aloud what she typed, “How about this: Dear Downwardboy, as I read this email I am preparing to eat a tiny boy from a parallel earth. I caught him in the garden during a successful hunt this afternoon. He’s sitting here watching me type this, knowing that you and I may well continue our correspondence, while he will be making a far more active contribution than any card carrying member of the website. I’ll sign off for now and gobble him down,

Christinel.”

 

“I’m living his possible dream,” said Dougal.

 

“Yes you are, Dougal, and down you go,” she said, and licked him repeatedly, savouring the reactions of his tiny flesh as he met his inevitable ending.

 

She opened her mouth and passed him into it and gobbled him eagerly down.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Miss Cartwright had read Downwardboy’s reply to HER email and was quite taken by him. His appraisal of Dirk’s situation had keenly stimulated her in ways she had never been able to enjoy before.

 

She pondered on what to say in return, and studied his profile.

 

 

Amos had developed a crush on a girl he’d met at school named Colleen. He was now in 11th grade, and wasn’t going to the boys school at the end of the forest, from which so many boys had visited the giant school.

 

Instead he was going to a co-educational school. He had become more aware of the implications of Marilyn being older than he was. He had never discussed it with her, or his feelings.

 

Yet, having reached adolescence, he was able to notice girls his own age, and Colleen in particular, caught his eye.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Miss Cartwright typed her next message, a strange feeling in her mouth forming as she thought about it:

 

“Dear Downwardboy,

You have me quivering with excitement just thinking about your messages. I must say that you are a lad of mystery. Do you have a photograph of yourself that you could show me? I’m rather surprised that you haven’t included one. The other boys on this website have been so keen to make an impression on us ladies, that they usually ask me for my opinion of their photograph. Have you any reason to hide yours from me?

Lyndalvorer.”

 

 

Mrs Long sang Casey the next few verses of ‘The Thin Edible Shrinking Student’:

 

"I've never met someone so small," said his teacher, who clearly could not recognize

Diminutive features on young Stefan's face, as he looked at the gleam in her eyes,

"I won't have the time now, to eat you, but I'll come tomorrow at quarter to ten,

And take you with me to the mountains, and have you for lunch on a hill near the glen."

 

He waited, as she sealed the classroom and turned the laboratory key in the lock;

And watched (as she carried him off to her office), while gripped by her fingers in shock.

"I really don't want to be eaten," he said, when he stood on her desk near a cup.

"You will be," she answered, with merciless joy, "I am going to gobble you up!"

 

He looked out the window, as she crossed the lawn, leaving him there to frantically wait,

Until she returned, for the picnic which would be the boy's inescapable fate.

He slept on the cushion she'd placed on the desk, while he dreamed of the next morning's trip,

To scenic locations, where she would make use of her tongue and her large lower lip.

 

He woke up at nine, on an overcast day, and he soon saw the teacher approach,

Now dressed in a lovely long skirt; and her jewelry included a valuable brooch.

She went to her car, put the boy in her lap, and proceeded to drive to the hills.

He looked at the beautiful teacher, and wished he could alter the means of her thrills.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

The next day was Saturday. That morning, Dirk went into the school grounds and had a look at his emails. There were a number from various girls and women. He was agog at the way Christinel had caught someone in this very giant school garden the day before, possibly even while he had been writing to Miss Cartwright. She had then emailed him her frightening plans for her quarry, while she was preparing to eat him. By now the boy was presumably gone.

 

Now he understood why his school so frequently took in new boys. There was certainly a lot of suspicion aroused by the complete disappearance of a number of boys at his school, and with absolutely no explanation whatsoever. Yet the school had a long waiting list, with some students booked in at birth. So there were always parents willing to send new students along midstream.

 

Dirk was far keener to see what the alluring Miss Cartwright had written. He read her message and wondered if she was at her home computer that morning. Sending her a photograph might well tip her to who he was, to the fact that Dirk had not fled the school forever after her meal of his friend, but had frequently returned to it.

 

Something in his captivated mind simply couldn’t say no to her. He attached a photograph from his hard drive storage files to the next email, and sent it to her.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Mrs Middlehyde couldn’t keep away from the school either. She hadn’t seen any small boys since she had eaten her last captive five years ago as a new teacher. She wondered if the boys were avoiding the school on schooldays, in order to keep themselves safe. She decided to take a trip to the school on the Saturday afternoon, and surprise them. She had the morning to spend with her daughters, and then she was on her way after lunch.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

One day a youth social group leader named Miss Williams was taking her youth group on a Saturday bush walk through the forest. However, she had found that one of the boys, Drake, who had been orphaned that year, had formed a strong attachment to her. She liked the boy too, and thought it would be nice to have any excuse for an outing. So she had brought the youth group on an excursion.

 

They found the Trans-D tube and she gave them permission to follow her through it. When they reached the other side, she said they could all go on a ten minute walk around the large plants that they found. When the group had spread out a little, she heard a voice above her and looked up. Staring down at them was a giant woman.

 

“I’m Brooke Middlehyde, and it’s nice to have little visitors like you here,” she said, “I’m an old girl of this school. Now I’m a teacher.”

 

“I’m a youth group leader,” said Miss Williams, “These are my youth group members.”

 

“I’m not interested in you in the least, Miss Williams,” said Mrs Middlehyde, “But I am going to catch the boys in your youth group and eat them all.”

 

Miss Williams grabbed Drake.

 

“Run and hide, everyone. Get to the tube if you can!” she called.

 

There were 38 youth group members in her youth group, including Drake. 20 were girls. The other 18 were boys.

 

She was close to the tube. So, keen to save Drake, she jumped through the tube with him.

 

In the mean time, Mrs Middlehyde ran around the garden, chasing all 17 of the other boys. She caught the first one and put him straight into her mouth and ate him, while still going after the others. She managed to catch another 3 of the boys. She put them on a high garden wall. They could only look down and watch her hunting down the rest of them and bringing them up in small groups, each time her hand was full. Soon she had all 16 of them on the wall. She left them up there and went into her classroom and came back with a box.

 

Mrs Middlehyde put them all into the box, and took them into the classroom. She took them from the box and put them into a cupboard to which she had the only key. She gave them some food to keep them alive for the moment.

 

“Now whenever I feel like a daily treat, I only need to come and eat one of you little boys,” she said, and closed the door, leaving only the internal light of the cupboard switched on. They had various items of soft material to use as beds as they awaited her daily visits to the cupboard and wondered who would be next to go. In three weeks she would have eaten the whole youth group. (Which is precisely what happened, but there is little need to detail that here.  Suffice it to say that she enjoyed it).

 

Chapter 22: LET THE HUNTS BEGIN by timescribe

Lyndalvorer went to her computer after lunch that Saturday, looked at Dirk’s photograph email attachment, and wasted no time in replying to Dirk’s email.

 

“You’re a very appealing young fellow, Downwardboy. It makes you look very delicious, might I add. I’m surprised you were hesitant to put this photograph up, unless it was to avoid recognition by any of us who might one day devise some way to miniaturize you. Rest assured, I’m working on it, and I am a science teacher, by the way.

Lyndal.”

 

He was so out of control with excitement, that part of him felt he had to tell her who he was. As long as he stayed right next to the outlet of the Trans-D tube, with his backpack and laptop close at hand, there would be no risk of being eaten by her.

He thought more about Lyndalvorer, and whether or not to tell her who he was. He decided to sleep on it, and went home.

 

After much deliberation, Dirk returned to the same Trans-D tube he had used, this time on a Sunday. He sent Miss Cartwright a new email.

She checked her emails on the Sunday afternoon and was amazed.

 

“Dear Miss Cartwright,

This is going to sound unbelievable to you, and it is incredible to me too. Try to imagine how it feels to me to be writing to you like this.

I will now tell you the whole truth about me. I knew about Garth even before I read your story. I am Dirk. I followed you into the school, the day you chased us, after you’d given up on me, to see if I could save Garth. I watched you, and heard you tell him about this website.

 

I watched you eat my friend. Up until it happened I was dreading it, wishing I could do something to save him, yet not wanting you to know I was hiding under the cupboard. I knew that you would have eaten me too.

I saw your body and your face looking satisfied as you did it. I looked up at your tongue as you prepared to do it. I found myself feeling something as well as the fear. I was aroused. I was excited. I was fascinated. I was confused. Here you were eating my friend. I didn’t want to end up facing the same outcome, but yet I couldn’t stop thinking about how pretty and exciting your mouth and your body looked. I have thought about it ever since.

 

So I snuck back into the school with my wireless internet laptop and found that the internet technology had been successfully duplicated on your world, just like almost everything else in history it seemed, except the size differences.

You were so right when you said we had a special connection. By rights I should be hiding on my world, making sure you never have another chance to grab me and eat me too.

 

I don’t intend to let you find or capture me, but I would like to keep emailing you. We could talk about the fun of you eating me, so long as I don’t really have to end up as a giant science teacher’s main course.

 

This means so much to me, and I am too thrilled about it to begrudge what you did to my friend. Please let me know if it is of any value to you to pursue this.

Downwardboy Dirk.”

 

Lyndal Cartwright was lost for words.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

On the Monday, after school, Amos decided to be a little more open about his feelings for Colleen. They had been catching the same bus home from school. Colleen lived in the next street parallel to Amos’s.

 

On this day, Amos kept talking to her, after they’d alighted from the bus, and they soon reached the point, where he would usually turn off into his own street.

 

He asked her if she would like to go out with him.


Colleen laughed in his face and walked off.

 

 

 

Lyndal Cartwright was still elated on the Monday night. She had spent the day at school, knowing that Dirk could have been in the school gardens at any time, thinking about her in the way he had indicated, and sending her emails from his wireless internet laptop.

 

That afternoon, she sent him another email after school.

 

“Dear Dirk,

It is so nice, and so surprising, to finally know who you are.

I am strangely touched that my actions have enabled me to have such an effect on you.

You should realise the peril you are constantly entering though, since your email won’t work from your own world. For the mere pleasure of communicating with me, you will have to be constantly taking the risk of bringing your computer into my world… where I can get you, Dirk.

 

I will never stop trying, and one day I just might do it.

My best friend is Christinel on this site. She is still hunting someone she met five years ago, who escaped her a few times back then.

 

“You know I have been successful in eating some other boys from your school, both then and now. It will be my pleasure to continue hunting for you, and I am grateful to you for letting me know you are prepared to return to my world. I will enjoy second guessing your arrivals and trying to ambush you.

 

As well as all this, of course, is the enjoyment of reading your emails.

So, let the games (or the hunts) begin.

 

Your dear friend, until I catch and eat you,

 

Lyndal.”

 

There was only one thing that Lyndal did not know.

Dirk had done lots of walking around both the school grounds and the forest of his own world before deciding to send his confessions to her.

He had located most of the other Trans-D tubes, and tested them all, and noted their relative locations in the Giant girls’ school. He was fairly sure that Lyndal did not know about them. Even if she did, she could not possibly anticipate which one he would use each time, let alone when each time would be.

 

Dirk and Lyndal enjoyed weeks and weeks of playing their hunting game and testing each other with tricky questions in both cyberspace and the school gardens. There was one time when she abandoned her computer during a lengthy after school chatting session between them. He had chosen the Trans-D tube she knew about, and he soon heard her approaching his garden spot, as she crawled through, rustling the plants wherever she went.

 

He folded up his laptop and got it into his backpack, and put it on his back in record time of only a few seconds. The backpack had been padded with his school jumper and some books, to protect the laptop a little more. Just as she came into view and lunged for him, he jumped into the Trans-D tube and made it safely back to his own earth.

 

She smiled at how close she’d come and went back to her computer and typed another email.

 

“I almost had you that time, Dirk. Just think. It would have been the last of your emails, in fact the last of everything for you, and the happy end to my hunt, little quarry. How long do you think you can keep winning this game? Yet you are not winning, are you little quarry? You are merely delaying your losing of this hunting game.

 

 The time will come, when I will catch you, and you know the rest. Yet I know now that you will keep coming back, despite the perils, because we are connected, because I excite you, little quarry. If it’s worth something to you, and I’m sure it is, then be apprised of the fact that you excite me too. I simply adore being able to debrief (what just happened between us in the garden) over the internet like this. You have no idea what pleasure it brings me, or perhaps you do.

 

Until next time, little quarry,

 

Lyndal.”

 

 

Mrs Long wrote some more verses of ‘The Thin Edible Shrinking Student’ and sang them to Casey:

 

She parked at a hillside, placed him in the basket, and carried it down to a tree,

Positioned the rug on the grass, and sat down. Then she licked her nice red lips, with glee.

"It's time, little pixie, or goblin, or gnome. Now I shan't need a plate or a bowl,

To lick you a few times, and then put you into my mouth, and I'll gobble you whole."

 

He suddenly realized the true implications of her saying "pixie" or "gnome."

Since she didn't know who he was, he must tell her, if he ever hoped to get home,

He thought, as her tongue used his shoulders and cheeks for the pleasure of each lengthy lick.

Before he could get in a word, he was inside her mouth, and he had to be quick.

 

In moments, his chance to explain would expire, but the boy held his panic in check;

And then Mrs Robertson gulped, and he found himself trapped halfway down her long neck.

He stretched out his arms and his legs, in the hope that her next gulp could not move him down.

She soon coughed him up, and then held him in front of her face with a confident frown.

 

"If you don’t keep still, when I'm gulping you down, I may well have to tie your hands too,"

She said; and he answered, "I'm sorry. I don't think you actually understand who

Is going to end up as your picnic lunch. I'm Stefan, a new student of yours.

I shrank, with my serum, which seemed not to work, and then you came to lock all the doors."

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Jenny knew that Mrs Long would never help her to increase Willy’s size. She had approached every scientist she could find until she finally met Androline: a woman who had never considered inventing a miniaturizing process or an enlarging process, but felt that she could come up with a way. Jenny volunteered to be her test subject for a miniaturizing process, and went for several appointments.

 

“I believe the answer lies not in chemicals, as all the other scientists you’ve mentioned have tried, but in radiation,” said Androline, “Radiation could pass through the pores of the skin and affect your entire body, and any clothing you were wearing at the time.”

 

After a number of appointments, Androline had found the right type of radiation with which to bathe Jenny. After a few treatments, in which Jenny was confined to a radiation chamber, Androline achieved a permanent effect, which she believed would enable Jenny to permanently acquire the power to reduce in size and regrow at will.

 

“I want you to remain here, so that I can test the effect for a few days,” said Androline, and let both Jenny and Willy live in her laboratory. Willy was now 5 foot tall. Jenny was able to reduce herself to a height of 6 foot 6 inches. As she could regrow to her full giant size at will, Androline did not need to stay at the laboratory overnight and look after them.

 

After 3 days of consistent testing, they learned that Jenny could only retain her 6 foot 6 inches height for 18 hours at a time. For the remaining 6 hours of any day, from the time she first shrank to 6 foot 6, she would automatically shoot back up to a height of 20 foot tall, not nearly her full giant size, but nonetheless more than three times the height of Willy.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Dirk had been so aroused by Lyndal’s email, just as she had planned. He wrote back to her:

 

“Dear Lyndal,

 

I know just what you mean. I am already consumed, in a sense, consumed by the desire to return to continue our exciting interludes. I’ve thought and thought of you endlessly, but it all comes down to these few lines I’ve just written,

 

Dirk.”

 

Soon he received the most challenging reply yet.

 

“Dear Dirk,

 

I find myself aching to taste your delicious flesh, even if I can’t actually swallow it. I have an idea. I could purchase a pair of handcuffs, drop the key near the outlet of the Trans-D tube for you, and handcuff my hands together behind my back. Then I could lie down in the garden and you could approach my mouth. I could put out my tongue and lick you, but I wouldn’t have my hands free to force you into my mouth. When we’d both indulged ourselves enough, I could turn around, so that my hands were just near the Trans-D tube. You could throw the key into my hands and jump into the tube and escape.

 

So what do you think, Dirk? Would you dare to live a little more dangerously?

 

Lyndal.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Chapter 23: NEW PROSPECTS by timescribe

Jenny and Willy were wondering how to solve the remaining size change problem.

 

“I think I have an idea,” said Willy, “Could you use some of your savings to buy an amount of gold, which would not be worth much on this world, but would (because of its size) be worth a fortune on my world? Then we could go back to my world, and explain my absence by saying that I went off prospecting for gold and finally found a huge deposit. I’m almost old enough to have dropped out of school anyway. We could sell it, and use the money to buy a large block of land, and build a house with two sides. One side would be two stories for people my size. The other would be a single storey with everything built in proportion to a 20 foot tall giant. I’ll say I’m doing it as a novelty. The architect can make what he will of my sanity. I’ll get a larger bed and other larger furniture made up for you as well. We’ll sleep there together each night, but only to cuddle and kiss unless we get married later, and when you grow for your six hours, I’ll just be a third of your size beside you. The two sections can be reached from each other by a seven foot high door on the ground floor of both. We’ll be fine so long as you time your 20 foot height never to be seen by anyone other than me. There might even be situations when you can get away with your full size on earth.”

 

“Willy, you’ve thought of everything,” she said.

 

It took her a few days longer to raise the gold they needed. Then they explained their plans to Jenny’s mother, who was the only family member in her confidence. They made their way to a Trans-D tube in the woods outside the giant school where they had first met, and Jenny shrank to tiny size. They both went through the tube together and emerged in the forest on Willy’s earth. Jenny grew back to 20 foot height deliberately, to save her 18 hours for later, since there was unlikely to be anyone to see them in the forest.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

It took a while before Dirk was game enough to respond to Mrs Lyndal Cartwright’s challenge.

 

“Dear Lyndal,

 

It would only be I who was living dangerously, but I am as keen to be licked by your tongue as you are to taste me. I will meet you near the Tube just after 3pm tomorrow.

 

When you arrive, sit down with your back to me, dropping the key as you go, so that I can see that you have secured your hands,

 

Dirk.”

 

Lyndal agreed, and Dirk arrived at 2:45, while Lyndal was still in school. He had had to sneak out of his own school early, but did so by feigning illness. He saw Lyndal getting close. She still hadn’t put on the handcuffs!

 

“Don’t come any closer yet, or I’ll jump through the tube,” he said.

 

“I won’t,” she said, stopping, “I just couldn’t get through this thick shrubbery with my hands already cuffed. Here, catch.”

 

She threw him the key.

 

It landed just next to the Tube outlet. He tested lifting it. It was light enough for him to pick up.

 

“Thanks. Now lie down on your side with your back to me and put the handcuffs on,” he said.

 

She did so, and then edged her body closer to the tube, and rolled over.

 

 

Mrs Long’s musical saga continued, as Casey gaped into her adorable giant singing mouth:

 

She held him in front of her eye, and said, "Stefan! I just couldn't see who you were,"

Then kissed him repeatedly, making him guilty, with feelings he still had for her.

He said, "since you're married, we'd better stop kissing. At least now I won't still be forced

To go in your stomach." She answered, "My husband and I have long since been divorced.

 

Since you won't be eaten, I've things in the basket, which we could still share on a plate,

And then we'll consider this day in the mountains a chance to enjoy our first date."

She took the boy home, and he slept on the pillow beside her adorable head,

And woke up to kiss her, no longer concerned with his size, as she lay in her bed.

 

"You gave me a start, when you found me and said that you'd make me a Saturday meal,"

He said; and she smiled, and said, "I have been thinking about that myself, a great deal.

I do like you, Stefan. I think you're a brilliant inventor, and handsome and sweet;

But since you're so small and appealing, I still think you'd be a great pleasure to eat."

 

"But surely you wouldn't still do it to me, when you know I'm a boy in your class,

Whom you've come to love, yesterday, when we kissed on that rug on the green mountain grass."

She gave him a hauntingly beautiful look, as he stared back and waited in awe,

In love with his teacher, and anxious to know if her answer would be as before.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

 

Mrs Yeo was reading in her front room (of the headmistress’s residence, on an out of bounds part of the school’s property) that afternoon, after school, oblivious to the way that Miss Cartwright and Dirk were manifesting their unique interests in each other. A teenage boy from the Boys High School found a Trans-D tube, which emerged in Mrs Yeo’s garden, only giant inches from the house. He looked through the window panes at the ground level and saw Mrs Yeo reading. She was a beautiful giant woman. He knocked on the window to get her attention.

 

Mrs Yeo looked up, walked over to the door, opened it, came out and looked down at the boy.

 

“Would you like to come inside, so that we can talk?” she asked.

 

“Yes thank you. I’m Roy,” he said.

 

“I’m Mrs Yeo. Follow me then,” she said, and led the way into the house. She sat back down on her chair, and he made himself comfortable on the carpet, looking at the way her legs hung from her skirt.

 

“The last time I saw a boy like you, I managed to get his permission to eat him,” said Mrs Yeo, “Is that likely to give you a negative opinion of me?”

 

 

The next time that Amos and Marilyn had met for their Saturday afternoon picnic in the woods, he had been despondently recalling the way Colleen had reacted to his offer to walk with her after school.

 

“You’re very quiet today,” said Marilyn.

 

He told her all that had happened with Colleen, and burst into tears.

 

“You’re fully grown up,” he sobbed, “Can you explain to me what I did wrong, so I don’t make the same mistake with the next girl?”

 

“You didn’t do anything wrong,” said Marilyn, “You’re a sweet heartsick handsome little boy, and she simply didn’t appreciate you.”

 

“But I don’t have anyone who does,” he said.

 

“Try not to think about it. At least we have each other as friends,” she said, and gave him a comforting kiss on the cheek. She lay down after a while, and let him use her shoulder as a mattress for his own comfort, while they dozed off in the mid afternoon. He awoke later to find that she was still asleep, and looked from her shoulder, over at her beautiful neck and face.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Roy was certainly taken aback, but he was too keen to give her a favourable opinion of himself, to even consider any negative response to her.

 

“I guess it’s OK if you had his permission. Didn’t you think he might be worth kissing instead though?” asked Roy.

 

“We weren’t right for each other in the long term,” said Mrs Yeo.

 

“Do you think I might be right for you?” asked Roy.

 

Chapter 24: OPEN TO POSSIBILITIES by timescribe

“It is possible that you might,” said Mrs Yeo, “I would be willing to give it a try, if you would be willing to at least keep an open mind about something yourself.”

 

“What would that be?” asked Roy.

 

“If I decided at some point not to continue with whatever romantic relationship had developed between us, is there at least a possibility that you might be prepared to grant me your permission to eat you too?”

 

“I guess I could think about it at the time,” said Roy.

 

“Do you know that you’re not really predisposed against it?” asked Mrs Yeo.

 

“I don’t think I am,” said Roy, “It would depend on what I wanted out of life at the time, and what I’d already had, and how you would go about the eating process. Would it involve any torture for me?”

“Of course not,” she said, reassuringly, “You’re as small as Peter, and he went down in one mouthful.”

 

“Then I’d have to let you know my answer, if you posed the question later. I definitely couldn’t say yes to being eaten now. I’d at least want some dating time with you first, and I’d like to hope that you’d be equally open to the possibility that we might stay together forever.”

 

“I am open to that possibility,” said Mrs Yeo, “So I suppose we are entering a relationship with a great deal of unknowns for both of us.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

“It’s nice to be together at last, even with these limitations,” Lyndal Cartwright said, lying on her side, looking at Dirk. He stood in front of her pretty face and kissed her cheek on impulse.

 

“I think I’ve always wanted to do that,” he said.

 

“I don’t mind in the least. Can I lick you now?” she said.

 

“Yes, but if you try to close your mouth around me, I’ll run off, grab the key and take it through to my world. You’ll have a real time getting loose then.”

 

“I wouldn’t dream of it,” she said, “I want to be fully able to enjoy the day I swallow you down, not handcuffed and stuck on my side. I don’t even think I’d be able to gulp you down in this position. You wouldn’t slide down my throat, while it’s lying side on. Would you like to climb in and slide a little way along my throat and then come back out? You’d prove it to yourself then, wouldn’t you?”

 

It was an incredible thought. He considered it, the possibility of actually moving his body over her tongue and into her throat, spending a little while part way along it, and then coming back out and escaping to his own world.

 

“I’d love to,” he said at last, “But you need only sit back up, even with your hands cuffed, and you could gulp me down forever. I won’t risk that. I still want you to lick me though.”

 

He walked a little closer, and stood with his face right in front of her mouth. The front of her tongue came out and tasted his face.

 

“You know I think you’re more delicious than Garth was,” she said, “Would you be willing to take off your shirt, so I can sample some more of you?”

 

Dirk slowly unbuttoned his shirt and removed it. He tied it around his waist and then felt the front of her tongue sliding all over his chest and his arms and his neck.

 

“How about your back?” she asked.

 

“I’d be off guard, unable to see to react in time, if you made any sudden moves,” he said.

 

This time she licked from his belly button right up to his forehead.

 

“You’ve really stimulated my appetite for you, Dirk.”

 

“I’d best be heading home now,” he said. If you turn around and sit up, with your back just near the tube outlet, I’ll pass the key into your hands and then leave you to free yourself.”

 

“Alright then,” she said, “Thank you, Dirk. It’s been truly fun for me.”

 

“And for me,” he said.

 

As she sat up with her back to him, her handcuffed hands were right in front of him, palms facing up. They looked so soft and white and alluring, that he wanted to enjoy the feel of being held by one of them.

 

“Miss Cartwright,” he said, “I’d like to be held by your lovely hand for a little while. Would you mind?”

 

“Not at all.”

 

“I’m throwing the key into the tube. It will stay at my world’s end of the tube, while I climb onto your hand. You may close your fingers around me gently. I’ll enjoy the feel of that. You won’t be able to get your hands anywhere near your mouth to eat me. Then I’ll jump through the tube, and bring the key back for you. Do you agree?”

 

“Yes,” she said, “Innovating thinking, little Dirk.”

 

The key was gone. He climbed gently onto her hand, and felt the rounded sections of her fingers closing around him. He was unable to move for a while, but enjoyed the touch of her hand against his body. Finally she released her grip.

 

“I’ve just realised a dangerous flaw in my plan to get you the key,” he said, “You could change positions and surprise me, while I’m fetching the key from my forest. I’ll jump through, and you can rest your hand just in front of the tube outlet. I’ll throw the key in from my end, and it will come out and land on your hand. From there you should be able to get yourself free.”

 

“Alright little Dirk. Farewell for now. I’ll look forward to your next email, although I don’t know how we’ll top this,” she said.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Willy and Jenny were soon looking at real estate, until they found a property for sale, which suited all their needs. It was not too far from the forest, so that Jenny could still take him back to her world when she wanted to. It had an existing two storey mansion on it, and gardens so large, that the annexure built for Jenny’s 20 foot mode would still leave them plenty of lawns and garden space. There were tall trees all around the property as well, which would help to conceal Jenny, if she ventured outside at 20 foot tall. Their annexure took four months to build. Willy remained on his own world to supervise it. Jenny would occasionally stay nights and sleep the six hours of compulsory 20 foot size on the lawn.

 

Finally the annexure was completed, including the larger furniture. Jenny enjoyed the first chance to kiss Willy at her mere 6 foot 6 height even on her own world. She kissed him passionately at that height, until she grew to her 20 foot height, and then they enjoyed the novelty of doing it with her being that height. On the second night, she grew to her full giant size and invited him to lie on each of her shoulders in turn. He reached out with both arms to cup her shoulder as best as he could and squeeze it with all of his strength. This drove Jenny into a frenzied passion. He was her sweet tiny boy. She was his beautiful giant girl, and they now had the ability to enjoy their love in so many physical ways.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Mrs Brooke Middlehyde did not know what had been going on in the meantime.

Her younger sister Swayna, still a boarder at the Girls High School, had gone actively searching the school grounds for tiny boys. She had located two Trans-D tubes. She was excited at the thought of finding a tiny teenager of her own.

She had no luck for a few weeks, and then one day she saw one. Before he could see her, she grabbed him and ran off to her dormitory.

 

“Aren’t you going to introduce yourself, little boy?” she asked, “I’m Swayna.”

 

“I’m Jerro. Are you going to keep me here forever?” he asked nervously.

 

“Not if you don’t want me to,” she said, “I was hoping you’d like to be my boyfriend.”

 

Just like that, he thought, it was a lot easier than it had seemed on his own earth.

 

“I think that would be nice,” said Jerro.

 

“They we will be seeing more of each other here,” said Swayna, “But before you commit to this relationship, I do have to warn you of something. My sister is a teacher here. When she was a boarding school girl here, she ate boys like you. She told me she would even be prepared to eat any tiny boyfriends of mine, if she caught them. So we must be very careful. I think there are others who would do the same to you. There’s a website here called www.2vore6ate.com. A number of the girls and teachers have joined it, although some like me only write about romancing tiny boys, not eating them. I vow to you right now, that I will do everything I can to keep you safe, but there is a risk. If you’d rather not take it, then I can return you to your Trans-D tube safely now, and you need never leave the safety of your own little world again.”

 

“I’d like to take the chance,” said Jerro.

 

 

Casey was becoming more and more aroused by the subsequent verses of Mrs Long’song ‘The Thin Edible Shrinking Student’. The song seemed to be dissolving the boundaries between her romance with Casey and her culinary conquests of other students. He could understand both viewpoints, and was even more relieved that she had chosen him as the one to be loved, rather than one of the ones to be eaten. Her singing continued.

 

"I'm sorry, dear Stefan, it's lovely to be with a student so friendly and young;

But you shall indeed be a dinner tonight, and a wonderful treat for my tongue.

I'll give you the romance you long for today; but you'll be on the absentee list

In classes tomorrow," she said. Mrs Robertson held Stefan closely and kissed.

 

Quite late in the day, she went into the kitchen, and left him beside some soft fruit,

And answered the phone, while he pushed the fruit off and jumped down, lest she come in pursuit.

He cushioned his fall to the floor, with the fruit, and ran out to the garden to leave.

"My teacher's a man eater," Stefan concluded, and hoped he had found a reprieve.

 

The walls which surrounded her garden were high. So he gave up his hopes to escape.

He now had to hide until nightfall, and then scale the wall, while he kept in good shape.

The flowers concealed him, but soon she came looking:- her elegant features - a threat.

"You can't get away. I shall find you and catch you and eat you. It's not over yet."

 

She cut off escape routes, and narrowed it down to the place where the petals concealed

The boy, and her fingers then brushed them aside, so that Stefan was fully revealed.

"You've been very silly to run out like this. You're still going to be eaten," she mused,

And carried him back to the kitchen, where she was relaxed with her prize, and enthused.

 

Chapter 25: TINY TOBY'S REUNION by timescribe

Since the comforting kiss that Amos had received from Marilyn, he had all but forgotten Colleen, as he realised that his heartbreak over Marilyn was much stronger.

 

Still, if he could go on seeing her, and continue trying to meet girls on his world, he could take any risk of heartbreak with them, knowing that his tears would bring him more friendly kisses on the cheek from Marilyn.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Jenny and Willy moved permanently into their new house. Jenny had purchased another giant modicum of gold, which they used on earth as an investment, leaving them so much capital in the bank, that they did not need to work, which saved Willy the difficulties posed by his having disappeared from school at the end of 10th Grade.

 

One day they slept at least half of the day, and decided to go out at night. Willy took her on a tour of his old school. They reached it at around midnight. The whole town had gone to bed, and Jenny mischievously decided to grow to her 20 foot height. She played a chasing game with Willy in the lamp lit school grounds. He eventually ran through an open door into a courtyard, where Jenny couldn’t fit. She grew to her full giant size and reached over the building and lifted him out of the courtyard from above.

 

They laughed together. Finally she shrank back to 6 foot 6 and went home with him. Then she enlarged to 20 foot and danced with him in her annexure. It was a uniquely romantic experience for both of them.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

A 10th grader named Toby wanted to use his fruit knife at school for peeling oranges, and didn’t want to get caught with the knife. So he took his lunch into the forest and found one of the Trans-D tubes into the giant school. He took his lunch through the tube with him, and started peeling an orange, not far from the outlet of the tube.

 

He had just finished eating the orange, when he saw a beautiful woman crawling through the giant garden. She stopped just in front of him.

 

“Hello little boy!” she said.

 

She gave him an infectiously adorable smile, and he realised that she looked familiar.

 

“Hi. I’m Toby.”

 

“You’re very tiny, aren’t you, Toby?”

 

“Yes. I think you’re very beautiful,” he said, taking the opportunity to reciprocate her own comment about his appearance.

 

“I’m a teacher here called Mrs Long. I have a daughter only a few years younger than you.”

 

“Mrs Long!” he said, looking at the few reddish tints which remained in her recently regrown dark brown hair, “Now I remember you! Did you become a giant?”

 

“Yes,” she said, “Did I know you on earth?”

 

“Years ago. You were my teacher when I was 10. I’m almost 15 now. My name is Toby.”

 

“Oh yes, I remember you!” said Mrs Long, laughing pleasantly, “I’m going to eat you for my next main course, Tiny Toby.”

 

Mrs Long grabbed hold of Toby. In desperation, he stabbed her thumb with his fruit knife. At her size, she would not be permanently injured, but he dug the knife deep enough to force her to release him, as the thumb is the weakest part of the hand for retaining its grip on something.

 

She let him go with tears in her eyes and tended to her thumb.

 

“I’ll teach you to do that!” she called as he ran towards the tube, I’ll catch you and bite off your head!”

 

He reached the tube, just as she caught up to him, sucking her thumb.

 

“Come any closer and I’ll jump through,” he said.

 

“Aren’t you going to anyway?”

 

“Yes, but I want to say something first. I didn’t want to hurt you at all. I’m in love with you, even though you want to eat me. I only stabbed your giant finger with my tiny knife, so that I could get away.”

 

“I know. I was just shocked and angry,” said Mrs Long. If I had caught you, I wouldn’t have bitten off your head, now that I’ve calmed down.”

 

“Will your thumb be alright?”

 

“Yes, I think so. I’ve stopped the bleeding now.”

 

He almost envied the thumb she had been sucking.

 

“I believe you. I’d better get away now,” he said.

 

Such was the hypnotic beauty of any teacher to a boy, let alone the hypnotic beauty of a giant teacher to a borderline adolescent boy, that Toby succumbed to the same variation of Stockholm syndrome, which had already kept Dirk coming back for more visits to the Giant girls’ college. Not only that, but he had remembered her with fondness since 5th class.

 

Toby jumped through the tube and returned to his own school, only five minutes late for afternoon class. As he sat in school, listening to his teacher, his mind was already racing away, thinking of ways to go and see Mrs Long again, without getting caught and eaten.

 

 

Stirred on by this new development, Mrs Long continued writing and singing ‘The Thin Edible Shrinking Student’ to Casey:

 

She opened the oven, and placed him inside it, and turned on the setting quite low.

He watched as she smiled, closed the door and stood up, turned around and then started to go.

She soon served him up at the table, and held him in front of her mouth, to consume.

He looked at her beautiful mouth, and he savoured the smell of his teacher's perfume.

 

The growth serum suddenly took its effect, and he fell from her hand to her lap,

Recovered his size and said, "Now I finally escaped from your culinary trap."

"It seems that you have," Mrs Robertson said. Then she kissed him, and Stefan was glad,

In spite of the irony fully surrounding the plans Mrs Robertson had.

 

They dated for months, but the day came along, when she said that her husband had sought

To rebuild their marriage, and she had been using the study vacation to court.

She asked if he'd like to avoid being lonely, by shrinking his body once more,

And being a lunch for the woman he loved. He agreed. At that stage, he felt sure.

 

But when the day came to be eaten, she came from her husband's house back to her own.

He said, "I've recovered and had second thoughts, which back then I could never have known.

"I'd like to prepare a growth serum, and make myself normal. Could you please assist?"

She took him upstairs to his chemistry set, and went out on her own, greatly missed.

 

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

The second school term on both worlds drew near to an end.

 

A 10th grader named Roman played in the forest, during school lunch time, and found the Trans-D tube, and went to the Giant girls’ college.

 

Hiding in the gardens, he observed a pretty teacher named Mrs Middlehyde and her younger sister named Swayna both talking to their mother, who had come to visit the school for the end of term fete, before picking up Swayna for the school holidays.

 

After a few minutes, Mrs Middlehyde and her mother walked off to enjoy the fete together some more. Roman ran out onto the lawn, so that Swayna could see him.

The pretty giant girl picked him up and took him into the boarding house.

 

“Aren’t you a cute little thing?” she said, “You’re about the same size as my boyfriend. Mother’s taking me home for the holidays soon. I wish I could take you with me. It would be fun having another little character around to talk to. Still I doubt you’d want to be away from your world all that time.”

 

“I’m running away,” said Roman, “I don’t like school or home any more. You could keep me forever and be my friend.”

 

“Alright,” said Swayna, and took him home secretly, concealed in her luggage. They enjoyed the school holidays together.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

During the holidays, Roy met Mrs Yeo in her garden for a date. Mrs Yeo took him inside and kissed him several times, enjoying the feel of his tiny face pressed to her lips. She sat on a couch looking adorable in the fancy old house, which served as the headmistress’s residence.

 

“This is lovely,” said Roy.

 

“I think so too,” said Mrs Yeo, “Although I would very much like to do something else with you.”

 

“Tell me,” said Roy.

 

“I read on www.2vore6ate.com that the website designer Lyndalvorer arranged a game with a boy she’s been hunting for a while in the school grounds. They have a sort of vore game with each other in cyberspace. He eventually agreed to let her lick him, if she handcuffed herself first. During the course of that extraordinary rendezvous, she asked him if he would be willing to climb into her throat, while she was lying down. He said that he couldn’t trust her not to sit up and swallow him. It’s different for us though. You know that you can trust me not to eat you uninvited, don’t you, Roy?”

 

“Yes Mrs Yeo,” he said.

 

“If I lay down on my side in bed, would you be willing to climb into my mouth and about half way along my throat, and lie there for a while, so I could feel you there, and then climb back out again?”

 

Chapter 26: MRS YEO WELCOMES ROY IN by timescribe

“What if you sat up suddenly? I’d fall down anyway.”

 

“I’ll make sure I don’t do that. I’ll stay on my side, until you’re out again.”

 

“I would like to do it for you. I’d do anything for you. It’s just very risky. Will you promise to be very careful? One mistake could see me eaten ahead of any agreement we might or might not make later.”

 

“I give you my word I won’t shift from the moment you climb into my mouth,” she said.

 

“Alright. I’ll do it.”

 

She took him to the bed, and lay on her side. He watched her mouth open and climbed in and slid his body past her tongue, which was now like a wall to him, rather than the floor of her mouth. He made his way into her throat and slid along. It felt soft and comfortable as he lay in there. Before he knew it he had fallen asleep. He awoke later, and wondered how long he had slept.


Roy slid his way out of Mrs Yeo’s throat and out of her mouth.

 

“You were in there a long time. You must have become very contented with the idea,” she said.

 

“How long was I in there?”

 

She looked at the clock.

 

“About 2 ½ hours.”

 

“I’m sorry. I fell asleep. Was it awkward for you to lie in that position all this time and not be able to talk to me to ask when I was coming out?”

 

“It was fine. I fell asleep too for a while.”

 

“Oh my goodness! That’s another thing we didn’t think of. You might have turned over in your sleep.”

 

“I wouldn’t have sat up though. At worst, you’d have reached my mouth and needed to wait for me to put my head on its side again.”

 

“I was halfway down your throat, halfway to your stomach. What an adventure!”

 

“I hope I haven’t given you reason to regret it.”

 

He loved her too much for that.

 

“No. I don’t regret it,” said Roy.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

One day in the holidays, Amos met with Marilyn, and she took him for a long outing in many of the scenic areas in the giant land.

 

“Are there any new girls on the horizon for you?” she asked towards the end of the day.

 

“Not lately,” he said.

 

“Well don’t worry about it. You’re only in your mid teens.”

 

“Since you told me I was a sweet handsome young boy, I’ve known that at least someone appreciates me,” he said, “I’ve held onto that. I’m very lucky to have met you. All these years of our friendship have enabled me to cope with things, which might otherwise have left me totally devastated.”

 

“You’re very sweet to say so,” she said, and kissed his cheek.

 

 

Mrs Long sang more of ‘The Thin Edible Shrinking Student’ to Casey, who found himself investing emotionally in the fictional plights of Stefan:

 

It took him six hours to place all the chemicals inside a beaker, with spoon.

He still didn't know how to pour in the water; but late in that long afternoon,

While he was lamenting the loss of his teacher's affection, and trying to mix

The chemicals up, he heard keys at the front door, at just before quarter to six.

 

The teacher came back, and said, "I was enjoying the thought of the meal we had planned.

I've thought about this all day long, in the city, and I hope that you'll understand:

When I was divorced, it was lovely to share in the best of romantic affairs;

But I have decided to eat you, without your permission, tomorrow, downstairs."

 

She dangled a cage (from a hook on the ceiling), which hung on the end of a chain,

And locked him inside, said, "Goodnight," and departed. He pondered and worried in vain.

Then into the house came a girl, in her twenties. He couldn't be sure of her age.

She saw him and smiled with her lips which were level with him, where he sat in the cage.

 

"I’m Ellen," she said, "I went shopping nearby, and decided to stay here tonight.

Since Mother's moved back in with Dad, she won't mind, if I stop for some sleep and a bite."

"I'm one of her students, albeit reduced, and tomorrow she'll have me for tea."

She opened the cage, and he wondered if Ellen would love him or just set him free.

 

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

When school resumed, Swayna smuggled Roman back into her dormitory. On the Wednesday of that week, she was unable to keep him company after school, as she had arranged to meet Jerro at the Trans-D tube for a brief date. She approached the garden on foot and heard her sister’s voice coming from within the garden:

 

“Well Jerro, it’s nice to meet you, and it’ll be nicer still to have you for dinner tonight. I’ve recently run out of supplies. I’ll take you to my classroom now,” said Mrs Middlehyde.

 

Swayna ducked into some nearby shrubbery and watched as her sister emerged from the garden and walked off with Jerro in her fingers. She had until her sister deemed it dinner time to try to save Jerro. Her sister was taller and stronger and would not willingly give Jerro back. Swayna thought quickly, and returned to her dormitory.

 

“I’m afraid I’ll need your help on something, Roman. My sister’s caught my boyfriend. She didn’t see me. So she doesn’t know I’m aware of it, but she’ll be eating him for dinner soon, if I don’t do something.”

 

“I can’t do much. I’m small. She’d eat me too,” said Roman.

 

“I know. But I think I can make use of that,” said Swayna, “I’ll put you in the garden outside her classroom and tell her I’ve seen a small boy running off. She’ll come out to chase you, and I can go in and get Jerro out of there.”

 

“But the Tube’s nowhere near there. She’ll catch me.”

 

“Well you can do your best to hide from her in the garden, but she will probably get you, I know. I’m sorry about this. I’ll miss you. Still I think it’s the only way to save Jerro.”

 

“Why don’t you tell her Jerro’s yours?”

 

“We talked about that long before I met him. She said she’d eat him anyway.”

 

“She’ll eat me!”

 

“You might like it. Don’t you think she’s pretty?”

 

“Yes, but I won’t like it that much. Don’t you care about me?”

 

“I do, but I vowed to do everything to keep Jerro safe. As I said before, I’m sorry Roman, but I need the distraction she’ll get by chasing and most likely catching you. I hope you do get away from her, but Jerro is my first priority.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Miss Cartwright read Dirk’s next email to her.

 

“Dear Lyndal,

 

Your tongue felt fantastic. When I think what would have happened, if you weren’t handcuffed I feel so excited. I’m sure you must be having the same wonderful memories of what we did together. I doubt there’s any way we could increase the thrill or excitement, without sealing my fate, and you know I’ll never do that. I think of your round breasts pushing against your dress and your slim stomach below them, and I am driven off the planet with all sorts of thoughts. Your new story about it was a terrific way to relive it in my mind,

 

Dirk.”

 

She had been having endless thoughts about him too. She’d caught and eaten some boys before, and had communicated with many people on her website. Yet never before had she had an encounter, which pushed every boundary the way her experiences with Dirk had done.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Toby found a second Trans-D tube, and entered the Giant girls’ college from a different garden after school. He stayed close to it, and watched for Mrs Long. He saw her come on what must have been her afternoon rounds of searching the gardens. Then she gave up and went home.

 

He didn’t know what he wanted. Yet he couldn’t forget the beautiful face, which had almost eaten him.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Swayna carried Roman out to the garden just outside her sister’s classroom.

 

“Please don’t. I’ll help you save Jerro somehow.”

 

“We’ve been over this, Roman. Good luck,” she said, and gave him a long slow giant kiss goodbye. 

 

Chapter 27: THE DELECTABLE DECOY by timescribe

Swayna peeked in the window, to see that Jerro was not in sight. She hoped Brooke hadn’t eaten him yet, but at least she could enter the classroom still ostensibly unaware that her sister had captured Jerro.

 

She put Roman down, and let him start running.

 

Swayna quickly made her way to the classroom, walked in and said, “Hi. I just saw one of those little boys in the garden outside. I didn’t want to keep him though. He’s too young to go out with. He’s only in elementary school, I’d say.”

 

“Speak for yourself,” said Mrs Middlehyde, “He’s not too young to eat! Which way did he go?”

 

Swayna took her sister out and pointed in the direction Roman had gone.

 

“Thank you, Sis. I’m surprised you didn’t want to save him.”

 

“Well I don’t think you’ll catch him now anyway. I should get back to my homework,” said Swayna, and pretended to walk off.

 

As soon as Mrs Middlehyde was in the garden on all fours, Swayna went into the classroom and called for Jerro, not too loudly. He heard her and called back. He was in a shelf on the side of the classroom. Swayna got him out of the classroom quickly and ran back to her dormitory with him. They enjoyed their time together and then she took him to a Trans-D tube and let him go safely back home for now.

 

Roman was running frantically through the garden. He could hear Mrs Middlehyde crawling behind him, but then he reached the end of the flowerbed. There was open lawn in front of him again. Still, if he went back into the flowerbed, he would be headed straight towards Mrs Middlehyde. He had no choice but to try to run across the huge expanse of lawn, before she emerged at the very spot he was standing in now.

 

He sprinted, and sprinted.

 

“There you are!” he heard behind him.

 

He was less than halfway there.

 

He turned around and stood still. He was exhausted anyway, and he would never outrun her now. He watched her walk briskly over to him and stoop down and pick him up.

 

“I was a little surprised when my sister told me there was a little boy like you here. I’ve already caught a teenager for dinner, but you’ll make a nice treat tomorrow night. Then my housemistress on duty roster week will be over, and I can go home to my daughters, who are staying with my mother at the moment.”

 

She took him to the classroom and opened the same shelf, and found Jerro gone.

 

“It would seem I’ve been decoyed,” she said aloud, and instantly saw through all of Swayna’s schemes, “It looks like your 24 hour reprieve is lost now, little boy.”

 

Mrs Middlehyde sat at her desk and held him gently in her finger and thumb. To her, he felt like a small crayfish waiting to disappear down her throat.

 

“I’ll bet you’re just waiting to have your little legs washed down,” she said, and began licking him.

 

It was the most thrilling and frightening thing that could be happening to a boy.

 

When she had finished tasting him, she put him into her mouth and enjoyed him for several moments longer, and then gulped him away.

 

She made a point of sitting next to her sister during boarders dinner that evening.

 

“It seems we both know who your boyfriend is now, Sis. I will try to get him back. Ten points for giving up the younger boy as a decoy though. He was nice,” said Brooke.

 

“Jerro and I had better be more careful then,” said Swayna.

 

 

The next day, Toby once again snuck into the school, this time during lunch break. He saw Mrs Long and another teacher named Miss Cartwright sitting on the seat, having lunch together and talking.

 

“How are things going between you and Dirk?” asked Mrs Long.

 

“You won’t believe what we did recently. I handcuffed my hands together behind my back, and met him near the Trans-D tube near my science classroom, and –“

 

“Near your science classroom. I thought it was on the other side of the school buildings,” said Mrs Long.

 

“There must be more of them then,” said Miss Cartwright, “This is a new one I’ve found recently. There seem to be more than one of them. Who knows how many are in the school?”

 

She didn’t know that their own experimental attempt to enlarge the first one they’d found had created all the others.

 

“Anyway, I interrupted you,” said Mrs Long, “What happened next?”

 

“Well I was in the garden, lying on my side, handcuffed. As we’d arranged over the internet, he walked right up to my face, and I licked him, and then he arranged for me to recover the key to the handcuffs, after he’d gone to safety,” said Miss Cartwright.

 

“It’s quite an accomplishment for you both to have maintained this situation between you all this time. I was after Willy for so long, but with Jenny no longer in the school, I suspect she’s taken him away from here forever. I won’t get another chance to catch him and eat him,” said Mrs Long.

 

Toby was analysing everything she said. So it seemed she had been pursuing another boy for quite some time, and now he was her next potential quarry. If she ever learned he’d been willing to come back, she’d not let up until she caught him. Then he remembered a boy in his year in prep school called Willy, and knew who her would be victim had been.

 

“So are there any other boy meal prospects for you?” asked Miss Cartwright.

 

“I caught a boy named Toby not long ago. He looked very young and delicious, but he got away. I would have said I doubt he’d be back, but he did tell me he was in love with me. I’ve learned from your time with Dirk, that these little boys are very impressionable and will risk anything to come back and see us again,” said Mrs Long, “I think he’s the first one I’ve wanted more than Willy. I wish I could catch Tiny Toby and gobble him whole!”

 

Toby thought she might be getting a little too close to the truth. He ran back to the tube and dived through. His lunch hour was almost up anyway, and he still had to run through the forest.

 

After the close shave with Toby, Mrs Long decided to wrap up her song ‘The Thin Edible Shrinking Student’. She had based the daughter Ellen on her own imagination of Kirsty growing up and dating and marrying some day. To that end, she finally wrote two more verses to conclude the story, having worked out what Ellen’s response to Stefan would be in the concluding verses. She hoped that Casey would like the ending:

 

She licked his young cheeks and said, "You taste delicious, and opened her mouth, with a yawn.

She placed him inside it, and closed it, which left him defeated, contained and forlorn.

"She's just like her mother," he thought, "This is it." Then she put him back onto her palm,

And said, "Did you think I would swallow you? I was just teasing. Relax and be calm."

 

She helped him recover his size, the next morning, but first he slept close to her face;

And when he was full-sized again, she was ready and willing to fondly embrace

The boy. So her mother accepted that he would not enter her stomach at all.

He did enlarge Ellen, from five foot to six-three:- Bride groweth before wedding ball.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Swayna met Jerro after school and took him straight to the boarding house. This time there had been no sign of Brooke, but they had used a different Tube outlet. She put him on her desk, while she did her homework. Jerro took his homework and pens out of his backpack and did his too.

 

“When I get home, I’ll say I stayed back and did my homework. They can assume I did it in the school library on my earth,” said Jerro.

 

“My sister’s not going to give up looking for you,” said Swayna, and carefully omitted mentioning the cost at which she had obtained Jerro’s freedom from her sister.

 

“I wasn’t sure, whether I would end up in her stomach or not, when she caught me,” said Jerro, “I knew you were expecting me, and hoped you’d seen her catch me. Then I waited for so long in the classroom. How did you get her out of there?”

 

“I sent her on a wild boy chase,” said Swayna, “I told her I’d seen another boy in the gardens outside. She ran after the prospect of catching a second meal, and I came in and got you out. The point is that she knows you’re my boyfriend, and that I plotted your escape. She’ll never stop trying to catch you. She probably guessed that you’re in here with me sometimes. She’ll keep waiting for a chance to intercept you on your way here or home. We’ll have to be very arbitrary about our choice of which Tube to use each time.”

 

She lay down and felt him lying against her cheek. It made her feel great warmth. She admired this boy, and felt very special to him, for him to be so willing to keep risking her sister’s attacks in order to see her. She had no regrets about sacrificing Roman. Of course she would have preferred to avoid his untimely demise. However, she had clearly explained to the boy that he was needed in order to preserve her relationship with Jerro. Roman had made his way to Brooke’s tummy for the good of both Swayna and another boy his own size.

 

“Swayna, do you see us being together for always?” asked Jerro.

 

“It’s something I’m sure I’d like,” said Swayna.

 

“So would I,” said Jerro, “But it will be difficult for us to plan a marriage and interact with your family, with your sister constantly out to eat me. We might avoid it for years, and then one day she could catch me.”

 

Chapter 28: SUCKING DIRK IN by timescribe

“Maybe I’ll have to limit my sister’s involvement in my life when I leave school,” said Swayna.

 

“Would you really do that for me?” asked Jerro.

 

“Why of course I would. I’m still mindful of the risks you’ve taken for me.”

 

“Is your mother likely to take our side or Brooke’s?”

 

“I hadn’t really thought about it. There is a third possibility, that she might want to eat you herself.”

 

“We’re really playing a dangerous game, aren’t we?” asked Jerro.

 

“I’d better get you back to a Tube, before boarders dinner starts.”

 

She put him into her shirt pocket, and then put on her school jumper over it. She walked down to the school gardens and ran into her sister.

 

“Hey Sis,” said Mrs Middlehyde, “I’ve read Christinel’s detailed story about Willy on www.2vore6ate.com. I’m surprised she still wants to catch Willy even now. When Jenny introduced Willy to her over 5 years ago as her fiancé, she put her vore instincts ahead of their friendship. But will she still want Willy by the time he’ll be married? It’s the unmarried youthful innocence of these little boys that appeals to me.”

 

“Do you mean you wouldn’t want to eat a married man from that little boys world?” asked Swayna.

 

“Certainly not,” said Mrs Middlehyde.

 

“I suppose that means you won’t want to eat Jerro, after I’ve married him.”

 

“If he can avoid being eaten by me for that long,” said Mrs Middlehyde, “I do hope to catch him again long before you marry him, which can’t be for years anyway. I’ll see you in the dining hall soon.”

 

Swayna took him to a Trans-D tube.

 

“Did you hear all that?” she asked.

 

“Yes. It answers my earlier questions. You could even still have her in the bridal party at the wedding, so long as she isn’t allowed the chance to get at me before we’ve both said ‘I do’.”

 

“That would be cutting it fine, but it means I only have to keep you safe until the wedding, assuming Mother’s alright with our marrying.”

 

She watched him make his way into the Trans-D tube, and then made her own way into the boarding house for dinner.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

The next day after school, Dirk found a very safe Trans-D tube, one that opened in the woods outside the giant school. He checked his emails and found one from Miss Cartwright.

 

“Dear Dirk,

 

I would like to have a long internet chat with you. I will check my emails after school each day. When you get this one, if you’d like to spend the afternoon in a long chat, let me know with a quick reply,

 

Lyndal.”

 

Dirk quickly sent his reply.

 

They got the chat windows working and began sending each other quick messages.

 

“So where are you now?” wrote Lyndal.

 

“In the woods outside the school this time,” said Dirk, “But even if you got here, I’m right next to a Tube outlet. You won’t be having me for dinner, you know.”

 

“Of course. But it was so nice to be licking you that day. I’ve never forgotten the taste of you.”

 

“I can still almost feel the soft moist touch of your tongue.”

 

“If I ever did catch you, and I offered you one last request before I ate you, what would it be?”

 

“I think I’d like to lie on your dress, just between your breasts. It was the only thing we didn’t really get to do, when you were in handcuffs.”

 

“I think I could arrange that. In fact there’s lots of places on me that it would be nice to let you touch, before I let you touch the inside of me.”

 

“It’s hypothetical anyway. I’ll always make sure you don’t get me.”

 

“If I did, would you suddenly change your mind about all that we’ve shared together so far? Would you begin to question whether it had all been worth it?”

 

“I don’t think so. I saw you eat Garth. I know the risks, and I’ve done my best to pretty much eliminate them altogether. It’s an interesting set-up we have, Miss Cartwright. You’ve eaten my friend, and tried to get me too. Yet I spend every moment in my own world looking forward to my next chance to come and interact with you in yours.”

 

“Interaction is very limited, given the chances you take,” said Miss Cartwright, “I doubt there’s much we could do to improve on the licking session we had with the handcuffs.”

 

“I can’t think of anything either. It’s frustrating actually.”

 

“Tell me about it. How do we go from those lovely moments back to just emailing and chatting in cyberspace. It’s not really doing it for me anymore.”

 

“I know, Miss Cartwright. If only you weren’t so certain to eat me, I’d love to be in your classroom talking to you now, face to face.”

 

“I feel the same way. Still nothing could change my mind about having you in my tummy one day.”

 

“I guess you can dream about it. I don’t plan to give you the chance.”

 

“You’re very sure of yourself, aren’t you?”

 

“Well I don’t ever plan to choose a portal that comes out near your classroom.”

 

“So what are your plans on your own world? Have you had any girlfriends?”

 

“Not so far. I think I’d rather have a giant girlfriend, if I can find someone as pretty as you who doesn’t want to have me in her tummy.”

 

“That’s the sweetest thing you’ve ever said. If you do find such a girl, will you be staying here to marry her?”

 

“I hope so.”

 

“Well I’m sure you would be a charming young catch for any of the girls in my school, but I don’t intend to let you last long enough to meet one and marry her.”

 

“Now who’s sounding too sure of herself?”

 

Suddenly a shadow loomed over him from behind. He turned to see her only a few paces away from him, carrying a small portable vacuum cleaner. There was no time to even save his laptop. He jumped into the tube without it, just as she lunged at the tube with the vacuum cleaner, turning it on. The giant vacuum cleaner was stronger than the Trans-D tube’s pull. It sucked him out of the tube, before he had gone more than two meters into it, and he ended up in the vacuum cleaner.

 

He was in darkness for a while. There was no dust or anything else in the portable vacuum cleaner. It had been purchased and used for the first time in the gesture, which had pulled him out of the Trans-D tube.

 

She finally opened the vacuum cleaner and took him out and placed him on her desk beside a mobile telephone which had internet capacity and was currently opened to the chat facility they had been using.

 

“You have to admire modern technology,” she said, “As a science teacher, I make it my business to keep up to date on everything that comes out. You thought I was far away from you in this classroom, while I was really coming after you with my two new toys.”

 

Chapter 29: A DEEPER CONNECTION by timescribe

“I hadn’t expected this at all, but I shouldn’t complain,” he said, “My own feelings put me in this situation. I should really congratulate you on the way you caught me.”

 

“I think that’s very graceful of you,” she said.

 

“Well you’ve been very special to me for a long time now. I don’t want to spoil that in my last hours. I don’t want to lose our friendship.”

 

“I don’t either. We’ve had a very special connection for months. I won’t be just unceremoniously eating you up. I’ll do all I can to make it a special occasion for both of us. I’m very mindful of the fact that your interest in me has indirectly made this capture possible, and I don’t want to lose our friendship either.”

 

“That means a lot to me,” he said, “Garth was just quickly caught and eaten, and that was it. The build up for me, and the surprise tactics with which you caught me today are a lot more to savour.”

 

“They certainly are,” said Miss Cartwright, “I’m a housemistress this week. Would you like to go to my dormitory and have that last request of yours granted?”

 

“Yes please,” he said.

 

She had him there in very little time, and he enjoyed the feel of her giant body.

 

“There’s no way I can get out of this room anyway. I wish you didn’t have to go down to the dining hall,” he said.

 

“I won’t,” she said gently, “I’ll stay here with you for the rest of the evening. Then I’ll have you for supper, when the girls have all gone to sleep. It’ll be just the two of us awake to enjoy your last moments.”

 

They talked over all their experiences from the day they’d met up until this very evening, sharing their feelings in depth. They watched the sun go down through her window. They heard the school wind down in the latter half of the evening. Then it was completely silent.

 

“None but the two of us, just as you promised,” he said, “It’s very beautiful out there in the moonlight.”

 

“I’m in no particular hurry to go to bed,” she said, “Would you like me to walk you around in the school grounds, before I stop off at the classroom and eat you?”

 

“I’d like that very much,” he said.

 

He enjoyed the beauty of the school grounds for the last time.

 

“It’s funny, I never saw this by moonlight before,” he said, “I might never have, if it weren’t for what we’re about to do.”

 

“Or what I’m about to do. You are going to have it done to you,” she said.

 

“Yes, that’s true,” he said.

 

“You outlined your plans to meet and marry a giant girl with great conviction this afternoon. How do you feel now, knowing that I’m about to make all of that impossible for you?”

“It’s a big adjustment to make, but I think a part of me always felt that it would come down to you and me, which meant that you would be the one to have her way.”

 

“Well you did help me with that. Let’s go inside now,” she said, and took him into her science classroom.

 

She sat at the desk.

 

“We’ve done this first part before,” she said, and started licking her prize.

 

When her tongue wasn’t actually touching him, he looked down at her perfect body in admiration. Soon he would be in it. She observed him and guessed his thoughts.

 

“I’m flattered you have such a positive opinion (in one sense at least) of where you’re going,” she said.

 

“You are a very attractive lady,” he said.

 

“Well Dirk, I did warn you many times that I was going to do this, and now the time has arrived. Have a nice ride down my throat and into my tummy, little admirer.”

 

She enjoyed the taste of him for quite some time, and then felt a great sense of power and elation with every gulp she made, which took him deeper and deeper into her body. Then she returned to her dormitory, and lay awake happily thinking about him for nearly two hours, before she fell into a deep contented sleep.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

A boy named Clark came out after school and went on a walk through the woods, until he came to the tube. It caught his attention quickly. He went through the tube, and found his way into the giant school.

 

He heard so much activity, as many of the girls were playing after school sport. He snuck into a building and decided to head for the teachers’ lounge, keen to meet a beautiful giant older woman.

 

 

Casey was more interested in giantess romance than the daunting thought of being eaten by a giantess. Knowing that Mrs Long had responded well to his first song, and pleased that she had taught him to write them over the years that they had been together, he decided to write a romantic song instead, about shrinking. He wondered what would be an original angle that would please his giant former teacher, and came up with a futuristic time travel plot. He would work a giantess vore ending into the story, so that he could impress Mrs Long with the twist at the end, but that would be after he had indulged his own desire for romance. He called it ‘The Time to Dine’:

 

Young Van was still thirteen in May of 1982,

And in those holidays from school, he read whole books right through,

In Stanway Gardens, which he found delightfully serene,

Until he looked up from his book and saw a time machine.

 

It shimmered into view, and someone opened up the door,

Emerged, and introduced herself: a lady, 34,

At least in 1987, where she would have been,

If she had not invented this, and come upon the scene.

 

"I'm Alison," she said, "I've made some trips to seek you here.

I'm going to tell you what for me has happened, just last year:

Some 16 months in my own past, in 1986,

I found you here, reduced in size, and gave your cheek some licks.

 

Since you were only 18 years of age, and just an inch

Or two in height, I knew that it would be, for me, a cinch

To take you to the house which was my home, before I wed,

And eat you for my dinner. So that night I'd been well fed.

 

Then in those 16 months, with you now gone and woe betide,

I thought back to my stomach, knowing you'd been placed inside,

But not in 1982, if I could journey back,

And romance with the boy who'd grow to be my favourite snack."

 

 

 

Clark reached the teachers’ lounge to find that there were two teachers in it, sitting, talking and enjoying their tea. They hadn’t noticed him yet, but they were both attractive. He stood on the far side of the room from them, watching them talk to each other. Had they not been looking at each other, their faces would have been looking in the same direction that their bodies were facing, namely Clark’s.

 

All he had to do was wait, and these beautiful women (only a room’s width away) would be able to see him.

 

Then one of them turned to sip her tea, and saw him.

 

“Look what’s joined us,” said the woman.

 

The other turned as well.

 

“I’m Clark,” he said.

 

“I’m Miss Cartwright, and this is my best friend Mrs Long.”

 

“Pleased to meet you both,” said Clark.

 

“We’re very pleased to meet you too,” said Mrs Long, “more pleased than you could possibly guess, in fact.”

 

“I have always wanted to meet and interact with a giant older female,” said Clark.

 

“I’m sure that one of us could help you with that,” said Mrs Long.

 

“Really? That would be great,” said Clark.

 

“Well if one of us was eating you, that would be a form of interaction, wouldn’t it?” said Miss Cartwright.

 

“Yes… I suppose it would,” said Clark, “But it’s not really … I mean, … Does this really mean that one of you is going to eat me?”

 

“I dare say it does,” said Mrs Long, “How does that make you feel?”

 

“Both excited and a bit apprehensive,” said Clark.

 

“I don’t think we share your apprehensions,” said Miss Cartwright.

 

“The trouble for me is that I’m going to be eaten. The trouble for you two is that there’s only one of me to eat,” said Clark.

 

“Well we have both eaten little boys like before,” said Mrs Long, “Whichever of us misses out won’t have missed her only opportunity.

 

“So how do you think we should determine which one of you would be the one?” asked Clark.

 

“Do you have any preference of your own?” asked Miss Cartwright.

 

“You both have quite an appeal to me as beautiful older women,” said Clark, finding that he had needed to shout across the room, for his tiny voice to be heard by the giant women at that distance.

 

“I think a race would be the simplest way to decide,” said Mrs Long, “We would both put down our tea cups on the floor, just in front of the couch. Then we would both sit back on the couch, with our shoes resting firmly on the floor. You could say ‘Ready, set, go.’ Then we would race over towards you, and whoever grabbed you first would be the one to eat you. How does that sound?”

 

“I might as well go along with it,” said Clark, “I’m just a bit worried about one thing though.”

 

“Well we’re aware of that,” said Mrs Long, “but your options are rather limited, when it comes to prevention.”

 

 

Chapter 30: CLARK'S DARING DIVE by timescribe

“I know I can’t prevent it. I just want to be in the best condition possible, when you eat me. When you’re both rushing towards me, would you be able to take special care not to grip me too tightly when you grab me?”

 

“Of course,” said Miss Cartwright, “And I have another suggestion too. We usually eat our captives alone, but I think it would be nice if the winner could eat you in the company of the other, so we can share the conversation together.”

 

“I’d like that,” said Mrs Long.

 

“I don’t mind that aspect of it,” said Clark.

 

“Then you can start us off then,” said Miss Cartwright, and the two teachers got into position.

 

“Ready … Set … Go!” shouted Clark.

 

What he saw in that next moment was an unparalleled experience in the lives of school boys all over his earth. The two women jumped to their feet. Their high faces gleamed with excitement at the competition, and the urge to eat the prize. Their medium length skirts swayed, just below their knees. Their lower legs had a visual effect on him that he couldn’t explain.  

 

Miss Cartwright was taller than Mrs Long, and her longer legs had clearly given her the lead, by the time they were half way across the room. When she reached him, she stopped her charge and knelt down, all in the one movement, picked him up gently, and smiled.

 

“Made to order gentility,” she said, and took him back to the couch. Mrs Long followed and sat down beside them.

 

“He looks so gorgeously delicious. You’ve done well, Lyndal,” she said.

 

“Miss Cartwright, would you mind if Mrs Long had a chance to lick me first?” asked Clark, “She could wash me in that crockery basin over there, before she handed me back to you.”

 

“That’s very selfless of you to think of her at this dire moment for you,” said Miss Cartwright.

 

“Thinking of myself isn’t going to do any good,” said Clark.

 

“Would you like that, Christine?” asked Miss Cartwright.

 

“Thank you, and thank YOU,” said Mrs Long, looking at Clark. She gently took him from her friend, and ran her tongue all over his tiny body. Finally she went to wash him, and gave him back to Lyndal.

 

They both sat down on the couch again.

 

 “I’ll leave my lips parted for a while, so you can look out and say goodbye to Mrs Long from your new position on my tongue,” said Lyndal.

 

Clark knew the moment was imminent, and he panicked. Not knowing what he could hope to achieve by doing so, Clark waited until Lyndal’s fingers had released their grip on him. He saw her mouth opening to receive him. He looked in at the beauty and danger which awaited him. Then he jumped sideways off her open palm and into the top of her blouse.

 

“Oh really Clark, this is pointless,” he heard her say.

 

Not only did he hear it, but he felt her upper chest moving, as she spoke. He quickly slid down towards her breasts and wedged himself between them.

 

Then he heard an “Ooh!” from Miss Cartwright.

 

To his surprise, she was enjoying this new development.

 

“Clark, I do believe you’ve got something else to contribute,” she said, “We’d better get you out of there.”

 

Desperate to delay her voracious plans, while he tried to think of a more lasting reprieve, he began pushing at both her breasts. He heard her panting and making noises she simply couldn’t help, as he saw her hand reaching down into her blouse towards him. He squirmed lower in the gap between her breasts, but her giant relentless fingers eventually had their grip on him, and she pulled him out.

 

This time, Lyndal gripped him gently by the legs, and maintained a firm grip. She had to lean her head back a little, so that she could dangle him into her mouth. When he was properly on her tongue, she straightened her head up, so that he didn’t fall straight down her throat prematurely, before he’d spoken to Christine.

Then Lyndal released her grip on Clark, and withdrew her fingers.

 

He held onto her lower lip to steady himself.

 

“Goodbye Christine,” he said, “In spite of everything, it has been lovely to meet you.”

 

“I think so too,” said Christine, “I’m going to watch Lyndal’s neck, as she gulps you down her throat. It’ll happen any moment now, from the hand signals she’s giving me.”

 

Lyndal lifted her tongue onto a slight incline, of no more than 30 degrees. It was just enough to start him slowly sliding backwards into her throat. He looked out at Christine, and slid out of her sight.

 

Lyndal enjoyed each moment of his gradual slide down her throat. Then she gave Christine a hug, and they walked out of the teachers’ lounge.

 

Although Mrs Long had lost her chase to Lyndal, she was very pleased with the next few verses of Casey’s song later on that day:

 

"I'd love to kiss a woman from the future, but I've toyed

With what you've said, and hope that I can still somehow avoid

Your older self in 1986 with plans to dine.

I'm glad you came to warn me. Now the future can be fine."

 

"I didn't come to warn you, just to help you make the most

Of time you've left. You'll never change the tasty evening roast,

Which I've already made of someone you have yet to be;

But if you're scared, consider that it didn't frighten me."

 

She'd come through time with keys to that old house she didn't need,

And since herself in '82 was working, they'd been freed

To use it: Van of '82, and older Alison.

They kissed and cuddled in her bed, and soon three years were gone.

 

"I must head back to 1990, making time line thrive;

And you'll soon meet my younger self. No matter how you strive,

She'll gobble you all up for dinner, served on china plate.

I hope the love I've given you these years will compensate."

 

They shared their last embrace, and then he watched his lady go,

And thought, "At least I'll change the future I already know.

I'll make my own reduction serum, so that I can test

An antidote I'll make as well, to spare me from her chest."

 

 

 

A 15 year old lad named Willoughby had consistently come first in English classes at school, and was working on one of his books. He found a trans-dimensional tube into the giant earth. This one came out, nowhere near the giant school. He sat down in a clearing of large lovely plants. He felt it was the best atmosphere to write, and came there every day for two weeks.

 

One day, he was sitting there writing, when he heard heavy footsteps and looked around.

 

"Hello," said a voice.

 

He looked up to see a gigantic woman looking down at him.

 

She lifted him up and he saw that beyond the plants was the grass of a gigantic garden. 

 

"Are you a writer?" asked the woman.

 

"Yes. I come here to concentrate."

 

"This garden belongs to a friend of mine called Mrs Yeo, who's also a writer. She’s the headmistress of a school just near the bottom of the slope, and she’s been an English teacher for all of her adult life. She’s quite an accomplished writer too. I'm visiting her today. She comes here to write on weekends, usually for one day at a time, and then goes home to her office at the school. I think she'd like to meet you."

 

"Sure, I'll come."

 

The woman took him to her friend's house in her pocket.

 

When Mrs Yeo welcomed her in, she sat down on the couch and said, "I made a little friend on the way. He's a writer too."

 

"Really? You should have invited him to join us."

 

"I did," said the woman, and took him out of her pocket.

 

"I'm pleased to meet you, young man," said Mrs Yeo. She was in her 40s, and very beautiful.

 

"Thank you, Mrs Yeo. I came through a trans-dimensional tube which links my land and your garden."

 

"Well you're welcome to come over, whenever you like. We can write together. I may be able to help you."

 

"That’s very kind of you," he said.

 

"Would you like to read us something you've written?"

 

He read a poem.

 

"That's very good," said Mrs Yeo, "I spend about half my time on my poetry, and the rest on my large novels."

 

"I'm about the same, except that I can't write novels. So I only do short stories. It's not surprising really, since I'm so short, compared to you."

 

"I liked your poem, and I'm sure you can write just as well at any size."

 

She farewelled her friend, and then carried him back to the trans-dimensional tube.

 

"Now that you know the way, you can walk over to my house, whenever you like. I'm usually here in the daytimes on weekdays."

 

"Thank you. It will be nice to come here again."

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

 

Chapter 31: shebay by timescribe

7th Grader Toby was running further away from another trans-D tube. He had not been able to resist coming into the grounds after school, to catch another glimpse of beautiful Mrs Long. Her expressed desire to “gobble him all up” both drove him wild with excitement and created a very real need to make sure she didn’t catch him.

 

She had surprised him by stepping up the intensity of her searches for him. He had told her he loved her on their first meeting, and she knew that he would be likely to return several times to see her. She was now in hot pursuit of him, and the only safe direction left to flee took him up the slope and into the headmistress’s garden.

 

He looked back and saw Mrs Long briskly walking around the garden back in the school grounds. He bolted across Mrs Yeo’s lawn, and then saw a woman walking towards him. It was the headmistress. There was no time to escape her as well. She picked him up and said, “You’re panting furiously. Are you alright, little boy?”

 

“Yes, thank you,” said Toby, as she took him inside.

 

“I’ve met two little boys like you already,” she said, “I’ve eaten one of them, called Peter, and I’m dating the other one, called Roy. I haven’t decided whether to go on dating Roy or to eat him. I think you’d be very nice to eat.”

 

“Mrs Long’s being trying to eat me for weeks. Today she very nearly caught me. It looks like I’ve only escaped her to be eaten by you.”

 

“My name’s Mrs Yeo, and you won’t need to escape me. Mrs Long might well eat anyone she manages to capture. However, I don’t eat any boys without their permission. Peter gave me his, and Roy said he’d think about it, if I decided I wanted to eat him.”

 

“Thank you for your kind consideration,” said Toby, “But I definitely don’t want to go as far as being permanently eaten.”

 

“Then why do you keep coming back here, knowing that Mrs Long is after you?” asked Mrs Yeo.

 

“When she said she was going to gobble me all up, there was something about the way her mouth voiced those words, which I just couldn’t get out of my system. I wanted to keep coming back and seeing her from a safe hiding place, knowing that she wanted to put me into her mouth and gobble me down, but not actually having to face that fate.

 

“I think you’re in love with her,” said Mrs Yeo.

 

Another boy found one of the many trans-D tubes, which now existed, and began exploring the giant girls’ school grounds, until he was spotted by a school girl, who picked him up and introduced herself as Ambra. She took him to her dormitory and put him on the desk in front of her computer.

 

“There’s a lot of girls and ladies who like to eat little boys the size you happen to be,” said Ambra, “What’s your name anyway?”

 

“I’m Vance,” said the boy.

 

“Well I’m not into vore myself,” she said.

 

“It’s lucky for me.”

 

“Not really,” said Ambra, “I’ve found a website linked to www.2vore6ate.com (the first vore forum created), where members of www.2vore6ate.com have the opportunity to buy or sell tiny boys. The trading site is called www.shebay.com. I’m sure there’ll be some bidders who would like to purchase you for a nice meal. I’ll start listing you now. Then I’ll open an auction on you.”

 

He could see that she wasn’t going to consider the real cost to him of the easy money she was about to make. He watched her pink fingers typing on the keyboard, and looked at the screen.

 

“I’ll have to list you in the appropriate age category,” she said, “How old are you?”

 

“I’m 16.”

 

“So am I. Now I’ll choose an appearance category. There’s Cute, Plump, Firm or Moderate. I think we’ll go with Cute.”

 

“If you think I’m cute, why not keep me?” he asked.

 

“You’re a bit small for my dating tastes,” she said, “But there’ll be plenty of demand to eat you, I’m sure.”

 

She lifted him up to her eye level and put him on a shelf. Then she took her camera and took a close-up snapshot of him. She uploaded it to the computer, and then posted it with her listing on www.shebay.com.

 

“I think you’re just what the buyers will want. Most ladies don’t list them for sale, as they prefer to keep and use the ones they catch. There are far more buyers than sellers on shebay. I think we can expect plenty of responses and bids soon. I’ll open the auction,” she said.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

“I am in love with Mrs Long, and she knows it,” said Toby, “I know it’s crazy, pointless, and I’m risking my life every time I come here. I just can’t help thinking how thrilling it would be to go into her mouth, if I didn’t actually have to go the last mile down to her basement belly.”

 

“I’ve been her employer for a while now. I know she’s honest. Would it be worth meeting with her on those terms, if she promised to let you go at the end?”

 

“I’d love it, but she’d never go for it. Once she’s got me, she’ll never release me.”

 

“I could put an offer to her on your behalf, that you two meet for one afternoon and/or evening, enjoy all of the tongue play that you like, and then she’s no worse off when she turns you loose at the trans-D tube, on the understanding that next time she’s on your trail she’ll show you no mercy at all. You’ll both have had the chance to enjoy the benefits of her tongue touching your body. I’m a member of the www.2vore6ate.com website, where its designer Lyndal Cartwright posted a true story of how she arranged to meet a boy and handcuff herself, so that he could spend some time close to her tongue. She caught and ate him on another occasion, but only because he came back and took the chance on it. You’ll be taking that chance every time you return, whether you have this opportunity I’m suggesting or not.”

 

“It could be just what I need,” said Toby, “You’re very kind to help me like this.”

 

“There’s a tube in my garden, very close to my house, that my tiny boyfriend uses to visit me. I’ll send you through that one, and you can use it again to come and see me here after school tomorrow. I’ll talk to Mrs Long tomorrow and let you know. I won’t tell her which tube you’re using. I don’t want her trespassing in my garden and finding out about my boyfriend Roy. If he’s ever going to be eaten, I want to be the one to do it.”

 

The following day, Mrs Yeo asked Mrs Long into her office during Christine’s free period.

 

“The boy Toby escaped you, because I found him. When I expressed an interest in eating him, he turned it down. He’s totally devoted to your mouth, but unable to come out to touch it, because of the compulsory plans you’d have for him,” said Mrs Yeo, “I suggested another path, and he’s asked me to communicate an offer to you. Toby would be willing to come and meet you somewhere one afternoon after school, and let you spend the rest of the day enjoying the taste of him in every possible way, if you give your word in advance, to let him go into the trans-D tube to his own earth afterwards. It’s not what you ultimately want, but it could be of passing benefit to both of you now, and you’re still free to make further attempts to capture him, when he comes back. I’m sure he will. He’s completely in love with you, in spite of the obvious dangers.”

 

Mrs Long thought for a moment: Her son was perfectly safe from the perils faced by the boys from Toby’s earth. She had eaten a number of them already, and fully intended to enjoy young Toby more than any of the others. For now it would be nice to go ahead with such an arrangement as the one proposed.

 

“You can tell him I’ll do it, tomorrow afternoon, if he likes. I’ll meet him on the lawn closest to the flower bed where I lost him yesterday,” said Mrs Long.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Casey continued working on his masterpiece song ‘The Time to Dine’:

 

By early '86, he'd made both serums up to try,

And tried the shrinking one, but nothing happened, by and by.

He took a walk, to ponder how he might have got it wrong,

And came to Stanway Gardens, as the minutes moved along.

 

He walked the garden paths and checked his figures in his head,

And then he shrank, and found his eyes beside the flower bed.

"It worked. It just took time!" he thought, "But now I must return,

To home, and test the antidote, with more results to learn."

 

But then he heard some high heeled shoes, and turned his feet around,

And gaped in recognition of the one who'd made that sound.

"It's Alison from present day! If she looks down, she'll see

My tiny self, and take me home to cook and eat for tea."

 

He jumped into the garden bed, and hid behind a flower,

And watched her walking on the path: a lovely human tower,

But unknown, carefree, dangerous, and someone to elude,

Or else her great big sparkling tongue would happily protrude.

 

She reached the seat, which faced his way, and sat down there to eat.

He marveled at the shapely legs which led down to her feet.

He watched her tongue, as food approached the mouth above her chin,

And knew that if she'd seen him, then her tongue would ask him in.

 

He watched her take a napkin, wipe her lips, and stroke her hair,

And thought, "When she gets up and leaves, at last this boy will dare

To make the long walk home in secret, then grow back with ease."

Then suddenly the pollen from the flower made him sneeze.

 

So Alison looked up, and came to crouch in front and stare,

And parted plants with soft white fingers. Then she found him there.

She picked him up and sat back down, and gently said, "Hello."

"She's thinking I look tasty, but she's not aware I know."

 

He thought, "I might escape her, if I give her my consent

For eating me, and then she'll think that I'm in fact content.

That way, she'd see no need to keep me captive 'til tonight.

I've several hours to get away, when I'm not in her sight."

 

"Are you some sort of fairy folk?" she asked. He said, "I'm not.

I shrank myself. I've noticed what a lovely mouth you've got.

Would you consider eating me, so I can go within

That lovely mouth, since you have such adorable pink skin?"

 

She licked his face and thanked him, saying, "It was on my mind

To eat you anyway, but now I think you're very kind.

I'll take you home to my house, where this day will help acquaint

Myself with you. I'm glad you're doing this without complaint."

 

Mrs Long was amazed at his potential and complimented him with many kisses and let him snuggle against her soft white cheek as usual.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Ambra had set the bidding to commence at $800.

 

That afternoon (the day after she caught Vance) she checked her emails, while he watched, and did some of her homework.

 

“Let’s see what bids have come in,” she said, and opened shebay.com, “… It’s up to $1100. I’ll be closing the sale just before dinner tonight. You’re doing well, Vance. There’s a few ladies out there who’ll pay a lot for the privilege of eating you.”

 

“Here’s another one,” he said helplessly, “I’m worth $1200, giant dollars at that, and it’s anything but beneficial.”

 

“You can take some pride in the fact that you didn’t go cheaply,” she said.

 

 

Chapter 32: "I bid YOU ADIEU!" by timescribe

Dinner time drew closer, and Ambra accepted $1800 as a final bid. The buyer and Ambra quickly exchanged a few emails and learned that the buyer lived close enough to be able to make a day trip to the school and pick him up.

 

He would have to hope she got home too late to eat him for dinner that day, since she would have to prepare a conventional meal for her family. It might well give him a chance to escape.

 

“She’s a wealthy housewife and mother,” said Ambra, as Vance admired the woman’s photograph on her buyer profile, “I’ll exchange you for her cash payment in the woods outside during lunch time tomorrow.”

 

The next day, they met there as planned, and Ambra took him out of her shirt pocket.

 

“I’m pleased to meet you,” said Ambra, “This is Vance, and Vance, this is your purchaser Connie Takte.”

 

The woman took out an envelope. Ambra opened it, and counted 18 hundred dollar notes, while the woman examined Vance.

 

“He looks just right,” said Connie, “I’ll certainly enjoy him.”

 

They concluded the transaction, and Connie began walking through the woods with him.

 

 

Willoughby would often visit the giantess Mrs Yeo, and she would place him on her desk, where he would write on his notepad, while she worked on her own book.

 

Sometimes they would read paragraphs or verses to each other and ask for feedback and suggestions.

 

She kept her house well stocked, as she ate a hearty lunch in the middle of every day, and would feed him as well.

 

Today she was spooning some pavlova onto a plate for him, and some slipped off the spoon and fell on his face.

 

"Oh, I'm sorry," she said, and picked him up.

 

She suddenly licked pavlova from his face. He had admired her beautiful sparkling tongue for weeks, and watched it eagerly when she was eating or reading. Now he loved the feel of it.

 

"That's got most of it, but you're still a little sticky," she said, and licked his face twice more, until it was clean. The third lick gave his cheeks direct contact with her tongue.

 

"I couldn't have been happier, if I'd been her husband!" he thought.

 

She had no idea how thrilling it had been for him.

 

"How's that?" she asked.

 

"I feel perfectly clean, thank you. Your tongue was very gentle with me."

 

"Good,… except I've left all that moisture on you. I'll dry you off," she said, and rubbed him against her soft shoulder. It was lovely.

 

They ate their lunch, and went back to writing.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

“I’m glad Ambra found those websites,” said Connie Takte, “There aren’t any trans-D tubes anywhere near my home. If I hadn’t been able to shop online for you, I might never have had a little boy to eat.”

 

“I guess that is a useful convenience, from your point of view,” said Vance.

 

This woman had learned of his existence by surfing the web, and without a second thought, had set out to buy him and eat him. It was as casual as a trip to the supermarket, as far as she was concerned.

 

Connie Takte came to a suitable spot to rest, and sat down.

 

“How long will it take to get to your place, once we get going again?” asked Vance.

 

“Probably two hours, although you might lose track of time anyway,” she said, “Riding in my stomach, you won’t be able to ask me, and you won’t see the sun setting.”

 

His heart sank. She was going to eat him for lunch right here and now.

 

“Wouldn’t you enjoy me more for tomorrow’s lunch, after you’ve made the trip home and had a good night’s sleep?” he asked.

 

“I planned the picnic here as the perfect way to eat you,” she said, “I’m sorry it doesn’t give you any more time, but I am on a fairly tight itinerary. Now just relax and I’ll soon have you eaten.”

 

She pushed him into her mouth, and sent him sliding down to her stomach.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Later that day, when school was out, an excited Toby went through the tube, and walked through the gardens, to keep his appointment with Mrs Long. He was still careful to stay out of sight. He was safe from Mrs Long eating him on this visit, but Miss Cartwright and others would no doubt still consume him, if they caught him, without giving him the chance to complete his arrangement with Mrs Long.

 

Soon he was looking out of the garden, and watching the beautifully dressed Mrs Long walking across the lawn towards him. He stepped out into view and saw her stop just in front of him. He stared up at her in admiration. It was as though time had been frozen, so that the normal dangers were temporarily suspended for one afternoon and evening. Once he had returned through the tube to earth, time would restart, and he would have to carefully avoid being captured, on pain of delectable death.

 

For now, Toby was able to admire Mrs Long. She gently lifted him up.

 

“I’m as glad as you, that we could get together like this,” she said, and took him to her now empty classroom.

 

She sat down on the carpet, and put her legs out in front of her and leaned against a wall. She licked him.

 

It was fantastic.

 

“Oh Mrs Long, I loved that!” he said at last, “Was it as enjoyable for you?”

 

“It is indeed, as a way of heightening my appetite for the day when I recapture you,” she said, “I’ll eventually have the chance, and I’ll gobble you all up once and for all. You can see for yourself what it’ll be like.”

 

She put him head first into her mouth. He slid on her tongue, and held her teeth and looked down into her throat. It was as if it were calling him into it, foretelling of another day, when he would not be so fortunate.

 

After he’d lain there for some time, she took him out.

 

“Can you imagine more vividly what it will be like now?” she asked, “You’ll be inside my gulping throat, unable to escape, knowing you’ll never get out. I’ve eaten a few boys already, and none tasted quite as young and appealing as you.”

 

“It’s nice to feel this important to you in such an unusual way. It makes me feel warm inside,” said Toby, “I think we have a rare type of relationship.”

 

“It’s called a vore crush,” said Mrs Long, “It works both ways. You’re both afraid of and secretly in love with the thought of me eating you. I’d very much love to do the eating. My friend Miss Cartwright designed a website which is now full of stories on the subject. She’s very devoted to the vore members. She’s put a lot of work into it and made a lot of people happy.”

 

“Well I certainly do have the feelings you just described. But I will keep trying to stay safe from you.”

 

“You never will be. You love me, and you’ll keep coming back, and one day I’ll get you.”

 

“Well thank you very much for agreeing to this meeting,” he said.

 

“I was pleased to do it. I’d better get you back now, unless you’d like an evening walk around the school first.”

 

“That would be nice.”

 

She took him on a tour, and it was fun to be safely on her shoulder for once, looking down at all of the garden locations, instead of looking up and preparing to make a run for it at any moment.

 

She returned him to the trans-D tube.

 

“Is there anything else you’d like to say, before I let you go?” she asked.

 

“Just that I wouldn’t have missed this for the world, yours or mine,” he said.

 

“So long as you understand that, next time you come to mine, I won’t give you any leniency. The next time I catch you, it’s forever, Toby.”

 

“I know. It was knowing that, which made this afternoon more thrilling for me.”

 

“It’ll be interesting to see if you can remember that, when you’re thinking back to this afternoon, on the night that I’m preparing to gobble you down,” she said, “Goodbye for now, little Toby.”

 

“Goodbye for now, Mrs Long.”

 

He kissed the part of her finger closest to his head.

 

She gave his cheek a giant kiss, and then put him down beside the tube. He waved farewell, and jumped into the tube.

 

Had she been unfair to Casey? No. They weren’t married, and Toby needed to be given this one opportunity, as she felt sure she would eventually catch him and eat him.

 

She went home and heard Casey sing the last part of ‘The Time to Dine’ that night:

 

 

She took him to her car, and drove with him now on her dress.

He looked into her eyes, relieved that she could never guess,

That he had future knowledge, when he'd played the lass the trick:-

Pretending to invite her tongue to do much more than lick.

 

When they were in the bedroom, she placed him beside her dimple,

And talked until she fell asleep, which made his next plan simple.

He climbed up on the windowsill, and out into a tree,

And made his way down to the ground, and then began to flee.

 

Some thunder struck and woke her. Then she looked outside and saw

Him running. "So you've changed your mind," she called, and soon the door

Was opened, and she came in hot pursuit, with all her height

To serve as an advantage, unless he got out of sight.

 

He ran into the garden, and concealed himself inside,

But she came searching on all fours, and soon he couldn't hide.

She grabbed the tiny boy, and said, "there's going to be a storm.

I'll put you in the oven soon, and roast you, 'til you're warm."

 

And while he rested in her hand, as she walked, unconcerned,

Towards the house, he thought, "It doesn't matter what I learned

From future-Alison. Each thing I try just brings me close

To what she said would be, like when I tried that shrinking dose."

 

She placed him on the kitchen bench, and rain began to fall.

"I'm going to eat you, little boy. There's no escape at all."

"But if you do, I'll never find a lovely one like you,"

He said, and realized he'd inspired what she would one day do.

 

"I know, but that's the way it's going to be," she calmly said,

"Since you've gone off the idea, I'll compel you now, instead.

You'll taste as nice, without your willingness to use my throat

As passage to my stomach, which is covered by my coat."

 

He waited in the oven, 'til his lovely captor came;

Recalled the time he'd had with who she would become, the same

Dear Alison of 1987, who'd predict

That he'd be at the mercy of this current one, and licked.

 

She served him at the table, saying, "I'll guess how you feel,
But I'll enjoy my happy life, when I've consumed this meal.

There's nothing here for me to lose, and you don't have a choice."

The shapely lips, which framed the words, went well with her nice voice.

 

She stroked her hair and licked her lips, and then made him succumb

To fingers which encircled him, and gripped him with her thumb.

She licked the boy and opened up her mouth, which made him think

Of beauty which awaited him inside, in sparkling pink.

 

“I thought you’d like that ending,” said Casey.

 

“I loved it,” said Mrs Long.

 

 

 

Chapter 33: HELPING WITH HER DIET by timescribe

Marilyn and Amos were spending that Saturday afternoon, having one of their picnics in the woods. They lay down to talk, and once again Amos rested on her breast.

 

“My boyfriend had an affair,” she suddenly said, and began to cry, “not with a younger woman, but with someone else our own age. He doesn’t know that I’ve found out, and I don’t know what to do.”

 

He crawled over to her cheek and kissed it.

 

“When you first comforted me years ago, you told me that Colleen didn’t appreciate me. Maybe, in your case, your boyfriend didn’t appreciate you enough to stay completely devoted to you. It shows a weakness in his taste and character, not in yours.”

 

“You’re wise beyond your years. Thank you for being here for me!” she said, and gave him a long kiss of gratitude.

 

Now maybe she would leave her boyfriend and be with him. It was no longer an immoral consideration, since her boyfriend had cheated on her first.

 

 

Amos and Marilyn met up once again, soon after that. This time she took him to her place and sat at a lovely garden table on her beautiful property.

 

“Has your boyfriend’s affair hurt you so much, that you don’t feel like eating?” he asked, having brought his own food supply in his backpack as usual.

 

“It’s not that. I’ve confronted him about the affair. The thing I most wanted to know was why, and particularly when she was no younger than I am. He eventually admitted to me, that it was because she was slimmer than I am. He regrets the affair, and he’s broken all contact with her. I’m now on a diet to lose weight. So I won’t be eating all those cakes and other things at those picnics anymore.”

 

“But you haven’t brought any food at all,” he said, “You have to eat something.”

 

“I know, but today will have to be the last of our picnics, Amos. I can’t spend every Saturday afternoon eating starchy sugary foods, and getting no exercise, while my boyfriend is much slimmer than I am. I realised there was only one way I could still enjoy one last meal. Instead of eating lots of food, gaining minimal pleasure from the meal, and putting on weight, I need to eat something that will give me a lot of enjoyment at the time, but won’t amount to any extra pounds. I think you’ll be non-fattening, nutritious, and very tasty, and you’ll go down in one piece easily enough.”

 

“I can’t believe you’re saying this. I have plans of my own. I don’t want to be eaten.”

 

“I understand that,” she said, “But I’d like to gain satisfaction from a meal, and I can’t miss out, because a young boy doesn’t want to make the necessary contribution.”

 

“But we’ve been friends for years! I’ve looked up to you in more ways than one. I live for our picnics. Would you really do this to me?”

 

“It’s nothing personal, Amos. I’m just thinking about my dietary needs.”

 

She was really going to do it.

 

She lifted him up, licked him several times, and then opened her mouth wide in front of him.

 

“This is so unfair. Your boyfriend cheats on you, and you deny yourself nice food to please him! I think you’ve only grown more attractive, since you’ve put on more weight. I’ve loved you since we first met. I was so deeply touched by the comforting kiss you gave me years ago, that I got over Colleen on the spot. If I was with you, I’d never have an affair. I’d love you forever. I do anyway, though it’s never done me much good, and now you’re going to eat me and stay with an unfaithful boyfriend. Maybe you’re the one who appreciated me the least all these years! Goodbye Marilyn!”

 

He looked at her red dress, her fairly long blonde hair, her full shapely pink lips, and saw the carefree pleasure, and the mischief in her eyes. There was no point in trying to discourage her. She knew what she would be doing to him, and was amused by his helplessness.

 

“Are you serious?” she said at last, “About all of that, I mean.”

 

“Yes! But since I obviously never meant that much to you, why don’t you just put me in your mouth and get it over with?”

 

"Thank you for the compliment," she said, "You're a lot younger than me. Still I suppose I could spend one day kissing you in my bed. Would you like that?"


"Miss Marilyn, it would be the thrill of a lifetime."

 

She took him to her kitchen, made a salad and spooned it into her mouth at the kitchen table, while passing him some small samples, which were enormous to him. He looked up at her marvellous mouth, while she ate.

 

After lunch she drank a glass of water, and took him to her bed. He enjoyed her giant kisses. Then she asked him to lie on her lower lip, place his arm into her open mouth and massage her tongue.

 

After seeing her spooning salad onto that giant sparkling wonder, he was delighted to grant such a request. He took turns, shifting his position to alternate arms. After he had done this for a while, she sat up.

 

"You could use both arms at once to rub the front of my tongue, if you were lying on top of it, inside my mouth. Would you mind at all?" she said.

 

"I'd enjoy that even more than the kisses. I'd be happy to do it."

 

She placed him in front of her open mouth. He climbed over her lower lip, being sure to slide his face, shoulders and chest over it. Once on her tongue, he positioned himself, lay down and massaged her tongue. Then he put his arms around the tongue, embracing it as though hugging it. He finally climbed out.

 

She placed him on her neck, as she lay down again. He enjoyed lying on it. Did he dare to hope that he could win her heart forever and save himself? He lay there, trying to work up the courage to ask her to marry him.

 

After an hour of silence, she put him on the pillow, turned to face him and spoke.

 

"Amos, have I given you everything you hoped for this afternoon?"

 

"I can't imagine myself enjoying anything else in life more than this afternoon."

 

"That's wonderful to hear."

 

"Is there any chance you'd marry me instead of your fiancé?"

 

"I do feel a special bond with you, but if you stayed here as my boyfriend, I'd be forever feeling the urge to eat you."


"I never had any romantic opportunity until today. You gave me my chance, and it surpassed my greatest expectations."

 

They enjoyed the next few days together, and then she went on a holiday with her boyfriend, leaving him locked in her house. Her sister came and talked with him for the next week, about his love for her and her plan to eat him.

 

"It's good that you told her how you felt and had those few days," she said.

 

Marilyn returned in a week, wearing a black dress, and farewelled her sister.

 

"Marilyn, are you really going to go ahead with this?"

 

She put out her tongue and licked her lips, to confirm his fearful deduction.

 

She took him into the house and spent the day with him.

 

At dinner time she took him to the kitchen bench, placed a cup on the bench and sprayed whipped cream from a can into it. Then she placed him gently into the cream, and carried the cup to the dining table. She sat down, lifted the teaspoon, and placed it beside the cup. Then she licked the cream from his face and shoulders. She took the teaspoon, scooped out some of the cream beside him, spooned it into her mouth, and then, still taunting him with her tongue, licked the top of the teaspoon. She repeated this process several times, until all of the cream was gone. Then she took a dessert spoon and spooned Amos up in front of her mouth, placing her free palm under the spoon, just in case he fell off it. She put out her tongue and licked all of the cream off the front of his body.

 

She asked him to turn around, and then licked the back of him clean too. Then she took him off the spoon in her free hand, and put down the spoon. She picked up a glass of water with her other hand.

 

"I'll just clean my tongue," she said, and drank some water.

 

Then she put out her tongue again, this time touching his face and shoulders with it.

 

She continued licking him several times.

 

"Well it's time for the part I'm going to enjoy more than you. Are you ready for the gobbling?"

 

"I'll have to be… I'm still very grateful for the days we had together."

 

"It was my pleasure."

 

"Marilyn, I would be happy to be licked and massage your tongue as often as you like. I'd keep coming back to meet you and satisfy your tongue. I'd give you my word never to see any other girls or ladies. It would be nice for both of us."

 

"Amos, look at my stomach," she said, placing him level with it on the table.

 

He did so.

 

"You will be inside there, when I go to bed tonight. Now take another look."

 

He looked again. Her stomach looked soft and lovely. It almost spoke its own invitation to its reluctant future occupant. How he wished she would marry him instead.

 

"Please, Marilyn! You've got a long happy life still ahead of you, if you spare me."

 

"I've got the same thing to look forward to, after I've eaten you."

 

"Then please let me go. Let me have the longevity of opportunity that you continue to enjoy."

 

"Amos I understand your desperation, but nothing you said or would say can alter your destiny.  I'm happy to draw this conversation out for another two hours, but I will eat you tonight, and that's a definite future for you."

 

"I guess I might as well face it now," he said.

 

"Good boy. Thank you for your friendship and admiration. Goodbye."

 

She opened her mouth wide.

 

He stared in at her tongue.

 

He looked down at her neck, which he had seen gulping the salad the day they first met. Now it would gulp him down.

 

"Goodbye lovely Marilyn."

 

She slid him across her lower lip, onto her tongue, and closed her mouth.

 

Soon she swallowed eagerly.

 

 

 

Chapter 34: THE SECOND HIATUS by timescribe
Author's Notes:
TEN YEARS LATER … July 1993…

 

It was now ten years after the special meeting that Mrs Yeo had arranged for Toby and Mrs Long.

 

A few things had changed. Mrs Brooke Middlehyde had retired from teaching, to spend more time with her daughters.

 

Having gotten Mrs Long partly out of his system, at least temporarily, Toby had been unwilling to take further risks of being eaten by her. He remained on his own earth over the next ten years, and grew to early adulthood. He studied a hobby, which had caught his attention from an early age: hypnotism. When he felt that he had mastered the years of practice, and could now hypnotize anyone, he decided it was time to see Mrs Long again. He was now 25 years old.

 

 

 

Sonny had spent the intervening ten years trying every avenue of meeting people on earth. When he was 24 ½ , he feared reaching 30 and missing out altogether. The only place left to look seemed to be the giant school. He decided to go there on a weekend day, when only the boarders would be there, and the live-in teachers. Mrs Long lived away from the school at her giant house.

 

He went through the tube and enjoyed the freedom of walking across the large school lawns. He went through a large flowerbed, and stepped on some dead leaves, which rustled a lot, and emerged on the far side, at the start of another large lawn.

 

Then he saw a woman in a black dress and red cardigan with medium length dark brown hair step out of a building on the far side of the lawn. He stared across at her, and noticed that she was looking at him too. She was far away, and he didn’t have the advantage of her giant eyes, but after 30 seconds, he realised it was Mrs Long!

 

She must have come into the school to do some reading on a Saturday afternoon!

 

“Don’t leave on my account, Sonny!” she called.

 

She began walking briskly towards him.

 

 

Meanwhile at home, Casey heard the sound of a window smashing. He instinctively knew that Mrs Long’s house was being burgled. He hid himself inside her pillowslip, and heard two girls talking in another part of the house. Thankfully they didn’t come into the bedroom. He waited until they left. He would have to tell Mrs Long about it when she got home.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Keeping his eye on Mrs Long, Sonny backed into the garden, and hid behind a plant, as he watched her walk over and stand towering in front of the garden.

 

“I thought you loved me, Sonny!” she mocked, “Yet you stood me up on our date ten years ago. To think I was jilted. You must have had pre-gobbling jitters. You won’t be running out on me again though.”

 

She searched until she caught him, and took him to her classroom. They talked for a while. She rolled out a small folding mattress and lay on it and let him lie on her neck and against her cheeks.

 

“How do you feel, knowing that you can’t escape me this time?” she asked.

 

“I’ve known you for 15 years now. You’re 45. You’ve had a long life of happiness. I’ve missed out on years of dating and years of marriage.”

 

“You’re still younger than I was when we first met,” said Mrs Long.

 

“And you’re going to enjoy a long awaited pleasant dining experience of me, which will take away what little hope of meeting someone that I have left.”

 

“Oh Sonny, use all your strength to push against my stomach, when you say these things. I’m enjoying this conversation a lot.”

 

“I still think you’re more beautiful than anyone else. I’d gladly marry you in a heartbeat. I didn’t love you any less, when I changed my mind and ran away 10 years ago. I just had to try again to meet girls,” he said.

 

“Did you have any luck?”

 

“None, for the whole time I’ve known you. I thought I’d try here on a Saturday.”

 

“It’s time to cook you for lunch,” she said, and took him to the staff kitchen, warmed him in the oven, and then took him back to her classroom, sat at her desk and ate him.

 

For the rest of the day, she enjoyed herself in the school grounds, and then went home late in the afternoon. She noticed the broken window, which had been opened to enable the two burglars to come and go. Then she ran to the bedroom and found Casey alright.

 

“Thank goodness you’re safe,” she said, and took him down to the kitchen, “I’m glad Kirsty was away with friends today and tonight. I wouldn’t have liked her being found by the burglars or coming home to this. I’d better fetch some boards and hammer them over that broken window for now.”

 

By the time Mrs Long had finished, she felt exhausted, and hungry. She took Casey around the house, and they were unable to notice anything missing.

 

“Maybe they didn’t find any valuables and gave up,” said Casey, “They never came into the bedroom.”

 

“Well I’m glad they didn’t find you,” said Mrs Long, “Let’s get some dinner.”

 

She opened the refridgerator.

 

“So that’s what they took! They’ve cleaned out the fridge!” said Mrs Long.

 

She checked the pantry and found that there was no food there either.

 

“They took all of my food, and it’s too late in the day to go to the shops. They’ll all be closed.”

 

Casey looked up at her from the kitchen bench.

 

“I’m sorry I wasn’t able to prevent them,” he said, “I’m just too small to be any use in a fight at this size.”

 

“I wouldn’t have expected you to prevail against two giant girls,” said Mrs Long, “But you will be a big help to me now. I’ve had a lovely time with you, ever since you moved in here more than fifteen years ago. Your friendship, your love and admiration, your willingness to take on everything I could teach you about music, and your sweet nature have made you a lovely companion. I didn’t know if I’d ever fall in love again after my husband died, but with you I couldn’t help it.”

 

“I felt the same way about you, Mrs Long,” said Casey, “And tonight we can see each other through this problem. We can cope with one night’s hunger, as long as we have each other.”

 

“We won’t need to cope with hunger,” said Mrs Long, “I’ve never been so glad to have you here, Casey. I can cook you and have you for dinner.”

 

“Me! But Mrs Long, only a short while ago, you said how relieved you were that I was safe.”

 

“You’ll still be safe inside my stomach. I’ll never lose you.”

 

“You surely couldn’t go through with it after all we’ve meant to each other. I know you’ve eaten other boys, but you and I have something special.”

 

“That’s why I thought you might be willing to help me with dinner tonight,” said Mrs Long.

 

“I want to stay here as your boyfriend,” said Casey, “I don’t want to be eaten.”

 

“Well I’m tired and hungry, and I’ve made up my mind to eat you,” said Mrs Long, “Just make the best of it. In an hour or two, it will all be over.”

 

She took out a baking dish and placed him into it and opened the oven door. He looked out at her as she slid the dish into the oven. Her beautiful face was set in its purpose, her eyes unmistakably communicating her resolve.

 

“I can’t believe you’re doing this,” he said.

 

“I don’t really have any other options,” said Mrs Long, “And you don’t have any choice at all.”

 

“If only those burglars hadn’t come today,” said Casey.

 

“There’s no point in thinking like that. I’ll see you soon,” said Mrs Long and closed the oven door.

 

She walked away, looking magnificent even from behind though the glass door, as her large dress swayed behind her.

 

In a short while, she took him from the oven to the table, and sat down and lifted him to her mouth.

 

“Goodbye little darling,” she said, and gave him a huge kiss.

 

It took his mind back to the first day she’d seen him in the giant world and called him darling. Then she slid him onto her tongue and savoured the taste of him for as long as possible, before she gulped him into her throat and swallowed him whole.

 

 

Mrs Yeo and Roy had continued dating all those years, and reached a point where they had a special conversation in Mrs Yeo’s lounge room.

 

“Roy I don’t want you to underestimate the measure of my love for you, when you hear me make this request,” said Mrs Yeo, “But we have talked about it before. I’ve done a lot of thinking lately, and I would like to ask for your permission to eat you at last.”

 

“Oh…. “ said Roy, “I had always hoped that I would stay with you in this romance forever.”

 

“I can assure you I would be most romantic in the way I went about eating you,” said Mrs Yeo.

 

“Do you really want it that badly?” he asked.

 

“Every time I have a meal, I can’t help comparing its shortcomings with the hopes I have of dining on your lovely young meat instead.”

 

“Well I’ve had years to wonder if this might come up, and to think about it, Mrs Yeo. You have made me very happy. So I won’t deprive you of this pleasure. You can do it on any day which is convenient for you in the near future.”

 

“Thank you, darling,” she said, and took him up to her bed and slept with her full lower lip resting against his face the whole time. They would often do this in the next few days or weeks, but not all the time…

 

 

Willoughby had continued his visits to Mrs Yeo’s home away from home throughout the ten years. She had provided him with so much giant food, that he had not needed to work long hours back on his own earth. So he had taken a part time job two days a week, and devoted the rest of his time to writing. Mrs Yeo was now 55 and her brown hair had gone grey. She had taken to dyeing it blonde.

 

One day Willoughby and Mrs Yeo were writing, and he was often looking up from his own work at her mouth, having enjoyed the licking experience and fondly remembered it from that day at lunch.

 

"Willoughby, do you mind if we take a break for a while? There's something I'd like to ask you about."

 

"Sure," he said, and put down his book.

 

She looked down at him, and seemed to be thinking how to express herself about something.

 

"I've been thinking a lot about the day I cleaned the pavlova from your face."

 

"I have too," he said, “It was ten years ago, but I’ve never forgotten it.”

 

"Really? What made it remain in your mind?"

 

"Well I've never been licked by a giant lady's tongue before," he said, "I guess it was very unusual."

 

"Did you find it at all unpleasant?"

 

"No, not at all. A giant sized tongue is just as soft as any other."

 

"I enjoyed it a lot," she said, "and I enjoyed the third lick most of all, because all of the pavlova had been removed, and it was just your little face I was licking. What I'm really saying is that I think you're the most delicious thing I've ever tasted."

 

This was wonderful, he thought. She was probably going to ask him if she could lick him every time he visited her.

 

"Thank you. I think it's a nice compliment," he said.

 

"Well Willoughby, I liked the taste of you so much, that I'd like to ask for your permission to eat you."

 

He looked at her in surprise for several seconds.

 

Her face showed no embarrassment at having made such a monumental request of him, with such lasting consequences, if he agreed to it.

 

"Do you mean … completely?" he asked, although he knew her answer before she said it.

 

"Yes. I obviously don't need to bite you, and I'd never do that to you anyway. You're small enough to go down as one mouthful. I'd like to lick you several times, with no pavlova to detract from the taste, then place you into my mouth and let you slide around on my tongue for a few minutes, and then gulp you down my throat. I was happy when you said you didn't find the licking process unpleasant."

 

"I'm honoured that you think so highly of how I taste, Mrs Yeo. It's just that I enjoy our writing sessions together. I look forward to them more than anything I ever do on my own world. If you eat me, I'll never have any more of them."

 

"I've enjoyed them too, and I know I'd miss them. I’ve never told you this, but I’ve met other little boys like you, apart from Roy whom I’m dating. I’ve asked each of them for permission to eat them, and enjoyed it when the answer has been yes. With you I didn’t ask, because our common interest in writing was worth sharing for the last ten years. However, I have weighed it up in my mind, and the experience of eating you is one I'd remember fondly for the rest of my life."

 

"If I said no, would you eat me anyway, without my permission?"

 

"No, I promise you I'd never do that. In fact, if you said no, you'd still be welcome to come and continue our writing sessions as often as you like. I won't hold it against you in any way, if I can't have what I'm asking you for."

 

Now he loved her more than ever, but it was such a difficult decision.

 

"You've been my very dearest friend, for many years, and I'd love to do anything for you. The actual process of being eaten (the way you've described it) doesn't sound frightening at all. It's just the fact that once you'd gulped me down, I'd be eaten forever."

 

"I know. If you do give me permission to do it, I'd be grateful beyond words."

 

"Could I think about it, and give you an answer the next time I come to visit?"

 

"That'll be fine. Well, thank you for not saying an immediate no. Shall we get back to writing?"

 

"Alright," he said, and lay down in front of his notepad.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Chapter 35: OPEN TO NEW THINGS by timescribe

Swayna was now 26 years old. She had married her relatively tiny childhood sweetheart Jerro, in a secret ceremony a year earlier. He was now 24. She had taken Jerro to live in their own giant house, and decided that it was time to unite the family a little more. Swayna’s older sister Mrs Brooke Middlehyde was a former student of the school, who had taught there for years, and had tried many times to capture Jerro and eat him. She eventually retired from teaching, about six years ago, four years after her early attempts to eat Jerro, in order to spend more time with her daughters Clayre and Emmar.

 

“Do you remember that she said she would have no further interest in eating you, after you were married, Jerro?” asked Swayna.

 

“Yes.”

 

“Well I trust her word completely. So it’s now safe for you two to be friends. I’d like to ask her over for dinner with us. Would you be comfortable with that?”

 

“It’s fine now,” said Jerro.

 

Swayna telephoned Mrs Middlehyde, who accepted the invitation.

 

 

Jenny and her somewhat tiny boyfriend Willy were now living once again in Jenny’s giant home. Willy had all the comforts of his own size catered for in one room in the house, and Jenny could always take him to other parts, when it suited them. They had brought a number of the novels Willy had collected (on his own earth) to the giant house. Willy was reading through a series of them one day, when Jenny decided to take a nostalgic trip to her old school.

 

She was walking through the gardens, peeking into the trans-D tubes out of curiosity, when she saw a young man from Willy’s earth coming through one of them.  She put out her palm and caught him gently, so that he didn’t even touch the ground.

 

“Hello,” she said, “I’m Jenny.”

 

“I’m Jesse,” said the boy.

 

“I met my boyfriend around 15 years ago, when I was a student here. He came through one of those tubes,” said Jenny, “Since then I’ve found ways to shrink temporarily and stay at his house on your earth. He’s living at our giant house at the moment.”

 

“I just found this tube in the gardens of my school,” said Jesse, “It’s well concealed, but we end up exploring all sorts of places at lunch times.”

 

“Meal times were fairly significant here. When I was a student, and first showed my then boyfriend Willy to my teacher friend Mrs Long, she announced on the spot that she would be doing everything she could to try to get hold of Willy so that she could eat him. She caught him a few times, but he managed to escape the ultimate fate of sliding down into her stomach. I could never understand Mrs Long’s desire to eat a tiny boy. I didn’t share that urge.”

 

“Well you’re in love with Willy,” said Jesse.

 

“That was it. I saw him, and he looked so cute. I was so keen to kiss him. The thought of eating him never came up. I must say that you look cute too, Jesse. Now I guess I’m open to new things. I’ve never noticed anything similar about other boys, when I was younger, but I think you look rather delicious, Jesse. I really do.”

 

 

Back on the smaller earth, a former student of Willy’s old school, named Gary, had returned to the school as a 25 year old school librarian. One day a pretty lady teacher, who was five years older than him, came into the library. She was six foot tall in comparison to his five foot ten. Her name was Patricia Dawes. She had long blond hair in a ponytail.

 

“Do you believe in trans-dimensional tubes to parallel earths?” she asked him at last.

 

“I’ve always liked the concept, but I’ve never seen any proof that they exist,” said Gary.

 

“I believe there’s one deep in the forest behind the school,” said the lady, “I could show you, when you finish work, if you like.”

 

“Since it’s Friday, would you like to come over for dinner, and we could meet in the school for the forest outing tomorrow?” asked Gary.

 

 “That’s very kind of you. I’ll meet you back here at 5pm.”

 

The lady made her reappearance on schedule, and Gary led her back to his apartment. They ate and drank, and then he asked her if she’d like to dance. He had his music system set up in his bedroom. So they danced slowly around the floor, arm in arm, and Gary enjoyed his first touch of a woman’s arms and body, and cheek-to-cheek contact too.

 

Eventually Gary manoeuvred her closer to the bed, so that they ended up sitting side by side on it, and lying down on the bed, cuddled close together. She seemed a little apprehensive.

 

“Am I too young for you to like me going quite this far?” he asked, a little nervously.

 

“No. It’s not that. You’re very nice. I just hadn’t planned to … I mean, you did say I could sleep in the spare room.”

 

Looking a little hurt, Gary said, “Yes. I can still make the bed in there, if you don’t want to stay in here.”

 

“You’re willing to go on an outing to a parallel world, with a woman you’ve just met. I’ll stay here with you,” she said, and snuggled against him all night.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Willoughby wrote very little, and kept looking up at Mrs Yeo and thinking about her unusual request.

 

"Mrs Giant, I can't really concentrate on writing, and if you do eat me, I won't be writing any more anyway. Are you having trouble concentrating too?"

 

"Not really," she said, "My mind does wander into recollections of your tasty meat, but I'm still getting plenty of work done. You'd find it harder to concentrate than me, because you're the one whose life would change forever by being eaten. I'll still go on writing as usual, whether I eat you or not. You have to make allowances for that, and don't try too hard to force a new poem, when your mind is occupied with such an important choice to make."

 

"Well since I'm so distracted, I had an idea. Could you put me into your mouth and let me lie on your tongue for a while? You could go on writing, with me in your mouth, and it might help me make up my mind about being eaten."

 

"I'd like that," she said, "It's a good idea."

 

She lifted him gently towards her mouth, and placed him into it.

 

She left it open for a minute or so, and he was able to peer off the back of her tongue down into her throat. Then she closed her mouth. However, she would periodically yawn and open her mouth wide.

 

Eventually she took him out of her mouth and said, "I'd better get you back to your trans-dimensional tube, before I head home."

 

She carried him to the trans-dimensional tube, and said, "I'll see you soon, and please don't be afraid to come back. I'd value your continued visits if I can't eat you."

 

"I'll come back and tell you, either way."

 

He made his way home, and thought how beautiful her mouth was, and about the fact that he loved her, and couldn't be her boyfriend.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Toby made his way boldly into the giant school, as soon as he knew that classes would be out for the day. Mrs Long hadn’t seen him for ten years. Maybe she had found other boys and eaten them. Would she still be patrolling the grounds in search of new meals or not?

 

He walked for a while and then saw Mrs Long step out of a building. He ran towards her and she stopped when she saw him, and then pivoted a little, so that she could walk directly across the lawn to him.

 

“Hello” she called down, “I haven’t seen one of you tiny earth boys for a long time.”

 

“It’s me, Mrs Long, it’s Toby!” he called.

 

Mrs Long picked him up and looked at him.

 

“It is too. It’s been ten years, little man. To what do I owe the pleasure of your willing return to my clutches?”

 

“Take me inside, and I’ll show you,” he said.

 

She took him inside. He took out his mobile phone and began playing an audio recording of a tune, which he had learned was very helpful for hypnotism.

 

“You are becoming less conscious of the world around you,” he droned, “You are slipping into my power … You are now in a state of complete hypnosis.”

 

Mrs Long laughed, apparently unchanged.

 

“I think your recording in your phone is a little too soft to work on me, now that I’m a giant,” she said, “What would you have commanded me to do? Surely, if you were going to command me to let you go, you could have just avoided me out in the grounds to begin with.”

 

“I would have commanded that at the end, but the first thing to ask for would have been the chance to be in your company without being eaten.”

 

“Well it’s lovely to see you again, Toby, and I think you’ll have to accept that it’s going to be lovely, for me, if not for you, to finally gobble you all up for my dinner.”

 

 

 

Chapter 36: A RINGING IN HER STOMACH by timescribe
Author's Notes:

A big showdown between Mrs Long and Toby.

A university student on the smaller earth had just graduated with honours. He got a notion to take a nostalgic walk through his old school. He now had a Bachelor’s Degree, which would pave the way for a successful well paid career, and the chance to meet the girl of his dreams in an upmarket white collar office environment.

 

It was very late in the day. He had brought a torch with him, in case he was out after sunset. He walked through the school, and then into the forest. He had always been too busy to explore it, when he was at school, working much harder than the other students. He saw his graduation as a cue for taking time out to do those little things he’d missed, before he started out on a new life.

 

He found a trans-dimensional tube, which took him to the giant gardens of the giant girls’ school. He was found by a pretty looking teacher, and then he remembered her. He had been through another trans-dimensional tube once before. His name was Ted, and he had seen this woman snatch a boy up from the garden of an evening party 15 years ago and swallow him whole.

 

She took him into an office and put him on her desk.

 

“I’m Mrs Haye, by the way.”

 

“I’m Ted. I’ve just graduated from university. I thought I’d take a few weeks holiday, before I start looking for a start to my career.”

 

“You’re welcome to stay here,” said Mrs Haye, “I can fix you up for a few weeks with all the comforts you need, at a size that will suit you, and nobody else can get into this office. I can bring you all the food you’ll need.”

 

He was wondering why she was being so nice to him, after being so awful to the boy she’d caught in Lera’s garden 15 years earlier.

 

“Thank you. I think I’d like to do something completely original with this holiday. I hadn’t gotten further than the walk in the forest, in my plans, but this sounds like a lot of fun.”

 

He didn’t mention that he had loved the feel of the older woman’s now giant sized fingers holding his body, and that he hoped she would often pick him up and carry him around. The fact that she was older than him, decades in fact, was also something which turned him on immensely.

 

 

Mrs Long talked with Toby until the school had settled down for the evening. Then she took him from the teachers’ lounge to her own classroom, and sat at the table. She took her own mobile phone out of her handbag.

 

“Do you think you’ll be able to hold onto your mobile phone, on the way down my throat?” she asked.

 

“I guess so,” he said, “Do you want me to use the light function of it like a torch in your stomach?”

 

“You could do that, I guess. I’d like to get your number now, and then call you after I’ve eaten you. I think it’ll be nice to keep talking to you, while you’re in my stomach. What do you say to that?”

 

“As worried as I am, that you’ve finally got me, I like the novelty of your idea,” said Toby, and gave her his number, which she keyed into her phone.

 

“Are you still in love with me?” she asked.

 

“Absolutely. I only stayed away all these years for my safety, until I learned the hypnotism, so that I could come back and see you again.”

 

“I’m glad you took the trouble, and even gladder still that it didn’t work,” she said.

 

She began licking him over and over again.

 

“I have to admit, that feels very nice,” he said.

 

“Tell me about it!” said Mrs Long, “I’ve missed the taste of you on my tongue since that meeting we had ten years ago.”

 

“You know I’d escape at the first opportunity, Mrs Long, but since I can’t, I can also honestly say I’m thrilled that you’re going to do this.”

 

“You’re gracious in defeat, Toby. It’ll be stimulating for me too. It feels even more rewarding, to know that I’ve been after you for more than a decade, and that I’ve lived up to my prediction that I’d have you one day and eat you.”

 

“I love it when you say the words ‘gobble you all up.’ There’s something so arousing about those words being spoken by the very beautiful mouth which is going to do that gobbling.”

 

“Well then let me oblige you, Toby. I’ve enjoyed licking you, and now I AM GOING TO GOBBLE YOU ALL UP!”

 

“Congratulations on your victory, Mrs Long.”

 

“Hold onto that phone tightly,” she said, “Try to keep the hand which holds the phone off my tongue. I’ll be sure to let the rest of your body enjoy it for a while before I gulp you down.”

 

She put him into her mouth, and he slid around on her tongue, taking care not to dampen the phone. Finally she gulped him down her throat in stages. His body was now that of a full-sized adult, although still very small to a giant woman like Mrs Long. He reached her throat, and then her stomach, and turned on the phone, to illuminate the pink wall of flesh which surrounded him.

 

Soon the telephone rang.

 

“Hello little Toby. I’m so glad you brought your phone. I’ve never had the chance to talk to my other little boys after I’ve eaten them. So what’s it like down there?”

 

“Soft and comfortable. I’m staying as close to the top as I can for now,” he said.

 

“You won’t be able to avoid being digested forever, Toby. In the end, you’ll be all consumed into part of me.”

 

“It’s incredible hearing you say that, Mrs Long. To think that I’ve just been eaten by a beautiful giant woman, who has been after me since I was a little boy.”

 

“At the risk of sounding repetitive, are you still in love with me?” she asked.

 

“Of course. How could this possibly change that? There’s something about being here inside your stomach, talking to you like this, which makes me love you even more than before. I can’t explain it.”

 

“I’m finding that I’m all tensed up, while I’m thinking of you.”

 

“I have felt a bit of heaving down here in your chest, since we started talking.”

 

 “So you really love me, do you?”

 

“Yes. If you hadn’t eaten me, I’d have asked you to be my partner for the rest of time. You’re the most beautiful woman I’ve ever known. I’d like to have been in the position to be able to give you all the best things in life. At least I am happy to know that I’ve given you something you enjoy very much.”

 

“I always thought you were a cute delicious little boy, Toby, but you’ve grown into a handsome romantic young man too. I hope this is worth something to you Toby: I love you too.”

 

“Of course it is. It’s worth almost everything to me, Mrs Long. The only thing it can’t be now is the chance to act on it.”

 

“I’m sorry. I was thinking constantly about gobbling you all up. Does that phrase still sound as exciting to you, now that I’ve done it?”

 

“In a way. I picture you sitting in the classroom, talking to me, and licking your lips.”

 

“Actually, I’ve just stepped out of the classroom. I’m walking in the school gardens. Do you know that swing set near the garden of one of the tubes?”

 

“Yes.”

 

“I’m just approaching the swing now. How are you feeling?”

 

“I’m thinking about the fact that we’ve just found each other, declared our love for each other, and we can’t kiss each other. I can’t throw my arms around any part of you and cuddle you.”

 

“Would you really stay with me forever, even after all this?”

 

“Of course.”

 

Mrs Long thought for a few moments. She no longer had Casey at home to love. They had been together for a long time. Yet Toby had apparently liked her all those years too.

 

“I hope this doesn’t shake you up, Toby,” she said.

 

Suddenly he felt her whole body turning upside down.

 

He fell towards her throat again, but from the opposite direction this time.

 

“Are you still there, Toby?” she asked.

 

“Yes. What’s happening out there? Are you trying to finish me off even sooner?”

 

“I’m hanging by my legs from the bar that supports the swings. I don’t know if I can reverse gulp you back to my mouth. You’ll have to climb through my throat yourself until you get to my mouth. Once you’ve got a good grip on my back teeth, I’ll open my mouth and have my hands waiting for you to slide out onto.”

 

“Are you serious? Mrs Long, I don’t know what to say.”

 

“Just go quickly, before the whole thing goes wrong, or my original permanent plans for you will be beyond even my ability to change.”

 

He edged his way into her throat, and made his way to her mouth. Her tongue was almost vertical now, as she hung and he looked out into the lamp lit view of her hands below. He slid along her tongue, out of her mouth, and onto her hands.

 

Then she sat down on the swing and kissed him.

 

“Oh Toby, I guess you can have your cake and eat it.”

 

“That much has proved true, my first and only love,” he said, “But I still think that a man can’t LIVE without a mobile phone these days.”

 

She kissed him ecstatically.

 

“I suppose I’ll have to stop eating boys now, if I want to win your heart forever.”

 

“You’ve already won my heart forever,” he said, “But changing your diet certainly couldn’t hurt our relationship.”

 

“I’ll see what I can do,” she said.

 

“What enabled me to win YOUR heart, Mrs Long?”

 

“I realised that you loved me with such an undying passion, that you devoted ten years of your life, not to getting over me, but to finding a way to come back and admire me from the school gardens, and you risked your hypnotism idea just to be closer to me. You kept on loving me, even after I brought to fruition the oldest fears I’d given you. It was still my intention to leave you gone and gobbled tonight. But then I must have been falling in love with you in the discussion that led up to doing it. I became consciously aware of my feelings for you during our mobile phone conversation, after I’d eaten you.”

 

 

Chapter 37: SAFETY FOUND IN MARRIAGE by timescribe

Roy had once again slept beside Mrs Yeo’s lovely face all night. The next day he waited for dinner time to come. Then Mrs Yeo took him to the stove and stirred him in a warm pan of water and then took him out to the dinner table.

 

She sat looking lovely, her beauty having increased over the last ten years, and lifted Roy above her head. She opened her mouth wide, tilting her head a little, and put her tongue halfway out of her mouth, and dangled Roy gently onto it, licking his whole body as she drew her tongue back into her mouth. She rubbed his face on her cheek to dry it, and kissed it passionately.

 

“Thank you little darling. I love you even more for this. Farewell, my sweet young man,” she said, and put him into her mouth. He lay down on her tongue, and let his hands and arms rest on it as well.  


It was the pinnacle of their relationship. Roy felt that nothing else needed to happen, before she gulped him down. She had given him everything, and now he was willing to let her take everything from him.

 

Mrs Yeo opened her mouth and removed him.

 

“That was a test of your devotion, darling. Now I know for sure that you’re the one I want to stay with forever. I know you’re too small to have a marriage with me, but you can be my boyfriend forever, and I’ll never think of eating you again.”

 

“Oh darling Mrs Yeo, this is wonderful!”.

 

 

 

 

Swayna answered the door to the arrival of her older sister Mrs Brooke Middlehyde. She showed her to the dining table, where Jerro was seated on the table itself. Brooke had left her daughters with her husband, so that none of them would learn of Jerro’s existence. Swayna had also made a public pledge of singleness, to cover her secret relationship with Jerro.

 

“Hello,” said Jerro, as the sisters sat down.

 

“It’s been quite a while. You’re safe forever now.”

 

Swayna served the meal, and Jerro looked up, watching every movement of Mrs Middlehyde’s tongue as she ate. Had he been unlucky in the old days, he would have gone the same way as that food, only without the biting.

 

After the meal, Swayna spoke to both of them: “I’m going to do the washing up. Are you two both happy to go into the lounge room and talk?”

 

“Sure,” said Jerro.

 

“I can carry you, if you like,” said Brooke.

 

“Thank you,” said Jerro, and she took him to a couch and sat down.

 

“Are there any hard feelings, Jerro?” asked Brooke.

 

“No. I’m glad we can be friends now,” said Jerro.

 

“She’s only just started filling the sink with water and detergent,” said Brooke, “Would you like to see what you’ve escaped in order to have me as your sister-in-law?”

 

“How do you mean?”

 

“Would you like to look down my throat from the back of my tongue?”

 

“If you definitely wouldn’t swallow me now, sure. Will you gain any enjoyment from it though?”

 

“Of course. You still taste nice. I just don’t want to consume a married man, who no longer has his boyish appeal.”

 

She slid him into her mouth. He moved a little on her red tongue, and held her teeth tightly, as he let the light from the room shine into her mouth and illuminate the top of her throat.

 

“It would have been quite a change of address,” he said, and turned himself around and came to the front of her mouth, “Can you get me out now?”

 

She obliged him, and sat him on her shoulder to talk.

 

“You’re very fortunate that my sister loves you and protected you. Other little boys have not been so fortunate. I have eaten boys your size before, both when I was a student at the school, and ten years ago, soon after I started teaching there.”

 

“Don’t you think of the lives they would have had, if you’d let them go?”

 

“I’m aware of that consideration, but I’ve enjoyed the life I’ve had, partly because of the pleasure I’ve had eating them.”

 

 

Gary awoke to find the pretty older woman still asleep, with one of her arms wrapped around his body. He stirred, and kissed her cheek. Patricia Dawes awoke and yawned.

 

“I guess we should have breakfast and get started,” she said.

 

When they reached the part of the forest where the tube was, she held hands with him, and they jumped into the trans-D tube together. They emerged in a huge area of abundant plant growth. There was a pile of enormous clothing nearby.

 

She took something from the pocket of the giant skirt and ate it. It had looked like a tablet. She lay down amidst some huge discarded items of clothing, and grew to gigantic size to fill them out. He now saw a giant woman lying beside him. Then she took him in her hand and crawled out of the garden. She took him into what turned out to be the giant class rooms of a giant girls’ school.

 

“I found this world and made friends with another teacher named Mrs Long on a website called www.2vore6ate.com. She gave me some growth pills too, and I am now a teacher at this school, starting tomorrow. I won’t be at your school again. While I in no way disliked your intimacy last night, I only accommodated your attentions in order to keep you motivated to come here with me.”

 

“I would have come anyway, just to see the parallel worlds, and I’d still like to be your friend,” said Gary.

 

“You might not think so, when I tell you why I brought you here. I am going to eat you for my lunch, Gary.”

 

“Oh boy.”

 

Patricia extended one finger, keeping the rest of her free hand closed and pointed skyward, lowing her finger back and forth in a chiding gesture, with an adorable mischievous smile on her face.

 

“Don’t worry too much. It won’t hurt. In fact I’m ready to do it now,” she said, and slid the young man onto her tongue and gulped him into her throat.

 

 

Jesse’s mind processed what had just happened. He had met a lovely looking giant lady who had told him she had both dated a man his size and finally developed a taste for eating a boy his size, namely Jesse himself.

 

“I guess I might be seen as a tasty meal from your perspective,” he said.

 

“Do you think that I would do it?” asked Jenny.

 

“No,” he said optimistically.

 

“Neither did I, once. Now I know that my boyfriend is safe. So I don’t feel the same protective instinct towards you. Maybe, you might find, little Jesse, that I would be prepared to eat you after all.”

 

“I suppose it’s possible,” said Jesse.

 

“I’ll tell you what I’ll do,” said Jenny, and took him out into the woods, “There are some other tubes in these woods. They come out in various parts of your world surrounding the other end of the tube you came from. I’ll give you a three minute head start, but with my eyes open, I’m afraid. Then I’ll come after you. If you reach a tube, before I reach you, you’ll be safe. If I catch you, I’ll eat you on the spot.”

 

Jesse made his dash for safety, and used the three minutes to get far into the woods, but Jenny searched for hours, and he was unable to locate any of the tubes, before she spotted him, ran over, reached into the undergrowth and snatched him up.

 

“Please Jenny! What would your boyfriend from my world think of you eating one of his people?”

 

“I’ll never have to worry about the answer to that question, since I’m never going to tell him about it,” said Jenny, and pushed him into her laughing mouth.

 

 

 

Chapter 38: VOLUNTEERS AND VICTIMS by timescribe

Willoughby wrote a poem and went to visit Mrs Yeo again.

 

"Hello," she said, and picked him up and put him on the desk.

 

"I've written a poem for you."

 

"Thank you. I'm sure I'll enjoy it," she said, and sat down, "You can read it now, if you like."

 

He read from his notepad:

 

            My dear Mrs Giant, I'm going to say "Yes,"

            To what you've requested, but you'd never guess,

            That, during the time that I've come here to write,

            Your presence has filled me with endless delight.

           

            You're happily widowed, and I'm young and small.

            I know that you can't share my feelings at all,

            So long as you know, as you're going to eat me,

            I've said "yes", because I do love you completely.

 

"Little friend, that's beautiful. I'm very touched, and happy beyond description to have the answer you've given me."

 

"When would you like to do it?"

 

"I'm going to sleep the next two nights here. Would you like to stay the night with me tonight, and I could eat you for dinner tomorrow night? Is that too soon? I don't know if you wanted to do anything back on your own world first."

 

"No, it's not too soon. I think tomorrow night will be fine."

 

"Good."

 

"So you realise now that I enjoyed the licking, because I think your mouth is so beautiful."

 

"Yes. So you'll enjoy our dinner date tomorrow night."

 

"I'm looking forward to it now."

 

"Well I'm going to start writing. What would you like to do?"

 

"Could I rest in your lap against your stomach for a while? It would be interesting to press against it from the outside some time before tomorrow night."

 

"Alright," she said, and placed him in front of her stomach.

 

He enjoyed the soft feel of it for a while, and imagined what it would be like to be inside the stomach in less than two days time. He looked up at her face, while she wrote. She would go on happily, and he would become a part of her, unfortunately destined never to be the boyfriend he wished he could have become. At least he had the chance to give her a significant moment of happiness, and enjoy the contact with her lovely mouth, while she was doing it.

 

After a while, Mrs Yeo lifted Willoughby back to the table, and said, "I've written a response to your kind poem," and read:

 

            My dear little friend from a small world beyond,

            Since you have come here, I have grown very fond

            Of you, and I'm sorry I cannot requite

            The love that you feel, you delectable mite.

 

            Your verses are lovely. It moves me to see,

            That you wrote a heart warming one about me.

            I'm pleased for the chance to place you in a bowl,

            For dinner tomorrow, and gobble you whole.

 

"Do you like it?" she asked.

 

"Yes, very much. It expresses everything in a way that makes me feel special."

 

"You're very special," she said.

 

When they had lunch, he watched her mouth more than usual, imagining himself in the place of the food.

 

When the day concluded, Mrs Yeo took Willoughby to sleep in her bed, and left a reading lamp on.

 

He lay by her cheek, and talked with her for an hour or so. Then she fell asleep. He took another two hours to get to sleep, moving across the pillow to look at her whole face and then back to her cheek. The anticipation of the following night had made him too excited to drop off to sleep.

 

She looked beautiful, sleeping contentedly. She was having a perfect life, without the dichotomy of emotions which faced him, as the critical meal approached. He briefly entertained the idea of changing his mind and returning to earth in the hopes of finding a woman as lovely as her, but he could not imagine being without her now.

 

Finally he fell asleep for a few hours

 

Willoughby awoke before Mrs Yeo, and looked at her again as the sun came up.

 

When she awoke, he asked if he could lie on her neck for a while.

 

"It's a chance to prepare for the other stage of tonight's meal," he said, "I've been in your mouth, and pressed against your stomach. Your neck will be the outside of your throat."

 

"You're very welcome," she said.

 

"I didn't sleep much in the night."

 

"That's understandable. I'll set up a cushion as a makeshift bed for you, when I start writing."

 

While she wrote that day, he looked up at her for some of the time, lying on a small cushion she had placed on the desk for his comfort, and dropped off for lengthy sleeping spells now and then too.

 

When it was near the end of the day, Willoughby watched Mrs Yeo writing until she said, "Well are you ready to go to the kitchen with me now?"

 

"Yes, Mrs Giant."

 

"Let's go then," she said, and picked him up and carried him to the kitchen bench.

 

"Tell me whatever I can do to help you prepare me for eating," he said.

 

"You won't need to do much, except watch it happen," she said, "but thank you for offering. I've been very impressed with the way you've coped with this situation, ever since I first asked you about it."

 

She opened a shelf below him and took out an oven baking dish.

 

"Well I guess you realise that I have somewhat mixed motives," he said.

 

"That doesn't make what you're doing for me any less impressive," she said, putting the dish down on the bench beside him, "I'm flattered by your feelings for me, and I think we're two kindred spirits as writers. If your opinion of my mouth has been the reason you agreed to let me eat you; then I'm very glad you find it beautiful."

 

"I'm glad I can make you happy like this," he said, "I guess it was very fortunate the day that the pavlova spilt onto my face."

 

"It was. If I hadn't licked you, I might not have known to this day how delicious you are."

 

She lifted him into the centre of the baking dish, and then picked it up in one hand, and walked over to the oven. She opened it, and leaned down to place the dish in the oven.

 

"I'll turn it on with a very low setting. It won't burn you, just warm you up a little. Your meat is the best there is, but all meat tastes better when it's cooked."

 

"Okay."

 

"I'll come and fetch you soon," she said, and closed the oven door. The window was level with his position. So he watched her rise to her full standing position, walk around the kitchen, take some oranges to the table and squeeze a jug of orange juice.

 

She walked out to the dining room with the jug and a glass.

 

Willoughby waited until Mrs Yeo returned.

 

She walked towards him, opened the oven, took the dish out, and picked him up and touched his face with the tip of her tongue.

 

"Hmm, that's nice, but could you be comfortably heated up just a little more? I want this to be absolutely perfect."

 

"It's a bit like being in a sauna, but not uncomfortable," he said.

 

"I'll sit on the stool and watch you warm up a little more. If it's beginning to be too hot, just wave your hands, and I'll get you out."

 

She put him back in the dish, and placed it into the oven.

 

She sat down on the stool and looked in at him

 

 

 

Chapter 39: PATRICIA'S INNER TUBE by timescribe

Ted had lived comfortably in Mrs Haye’s care for weeks. He was infatuated with the giant woman. It was pleasant for both of them to spend time alone talking together in her office, and he never grew bored with the touch of her lovely giant fingers.

 

“I think my holiday period is just about up,” said Ted, “But I’d love to come back here and visit you frequently. I’ve come to value our friendship very quickly, and I won’t become nearly as lost in my new career on earth as I planned to.”

 

“You won’t become lost in it at all actually,” said Mrs Haye, “I haven’t provided you with a free holiday in a fantasy location purely for the sake of it. I have rather definite plans for you, Ted.”

 

“Oh…” he said, “Is it too presumptuous of me to ask you what they are?”

 

He had a fairly good idea.

 

She turned and walked towards the door.

 

“Just wait there, while I fetch a drink to go with you,” she said, and walked out and locked the door.

 

 

Willoughby marvelled at the grand elegance of Mrs Yeo’s giant body, and waited until she opened the oven again, took out the dish, tasted him once more, and said, "That's perfect, Willoughby. I'm ready to serve you now."

 

She reached to a shelf above him and took a plate down, and placed him upon it. She walked into the dining room, put the plate on the table and sat down.

 

"Well here we are," she said, "I'd like to put you into my mouth, before you've cooled down much. This will be our last chance to talk. Is there anything else you'd like to say, before I commence?"

 

"Thank you for being my lovely friend, and best wishes for a nice dinner."

 

"I'm sure you'll be that," she said, "And thank you for being my dear little delicious friend. Alright, my sweet little admirer, I'm ready to eat you."

 

"Goodbye, lovely giant."

 

"Farewell, sweet young dinner."

 

She lifted him gently towards her mouth in her fingers, and then opened her hand and let him lie on the palm.

 

She put out her tongue and licked him for a minute or so, and then said, "You're the most luscious meal I've ever had. In you go then, little darling."

 

She opened her mouth wide, and placed him into it. She left her mouth open for a minute, while he looked out at her retracting hand, her lips and the dining room.

 

Then she slowly closed her mouth, and moved her tongue about, sliding him and rolling him around on it. She did this for several minutes.

 

Then she stopped, and her tongue did not move at all for a second.

 

"She's about to swallow me," he realised.

 

He had guessed correctly.

 

She slowly arched her tongue upwards, so that he slid into her throat. He stopped in the middle of her neck.

 

She waited a few seconds, and then he felt her gulping.

 

He slid down further and further and reached her stomach.

 

"Well that's it," he thought, "She's eaten me. She'll be back to her writing tomorrow."

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Ted ran across the carpet and pressed hard against the wall just beside the door. When Mrs Haye returned and opened the door, he darted out into the corridor, and started running along it.

 

She walked over to his makeshift living quarters and noticed him gone. She quickly walked around the room, wondered where he could have hidden, and then guessed what he had done.

 

He had not gotten far, before he heard her walking along the corridor behind him. There was nowhere he could retreat to in time to save himself. He turned around and watched Mrs Haye loom up in front of him and pick him up.

 

She took him into the office, locked the door, sat at the table, and licked him repeatedly, before she put him into her mouth and swallowed him with ease. Then the water came down on him like a shower, and he was trapped in her stomach.

 

 

 

 

Mrs Long had moved into the boarding house, as a live-in teacher, so that she could see more of Toby.

One day, Toby decided to ask Mrs Long if he could move in with her, and secretly live in the boarding house too. He was so eager, that he didn’t wait until giant school was over. He took the day off work, and headed to the giant world in the school lunch hour. Since Mrs Long was the woman who had been hunting him in the past, he now felt safe in the middle of the day. He snuck towards the teachers’ lounge, to see if she was there. When he got there, he stayed out of sight, as there were other teachers in the school, who may come in at any moment. He would approach Mrs Long, as soon as she was alone.

 

He kept hidden and saw her talking to Miss Cartwright.

 

“I’ve come to think that I let Toby out of my stomach too soon,” said Mrs Long.

 

“Have you told Toby?” asked Miss Cartwright.

 

“Not yet. I don’t want him to know until I get the next opportunity to eat him up unobserved. It’ll be forever this time.”

 

“I can still hardly believe what you told me, about the way you let him out again, after you’d eaten him, and started a romance with him. It’s very sweet.”

 

“He adores me,” said Mrs Long, “I’ve had a lovely time with him too.”

 

Toby didn’t need to hear any more. He left the school grounds, both heartbroken and frightened and didn’t return.

 

 

During the same lunch break that Toby was having his experience, a 24 year old man found a trans-D tube into the school, and had not strayed too far from the tube, when he was seen by Miss Patricia Dawes.

 

“Don’t you look like a nice little mouthful of meat!” she called, “I can’t wait to start eating you!”

 

He ran for the tube, quickly adjusting to the fact that he had stumbled upon a parallel world of giants, with some extremely cannibalistic women, if this one was anything to go by.

 

Patricia pursued him into the garden with unswerving ferocity. She lunged at him, just as he reached the tube. He jumped into the tube, barely dodging her huge hand. Patricia didn’t want to let it go at that. She crawled around to the back of the tube, violently dislodging and crushing plant life with her body as she did so. She put her mouth at the back of the tube and sucked on it. However, the tube was a warp into another earth, and it did not open on the side that her mouth was attacking.

 

She was having no luck in her expectation that the boy would slide into her mouth. So she pushed forward with her head, and before she knew it, she had swallowed the entire tube. There had been no precedent for it before. She still couldn’t taste the boy, and gave up and left. The tube was no longer in the garden. Its giant earth outlet was now in her stomach. Its other outlet deposited the man in a forest on his own world. It was well concealed there too.

 

He had no idea she had swallowed it. His name was Gilbert. That day, he jumped into the same tube after school. It deposited him in a rather dark cavern. Yet it felt soft, like skin. The cavern was lit by the luminescence of the tube, which had not been noticeable in the middle of a sunny day. He wondered where he was. Then a giant grape fell down and landed in his lap.

 

Gilbert finally worked out where he was.

 

“She must have swallowed the tube. It now carries objects from her stomach to the school garden,” he thought, “I’ll have to go back and look for another tube, if I want to visit this world from now on. I’ll see if there are any in another forest.”

 

 

 

Chapter 40: THE INCREDIBLE SHRINKING PLAN by timescribe

Mrs Long had started advertising her size altering pills on www.shebay.com for sale, knowing that they were an exclusive offer to members of www.2vore6ate.com, as the sites were both designed by her and linked to each other.

Well, at least the offer would be extended to the female giants on the site. Whether or not she could be induced by a tiny boy to sell him a growth pill remained to be seen.

 

Mrs Yeo had been following most of the recent activity on the forum and wasn’t interested in the pills at that stage. However, she sent an email (using the contact facility on www.2vore6ate.com) to two other female members: Swayna and Jenny:

 

Dear Fellow Members,

 

 it seems that all three of us have dated tiny boys from the other world. I would like to start a more exclusive group, which only we would know about. Your stories indicate you are both former members of the school, where I am headmistress.

 

This would suggest we have a reasonably close geographic proximity, and could meet together for private outings. If you are interested, you can reply to this email at my private email address. I think we could have a giant ladies only function first, where we share the secrets we’ve kept secret from our boyfriends, and then invite our tiny men along to the next outing.

 

Please let me know if you would be interested in such a venture.

 

Both Jenny and Swayna responded positively. Mrs Yeo had read Mrs Long’s account of the unexpected turn in her relationship with Toby, and had wondered if they would qualify for membership in the group she was forming. Yet now she decided against informing Mrs Long about their group, since Mrs Long’s profile had the most accounts of boys who had been eaten.

 

Mrs Yeo, Jenny and Swayna met for lunch in the school cafeteria one day, and exchanged stories.

 

“I actually ate a boy not long ago, for the first time,” said Jenny, “I don’t know how such a sudden urge came over me. I don’t think I’ll do it again, but it was nice to try it just once. I’ll go back to protecting boys, like I did with Willy all those years now. Please don’t tell him though. I don’t think he’d approve. I haven’t mentioned it on the website.”

 

“Was the boy you ate delicious?” asked Swayna.

 

“He WAS,” said Jenny.

 

“I haven’t eaten anyone myself,” said Swayna, “But I did use another boy who liked me as a decoy for my sister, so that I could rescue Jerro from my sister ten years ago, when she had captured him. It was unfortunate for that other boy, but Jerro would have been eaten long ago, and never married me, if my sister had had her way. Now that we’re married, she’s not interested in him that way anymore. They’ve become great friends.”

 

“That’s quite a turn,” said Jenny, “What about our hostess, Mrs Yeo? Have you eaten anyone?”

 

“I thought of eating Roy, but decided to use a pretence of it to test his devotion,” said Mrs Yeo, “I did eat a boy called Peter years ago. I asked two others named Dirk and Gartin if I could eat them. I only do it with the boy’s permission, and more recently I finally asked an old friend I’ve had for ten years if I could eat him. He and I have been writers. His name was Willoughby.”

 

“That must limit the field,” said Jenny.

 

“We talked it over for a while, and he agreed to be eaten. This is why I wanted the three of us to meet alone first. Roy knows I eat boys with their permission. I did end up telling him about Willoughby, and Roy thinks no less of me for doing it, because he knows I asked his permission to eat him once too. However, I doubt Jerro would approve of the way you saved him, even though it had that effect. I don’t know what he would say, if you’d given him the choice. We’ll have to meet with the boys we married next time, and have a picnic in the woods and share stories with them.”

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Toby was still pining for Mrs Long, yet aware that he could not go back and see her. She would simply eat him with the same carefree merciless intent, that she had shown for years before she finally ate him temporarily. Only this time there would be no reprieve arranged by mobile phone, and no new relationship to blossom between them. She would have guessed that he had somehow found out about her new plans and left the giant world forever. Alternatively, she might think that he had just tricked her, when he had been on the phone to her in her stomach, declaring more love than he felt, in order to bait her into releasing him.

 

“Could she really think that?” he thought, as he sat down to lunch in the food mall near his work place, “I had no way of knowing that she was leading up to letting me out of her stomach and romancing me. Besides that, I put myself in her hands the time Mrs Yeo arranged our temporary truce meeting 10 years ago.”

 

He was still thinking about it, when he noticed a now normal sized Mrs Long come into the food mall. She must have taken her antidote, he thought.

 

To his pleasant surprise, she bought some food, and came over to his table.

 

They talked for a while, and both of them were open about her plans to eat him and his escape before she’d had a chance to tell him. He was very keen to see her the next day, and took down her address and telephone number of her home on their own world.

 

“I run an office, which administers a school for hypnotism and other special studies,” said Toby, “I’ll take most of tomorrow off work, and come over to see you at lunch time.”

 

 

Gilbert found another tube, and went back to the school.

He had a new idea in his mind. He would deliberately let Patricia catch him, put him into her beautiful mouth and eat him. Once she had swallowed him whole, he would be able to use the swallowed tube to return to his earth.

 

He let Patricia see him again, and did his best to convincingly run away from her. She caught him, which was his plan.

 

She took him to a secluded part of the garden, and began licking him.

 

“You won’t avoid being eaten by jumping into that tube again this time,” she said.

 

“But I’ll avoid remaining eaten,” he thought happily, as he watched and felt her huge tongue returning to the task of tasting his tiny body. She eventually slid him across her enormous lower lip. He savoured every second of that, and then he was inside her mouth. It was the most amazing thrill of his life.  

 

Patricia was not shy in obliging what she did not know had become his desire. She gulped furiously, enjoying the power she was exerting over him.

 

He reached her stomach, and stayed there for a while, enjoying the softness of his surroundings, and the thought that a woman had dominated him in this unique way. Eventually, he jumped into the tube, and returned to his own world.

 

 

Toby reached Mrs Long’s house just before 11:30, and sat and talked with her.

 

She gave him a drink and hugged him.

 

She served the main course. They sat at the table and ate it, and then she served dessert, which was strawberries and cream. He needed a drink after the main course. She poured one for him, and he enjoyed quenching his thirst.

 

Then he suddenly shrank to tiny size on his chair. Mrs Long walked around, put him on the table in her bowl of strawberries and cream, and smiled.

 

“I did wonder why you’d suddenly left me, and I remembered you’d told me where you worked. I reduced myself and my daughter with my antidote pills. Then I found the place where you worked and located you in the food mall. I used another pill in your drink to reduce your size. Now my body is still proportioned with the same size advantage to yours.”

 

“You’ve really tricked me well this time, Christine.”

 

“I have. Now the time has come to gobble you all up … forever. You won’t be needing your phone this time. Besides, the pills won’t shrink it.”

 

Using both his hands like scoops, Toby flicked a lot of cream into Mrs Long’s eyes. He grabbed a pointy looking strawberry, and threw it as hard as he could into one of her eyes. While she was trying to attend to her eyes, he got out of the bowl, jumped off the table into the lap of her dress, slid down the dress to the floor, and ran out into the garden. She had soon restored her vision, although one eye was still blurry and watery from the strawberry impact.

 

Mrs Long chased Toby through the garden. He ran through the grating of a drain outlet, and was pleased that Mrs Long’s hand would not fit to follow him.

 

She lay down and looked in at him.

 

“Toby, without my growth pills, you’ll be stuck at that size forever. You can’t hope to have any kind of future for yourself now. Why don’t you come out, and I’ll eat you, and you can finally embrace your destiny in my stomach?”

 

“If I stay free, at least I have something to hope for. However unlikely it is, you might separate from your husband again and decide to restore my size later.”

 

“I don’t think you’ll stay in there forever, Toby. I’ll catch you one day, and you know how things will turn out when I do.”

 

He watched her stand up and walk away. That night he watched the sun setting. He knew she would be unlikely to take a teaching job, until she had caught and eaten him. She would want to be home during the day times, in case he tried to search the house for growth pills. Thankfully the strawberry patch was not far from the drain, and there were other fruits in the garden he could eat. It was his only source of nourishment, unless he wanted to take the serious risk of becoming hers.

 

Chapter 41: THE DYEING ART OF ROMANCE by timescribe

The next morning he awoke just before dawn. He watched the sun come up, as he looked out into the garden. This was his new world now. He had lost all the size he’d been accustomed to on his own world. Now there were giant women around all the time. There was no way of avoiding them by travelling through trans-dimensional tubes.

 

The rays of sunlight shone between the leaves of the tall trees in her garden. It was a garden of a woman who had made herself once again a giant, in comparison to him. His whole existence was now one of struggling to survive and entertaining the one hope of restoring his size. It haunted him, as he looked across the garden at the break of day, knowing that Mrs Long could walk freely through the garden and enjoy it, that her family didn’t know of his existence, and that he would be cut off from anyone he had known at his full size, as he lived each day doing his best to elude her, without being so permanently confined to the drain, that he took no chances to try to get back to full size.

 

 

Mrs Long had snared Toby in her shrinking trap. Gilbert, on the other hand, would now proceed to trick Patricia, by dyeing his blond hair black.

 

He went to the hair dresser’s and had the colour put in.

 

“Now you know it will only last a month, and possibly less if you use certain shampoos and conditioners,” said the lady.

 

“The shorter the better,” he thought.

 

Gilbert made his way into the giant school, and kept a close watch on Patricia. It was interesting sneaking into her classroom, and seeing her teach the students. She carried an air of authority. The girls assumed she was a positive moral influence. She went about this, with no qualms or concerns about the fact that, as far as she knew, she had eaten Gilbert and consigned him to her stomach until the end of his days. It was fascinating to be looking at the woman, and strangely arousing too, to look at someone who was living her life as though he was inside her stomach, in a form.

 

He was glad that the tube was on one side of her stomach. That way, food fell past it and was eventually digested in the normal way. Otherwise, pieces of giant food would be forever going through the tube and appearing on Gilbert’s earth and piling up, until the tube outlet was eventually noticed by many more people. As well as that, it would have made Patricia perpetually hungry.

 

He waited until the students left at the end of the day, and then coughed from his hiding place, making sure that Patricia would hear it. She came over and reached under the cupboard, picked him up and said, “Hello little boy. I recently ate a boy about your age. You’ll be interested to know that I’m now going to do the same thing to you.”

 

She wasted no time in putting him into her mouth.

 

He lay on her tongue and reflected on the thrilling impact of the speech she had just made, and then she gulped him down again, thinking he was another boy.

 

 

Toby had not been game all day, to venture out of the drain, knowing full well that Mrs Long would be waiting for him to do just that. Looking out through the grate, he saw her come out and water the garden and sit down. Then she picked up the hose end again, and brought it over to the drain.

 

“I think I shall turn this on you and drown you in that drain, unless you come out now,” she said.

 

“If you do, I will stay here and drown. I’d be gone in your stomach anyway. This way you won’t get any benefit from my demise. You can’t get my dead body out of this drain any easier than you can do so with my live body. You’d be better off to take your chances on catching me another time.”

 

“You’re right,” she said, and discarded the hose instead of turning it on, “So how have you been anyway?”

 

“Alright,” he said.

 

“Did you sleep OK last night?”

 

“Eventually,” he said, “I lay awake for a while after you turned the house lights off. I was thinking about all that’s happened between us.”

 

“You can’t go back to any of that,” she said, “You’re in more trouble now than you’ve ever been before. You can only think of the future; and Toby, that future will most likely end for you in my stomach.”

 

“I know,” he said, “I woke up just before sunrise and looked out into the garden thinking precisely about those things you’ve just said, and the ramifications. I understand the logic of the suggestion you made to me yesterday, but I hope you can see why I want to keep trying.”

 

“Yes I can understand that,” she said, “You’re still as sweet as ever, after all that I’ve done to you. We’ll have some interesting adventures in store for us, as we seek to outwit each other, Toby. I’m looking forward to them.”

 

“I can’t quite put it that way, but I will remain optimistic,” he said, “When you first met me and tried so many times to eat me, you never imagined that the lovely romantic scene which developed at the swing set in the school gardens would have come to pass. I could picture you walking out of the building, through the school gardens and sitting down on the swing, even though I was in your stomach and couldn’t see you. I can still picture it. It was such an incredibly unique romantic build up to the love we began to share that night.”

 

“I know, but breaks like that don’t come often. I’ve eaten every other boy I caught, except the elusive Willy. I will be doing everything I can to lure you out of there and eat you once and for all, Toby. Do you fully comprehend all the advantages I have now?”

 

“Yes, but I still love you, and I still want to get out of this situation somehow,” he said.

 

“Then let the adventures continue,” said Mrs Long, “I’m going to read in the garden for a while now.”

 

He realised she’d never leave the drain out of her sight during the daytime, unless she had to go out. He would have to try at night. He went backwards in the drain, to his bed of leaves, and lay down and slept the rest of the day.

 

 

The next time Gilbert dyed his hair, it was red. He went straight up to Patricia after school and said, “Miss Giantess, I was wondering if you would do me the honour of eating me.”

 

“That’s an original line,” she said, “But as it happens I’ve eaten other boys like you. So I’ll be glad to.

 

She swallowed the boy whole and had no idea that he once again used her swallowed tube to get back to his own earth.

 

 

 

Toby woke up late in the evening. It was around 9:45 pm. The house lights were still on, but Mrs Long would be with her family. She would not be out hunting him now, as he had the advantages of easier concealment in the dark. He could not risk hitting the place for the pills, while she was still awake. So he would use the time to eat enough fruit to give him all the energy he needed.

 

He went out of the drain, picked a strawberry and ate most of it. He was bloated. It would take a few hours for the food to go down. He looked up at the moonlight, fantasizing of the day when he would be with Mrs Long again.

 

At 11:00, she turned out the lights, and soon she and her daughter Kirsty were in bed in darkness. He thought of her lying in bed and knowing that she would resume her secret pursuit of him, as soon as her daughter was back at work the next day.

 

He approached the house slowly, giving them plenty of time to drift off to sleep. Then he slid under a door, and made his way by moonlight alone, to the first room worth searching for the pills. As her daughter had used them too, she would not have hidden them from Kirsty, but they had no further use for them. She would only have hidden them from a likely approach by Toby.

 

He found that it was pitch dark in that room. When he had been in it at full size, he had noticed a reading lamp. He would have to try to get to it, and see if he could turn it on quietly.

 

He made his way around the room, feeling blindly for anything which might be the reading lamp, and knocked something. It fell over and rolled across the floor.

 

“Too loud,” he thought, and ran back out to the door that he had slid under.

 

Both Kirsty and Mrs Long awoke.

 

“I’d better go and see if there’s a burglar,” said Kirsty.

 

“I recognised the sound. It was that vase. I shouldn’t have left it balanced so precariously,” said Mrs Long, who had no doubt in her mind as to the real cause of the noise, “I’ll go down and move it somewhere safe. If there are any other problems, I’ll call out. You need your sleep more. I’m not working at the moment.”

 

Toby was now outside the house. He ran across the garden as fast as he could, looking back, when he saw light coming from the downstairs room.

 

 

Chapter 42: THE LADY LEARNS THE TRUTH by timescribe

He reached the drain, and saw Mrs Long come out in her night gown, with an electric lantern in her hand.  She reached the drain and spoke quietly to him, standing in front of the drain.

 

“It was a good try, Toby. You did choose the best time to try to find the pills.”

 

“But not the best direction to go feeling about in the dark,” he said.

 

“You’ll never stop trying for the pills, will you?”

 

“No, I need to keep trying.”

 

“Then I’ll catch you one day. We’ll both have to be careful about how we play this vitally important game. We don’t want my daughter to find out about you, do we?”

 

“I guess not,” he said. Her daughter would be loyal to her, and then the privacy of whatever awaited him, good or bad, would be lost.

 

He stared up at her, thinking. There was nothing more she could do to catch him, unless he took a risk. There was no way he could get at the pills, without taking a risk. Unless he continued to devise ways to sneak around her house undetected, it was a stale mate, with no preferable outcome for either Toby or Mrs Long.

 

“I’d better go back to bed,” she said after several seconds of silence, “My husband will be wondering where I am.”

 

“Oh I’ll forever be daydreaming of how things would be, if you’d not gone back to him.”

 

“That might just distract you enough, to enable me to catch you sooner rather than later. Sleep well, darling little delicious admirer, if you still need any sleep. Maybe you’ll give me another chance at you in the house.”

 

She walked back to the house, with only the lantern to illuminate her graceful flowing night dress.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Knowing that Miss Dawes couldn’t eat him permanently, because of the trans-dimensional tube that she had swallowed, Gilbert decided to boldly walk into the school in the middle of the lunch hour.

 

He made his way through the tube, and soon found Miss Patricia Dawes. She reacted predictably, snatching him up and taking him off to an isolated part of the outer grounds of the school.

 

“Let me guess what you’re going to do next,” said Gilbert, “I’ll bet your next words will be something like: I’m going to eat you all up, little boy.”

 

“As a matter of fact they are. I suppose you’ve seen me eating someone else, while you concealed yourself on school property. You’re talking rather casually, for someone whose days are numbered.”

 

“Not really,” said Gilbert, “You’ve eaten someone with blond hair, then someone with black hair, then someone with dark brown hair. You caught the first two and forced them to be eaten. The third one volunteered. The only thing is, that the first one escaped you the first time, by jumping into a trans-dimensional tube, which would take him back to his own earth. You tried to suck him out of the tube, by closing your mouth around the tube. Yet, through a freak accident, you swallowed the tube. It continued to exist in your stomach. Your stomach has been a gateway to my world for a while now.”

 

“How do you know all this?” asked Patricia.

 

“The first boy, Gilbert was caught and eaten by you. When he reached your stomach, he saw the light of the tube, and jumped into it and went safely home. He enjoyed the experience of being eaten (without the lasting consequences) so much, that he dyed his hair black, and came back to you to be eaten again, pretending he was somebody else. Then he came back another time, and had his hair dyed red, to trick you again. His face was so small to you, that you couldn’t recognise the similarity each time. I’m Gilbert, by the way.”

 

“So that means that no matter how many times I eat you, or anyone for that matter, the meal will use my own stomach to escape from me. It makes it hard to keep a good man down.”

 

“Well I like being eaten by you, under these conditions. So I’m happy to keep coming back for more. You can capture other boys and either give them the good news before you eat them, or have your fun teasing them and then let them find out their good fortune after you’ve swallowed them.”

 

“I think I might like to try a bit of both,” said Patricia, “Maybe I should change my name by deed poll to Portalia.”

 

“Would you consider being my girlfriend as well?” he asked.

 

“Aren’t you sweet?” she said, “So long as I still have the chance to eat you now and then.”

 

She sent him on his way once again, and enjoyed the opportunities which arose over the next few days, to capture other tube visitors from the smaller people’s earth and vary her approach to the process, in the ways that Gilbert had suggested.

 

 

“Mrs Yeo, the headmistress of my old school has formed a group for giant women with tiny boyfriends,” said Swayna to her husband Jerro, “I joined it. So did Jenny, who dates Willy. Mrs Yeo’s dating a boy named Roy. She’s eaten other boys who have given her their permission. Mrs Yeo wants to run activities that include the boyfriends as well as the giant women in future. I was hoping you’d like to come too.”

 

“Sure,” said Jerro.

 

“There’s just one thing I should tell you,” said Swayna, “I never told you before, because I was worried that you might not want to marry me. Do you remember that time ten years ago, when my sister had captured you, and was all set to eat you?”

 

“I certainly do. When I was bonding with Brooke, that first time she came to visit us, I was very mindful of the fact that it would never have come to pass, if you hadn’t saved me that day.”

 

 “I was able to come into the classroom and free you, because she went out looking for another little boy. His name was Roman. He had made friends with me shortly after I started dating you. There was nothing romantic happening between us, but he happened to be with me, when I learned that you were in Brooke’s clutches. To save you, I turned Roman loose in the school grounds, outside Brooke’s classroom. I made sure Brooke found out about Roman, and then I was able to free you, while she was hunting for Roman.”

 

“He must have been a brave boy, to help us out like that.”

 

“He begged me not to do it, but I told him I had to think of you first. I wished him the best of luck to escape my sister, but my ultimate concern was to get in there and rescue you.”

 

“Did he get away?”

 

“Brooke told me she caught him and ate him. By the time we discussed it, she’d guessed that I’d used Roman as a decoy. I jeopardised another boy like yourself, knowing he stood every chance of being eaten by my sister, so that I could have you back safe and sound. Do you still love me, knowing that?”

 

“Nothing could stop me loving you, but you’re really asking if I think any less of you. I can only imagine what would have happened to me, if you hadn’t risked Roman that way. I’m glad I wasn’t in his position, but I guess we all took risks when we came to your world. Don’t worry, my love. I still hold you in my fondest thoughts.”

 

 

“Are you ready for this meeting?” asked Mrs Yeo.

 

“I admire you so much for doing this,” said Roy.

 

“I should have thought of it years ago,” said Mrs Yeo.

 

Mrs Yeo put on her shirt, coat, and a long dark skirt. She concealed Roy in her shirt pocket and buttoned her coat, so that nobody could see him. She had convened a staff meeting of all the teachers in the school at 3:30 on a Monday afternoon.

 

All of the teachers arrived and took their seats.

 

“I have called this meeting, because I have been aware of the trans-dimensional tubes linking our world with a parallel earth of smaller people for some time,” said Mrs Yeo, “I know that a number of boys from that world have come into ours. I know that many of them have been eaten, some by teachers from this school, some by student girls. I have eaten boys myself, after obtaining their permission. I know about the website denoted www.2vore6ate.com. I suspect that it was designed and maintained by someone in this room. Am I correct?”

 

 

Chapter 43: THE OLD VORE CHANGETH by timescribe

“Yes, I created it,” said Miss Cartwright.

 

“It’s an impressive forum, Lyndal. I’ve used it myself,” said Mrs Yeo, “However, I am going to institute some changes in the school, as far as the vore aspect is concerned. I would like it adopted into school policy as follows:

 

(1)           No teacher or student is to capture a tiny boy and hold him against his will.

(2)           No teacher or student is to eat a tiny boy without his permission.

(3)           Any teacher breaking any of the rules of the new school vore policy will be dismissed from the staff.

(4)           Any student breaking any of the rules of the new school vore policy will be expelled from the school.

(5)           The website www.2vore6ate.com will be permitted to continue, under the following conditions:

(i)             All posts relating to eating boys without their permission will be removed by the site administrator.

(ii)           No such posts will be permitted by the site administrator in the future.

(iii)          The linked site www.shebay.com will be shut down, and all hyperlink references to it removed from www.2vore6ate.com.

(iv)          www.2vore6ate.com will advertise these policy rules, to make tiny earth boys feel safe and at ease to visit our world and volunteer themselves for mouth play, short or long-term dating, or being eaten, if they so desire.

(6)           The sale of growth and reduction pills is permitted to continue, on the condition that the pills are not administered to people who are not taking them knowingly and consenting to their use. Specifically, the shrinking of unwitting victims is expressly prohibited.

These rules will be announced at a school assembly. I would like to cultivate an atmosphere so welcoming and non-threatening to our tiny parallel visitors, that they should even feel comfortable about coming to boarding house dinners with us, and either enjoying our company or even submitting themselves to being eaten at the dinners, if they are open to being eaten in a group environment. Now, do any of you have any feedback?”

“I would like to say that the website was my project. I designed it, put a lot of thought and work into it, and you’re asking me to restrict it to your regulations,” said Miss Cartwright.

“I’m aware of your work, and you have a real gift with it. I’m sure you could easily take yourself to another school and continue to run the website entirely on your own terms, but I’m talking about the lives of tiny beings who have been removed from existence forever, as a result of what we’ve been doing in this school. Most of them were allowed no say in their destinies. You are free to resign from the school, but this is the only school known to have the trans-dimensional tubes on its grounds.”

“Well I’ll stay on under your terms, at least for now,” said Miss Cartwright.

“I have no intention of continuing here,” said Mrs Martina Haye, “The rest of you may be willing to await volunteer meals, but if I catch a tiny boy, or even a significantly younger man, I won’t be directed by you to refrain from eating him. It’s part of the enjoyment of the venture to gobble them down, knowing that they would do anything to escape it.”

Mrs Haye walked off to her office to collect her things, and then headed to her home.

 

“Mrs Yeo hasn’t heard the last of this,” she thought, “I’ve read posts on www.2vore6ate.com about other tubes that come out in the woods. I don’t need to go on school property to hunt for boys in that area. I can retire from teaching and spend my days scouring those woods for nice boys to eat. As well as that, I’m going straight to my computer now. I’ll go online and download all the posts about compulsory consumption and save them to my computer, before Miss Cartwright has the chance to remove them from the website. She doesn’t know my profile name either. So I’ll still be able to monitor the new posts and find out what’s happening on the vore front in the school.”

 

“Mrs Haye’s resignation is accepted,” said Mrs Yeo, “I will advertise for a new teacher to maintain our staff numbers. In the meantime, I am glad to formally welcome our newest teacher Patricia Dawes.”

 

“Thank you,” said Patricia, “There is one thing which might be interesting to both you and Miss Cartwright, especially in the light of these changes you’re instituting. I chased a boy called Gilbert to a tube and put my mouth to the back of the tube, to try to suck him out of it. I’ve recently learned that, when the tube seemed to disappear, I had actually swallowed it. Gilbert has come back and been eaten several times, and each time the tube takes him from my stomach back to his own world. I suppose anyone who uses the tube in the other direction discovers they’re in a giant stomach and returns back to the other world and looks for another tube.”

 

“That would be of tremendous appeal to the tiny boys, I’m sure,” said Mrs Yeo, “A number of them have expressed their enjoyment of the process of being eaten, but have been unwilling to commit to the permanent outcome. Lyndal, can you and Patricia work together to advertise her potential on your website?”

 

“I’ll get on it,” said Miss Cartwright, “I’d personally prefer to eat boys permanently. So I’m glad I don’t have a tube in my stomach. I’ll just have to wait a little longer to find willing volunteers.”

 

Roy enjoyed the meeting immensely, as he overheard all of it from Mrs Yeo’s pocket.

 

“Before I bring the meeting to a close, can I assume that those of you who have remained on staff are all in agreement, or at least willing to support the new policies?” asked Mrs Yeo.

 

The staff all nodded their heads.

 

“Then I shall take this opportunity to introduce you to the man I have been dating for many years,” she said, unbuttoning her coat and placing Roy on the table, “This is my boyfriend Roy.”

 

The teachers smiled politely and made his acquaintance.

 

 

After several days of work, the new home page for www.2vore6ate.com featured a number of advertisements:

 

www.2vore6ate.com: the world’s premiere internet VORUM.

 

Click on any of the links below, to be taken to the right link for meeting the giant or tiny partner of your choice. Click on the DOWNLOAD UPGRADE icon if necessary.

 

VOREGRA TABLETS:         Order your pills now to enlarge people from tiny earth or reduce people from giant earth. Visiting your interdimensional partner’s home will never be a problem again, and you’ll find these tablets very useful. Buy both sets in bulk, and you’ll be able to change sizes frequently, men, spending some time in your wives’ mouths, and some time in their beds.

 

DAWES’ DOOR - THE TUMMY TUBE:   This adorable giant teacher has a trans-dimensional tube in her stomach. Any of you earth visitors wishing to be eaten, with a back door included in the deal, just contact Patricia Dawes, using the email window below, and you can take the free tour of her mouth and throat, before travelling safely back to your own earth via her stomach. And remember, if you’ve tried it once, please come back for more. Patricia can’t get enough of you.

 

MOUTH PLAYSTATION:  Enter here, to meet girls and women willing to lick you and let you spend all the time you like inside their mouths. After you visit their osculatory interiors, you’ll be given a complimentary walk back to the nearest trans-dimensional tube, to return to your own little world. Whether widowed, divorced or single, these ladies are waiting to taste you now.

 

DATE A GIANTESS:                        If you’re looking for a giant girlfriend or even a long-term relationship leading to marriage with a giantess, post your photo here, and tell us a bit about yourself and what you’re hoping for. Any giantess involved with a tiny boy is inevitably happy to indulge in mouth play with her little partner. Introduce yourself to her giant lips now, and you could be stepping into a love affair made to last.

 

DESTINED MOUTHWIVES:           Don’t be confused by the name. This group is for giant wife and tiny boyfriend couples. Let our friendly hosts introduce you to other couples who have taken the step of commencing an intersized marriage. Chat online about your experiences and lifestyle, and check our calendar for couples social functions and outings. All venues are secluded and do not permit members of regular society in relationships with partners their own size. This facility is only open to married or dating couples. Singles attempting to infiltrate this chat room will have their memberships cancelled.

 

DINERS & MINORS:            Boys, are you looking for that special older woman to gobble you alive? Ladies, are you hungry for that delicious young boy to swallow forever? Let us bring you together into that delightful demise which is only appreciated by the ladies and boys of whom vore crushes are made. Ladies, post close-up profile photographs of your tongues. Boys, be sure to choose a single woman, if you’d like to be kissed before being eaten. This is your chance to enjoy a dinner date, without having to book a restaurant. Just choose a private venue for two, and the boys will provide the food … by becoming it.

 

 

Alistair was still walking in the school gardens, just near the science classrooms building, when the snow began to fall. It became harder and harder to walk, as the snow began to cover the lawn around him. Then he saw a pretty looking older woman approaching.

 

The giantess saw his plight, and lifted him up. She took him into her science classroom, and put him down on the desk. She began boiling some water, and let him remove his clothes and bathe in it to warm up.

 

“I’m Mrs Lyndal Cartwright, the science teacher,” she said.

 

“I’m Alistair. Thanks so much for doing this.”

 

“It doesn’t often snow here, but you’re better off out of it at your size. I’ve met a few boys of your dimensions over the years.”

 

“My dimension seems to be a parallel one to this one,” he said.

 

“It is, but I was referring to the miniscule dimensions of your body. I created a website called www.2vore6ate.com, which was initially set up for anyone interested in eating little boys. Our headmistress has instructed me to restrict its activity for promoting only the eating of boys who have consented to be eaten by giantesses, as you call us. I originally had an associated site called www.shebay.com, where giant girls and teachers could sell boys to other giantesses who wanted to eat them. That site went away with the headmistress’s new policies.”

 

“Have you eaten any boys yourself?” he asked. To say that Alistair was intrigued would be an understatement.

 


 

 

“I’ve caught a few, and had some nice meals. My favourite encounter was the boy I vore flirted with over the internet for weeks. He was able to use wireless internet to join the site. We communicated for ages. One day he took my dare to let me lick him in the garden, after I had handcuffed myself. He got away, but I eventually set a trap and lured him into my clutches and ate him.”

 

“Would you have eaten me, if the rules hadn’t come in?”

 

“Yes, but I gave my word to stay on at this school in submission to the headmistress’s rules. I won’t eat you without your permission. If you want to be let loose when the snow’s cleared, I’ll do that too. If I ever catch boys and eat them against their will again, it will have to be outside this school after I’ve left, which I don’t plan to do now. If I ever made that choice, I would set free anyone I’d met as a result of being a teacher here. Headmistress Mrs Yeo’s rule is that nobody can eat a boy without gaining his consent. She’s had a few herself.”

 

“That sounds like the fairest system,” said Alistair.

 

“How would you feel about giving me that permission?” asked Lyndal.

 

He thought in awe of the boys who had faced her intentions, without the safety net provided by the new school rules, who had gone to her dainty tongue and into her stomach below, knowing that there was no escape, and no more anything.

 

“I think your tongue shines fantastically, and I would certainly be aroused by the process of being eaten,” he said, “But I would not want to face the prospect of being permanently gone.”

 

“I understand,” said Miss Cartwright, “Not that your answer would have saved you in the old days. I think you would be enjoyable to taste, even if I couldn’t eat you properly. I am a science teacher, and when I turned 30, I invented a formula that would stop my aging process. I’ve lived 42 years but only aged to 30 years. I expect I’ll still be around by the time Mrs Yeo’s retired and someone else has made new rules.”

 

“The most enjoyable thrilling arousing exciting thing about being with you under these conditions is this. I’m in the care of a much older pretty looking lady, who would be eating me if the rules hadn’t prevented it. I’m here with you, perfectly safe, and yet aware that you would have me inside your stomach if you were allowed to.”

 

“I must say that I feel something very similar,” said Miss Cartwright.

 

“I’d love to go into your mouth now, if you don’t swallow me,” said Alistair.

 

“I was going to ask you that myself,” said Miss Cartwright.

 

“It’ll drive me wild,” said Alistair.

 

She opened her mouth and placed him onto the tongue. He looked at the back of her mouth, viewing the top of the throat beyond. It was awe inspiring to think of those boys who had gone into this pretty mouth in the past, and never come out.

 

Alistair asked Miss Cartwright if she would turn him loose. She put him down on the lawn and said farewell to him.

 

Lyndal walked away.

 

Alistair ran after her and called out, “Lyndal, wait!”

 

She turned and looked down at him.

 

“Lyndal, please don’t go! I would miss you beyond everything now. You used to eat all those other boys without their consent. I’d like to be the one who gave you his consent.”

 

“Then you’re very sweet indeed,” she said, “And I’d love to.”

 

She took him back to her science classroom.

 

“I’m glad you’re eating me now,” he said, “In a way I found it so arousing, that you’ve always wanted to.”

 

“I always hoped you’d make this offer,” she said.

 

She put slid him eagerly into her mouth and sent him on the journey he had not anticipated when the day began.

 

 

Chapter 44: ABOUT A BOYFRIEND by timescribe

Charlie was now 26. He was still a bachelor. He worked as a legal clerk in a solicitor’s office. His employer’s recent words had left an impression in his mind:

 

“When I was your age, I was almost married.”

 

Charlie took some annual leave, and went walking in the forest behind his old school. He found a tube, which came out in a giant residential garden.

 

There he went for a long walk, until he was found by a four year old girl. The girl chased him, and he ran back towards the tube, only to find that he had completely lost his way, and was now stranded in the giant garden, unable to locate the tube. The girl grabbed him and took him to the garden tea table, where a beautiful woman was sitting. It was Yvanne!

 

15 years earlier, at the age of 11, he had enjoyed several romantic rendezvous with Yvanne in the giant school gardens, conducted each day after school. At the end of the year, as she had explained to him that she would, she had left school. He had returned to his own earth for the last time, and been unable to find anyone he loved as much as Yvanne.

 

“Look what I found, Mummy,” said the girl.

 

“Alright Natalie. Give him to me and go inside and play in your room,” said Yvanne, placing Charles on the table.

 

The girl went inside.

 

“It’s me, Charlie, from 15 years ago at your school,” said Charlie.

 

“I didn’t know there was another of those tubes in my garden,” said Yvanne.

 

“I didn’t know you had a daughter,” he said, “It looks like you’ve achieved the things you wanted to. How long have you been married?”

 

“I met my husband, when I was 24. We were married 8 years ago, and divorced last year. I’m 34 now.”

 

“I haven’t been so lucky. I reached adolescence and never had a girlfriend since you.”

 

“Was I that hard to get over?” she asked.

 

“I think that was the reason. I never met anyone as beautiful as you.”

 

“I’m very flattered. I enjoyed our time together back then. But that was then, and this is now. Since then I got married and had a child. I don’t want my daughter knowing I had a reunion with a tiny boy I once dated for several months. What am I going to do with you, Charles?”

 

“It should be easy enough to hide a small boy like me, until I can relocate the tube.”

 

“It won’t be easy. My daughter has seen you. She’s bound to talk about you. If anyone ever finds you in this land, people will believe what she says about a tiny boy.”

 

“Can you think of a place where nobody would ever find me?”

 

“I don’t know. I was just about to go inside and bring out some lunch. I was trying to think what to eat, when my daughter brought you here. Hmm. Charles, do you have any health problems at all?”

 

“No. I’ve always been in very good health.”

 

“And you’re only 26, aren’t you?”

 

“Yes. You did well to remember my age back then and work out my age now, after all these years.”

 

“So you’re in prime condition then. I’ve solved the problem. I’ll go inside and give my daughter her lunch in her room, and make sure she stays inside. Then I can come back out here and eat you in a little while. Meat’s always healthy, and I’ve never had an earth boy before. I did hear a number of rumours about boys from your old school being eaten by students and teachers from mine. You’ll make a nice meal, and people will think my daughter just found a doll and imagined it was a tiny boy. You’ll be inside my stomach, soon become a part of it, and nobody will ever know about you. Everything will work out fine.”

 

“It won’t for me. I’ll be terrified.”

 

“But you liked my mouth, when I kissed you 15 years ago. Have I really aged that badly?”

 

“No. You look lovelier than ever, if it’s not inappropriate to say so. But that kissing was with your lips, outside your mouth, and sometimes with your tongue. Eating is different.”

 

“It doesn’t need to be, in your case. You’ll easily go down whole. You’re just the right size for this. I’ve thought of everything. You can just relax and let it all happen for you.”

 

Yvanne was speaking, as though it was fine for her to eat him for lunch, despite the fact that it would end all his life experiences that very day.

 

“But Yvanne, you don’t understand. I fell deeply in love with you last time. I was so nervous, wondering if I meant as much to you, and finally learning once and for all that I didn’t. I would still like to do other things outside your stomach. I don’t want you to have me for your lunch.”

 

“Charles, I’m a divorced woman with a daughter now. It may not seem like much has changed in your life, but it certainly has for me, over these last 15 years. I have a new life ahead of me now, and a brief experience with you to conceal. If I let you go, you’d be of no use to me at all, and you would eventually be discovered. Your only value to me now is as a delicious meal, so I can hide you inside me. I’m sorry you’re not as satisfied with this arrangement as I am, Charles; but I am going to eat you today, and I don’t really see any point in arguing about it.”

 

“I guess that’s it then,” he said.

 

“Alright. I’ll be back soon,” she said, and went inside to serve her daughter’s lunch.

 

Then a leaf fell from an overhead branch, and landed on the table beside him. It was the perfect shape of a hang-glider. Charles pushed two holes into it, for his hands to hold onto, and glided off the table and down to the grass. He ran towards the flowerbed, and reached it just as Yvanne came out and saw him.

 

“Charles, come back!”

 

He ran into the flowerbed. Yvanne came over and searched for him.

 

“It’s no use,” he thought, “She’s got all the time in the world to find me, and she’ll do it long before I can get safely away.”

 

Yvanne drew nearer, and gently parted flowers with her fingers, and soon exposed his hiding place.

 

She picked him up and took him back to the table.

 

“There’s no way out, Charles. Let’s get started,” she said, and placed him into her mouth. Soon she swallowed him whole.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Up until the introduction of Mrs Yeo’s new school policy, the only girls and teachers aware of the tubes and their tiny travellers were the teachers and students who’d either met tiny boys and/or found the www.2vore6ate.com website.

 

Now that the existence of the tubes and tiny boys had been announced at the staff meeting, and subsequently at the school assembly, every girl and teacher knew about the tiny boys. The school was alive with tiny boy mania.

 

Even the girls with no interest in vore or mouth play or romancing tiny boys were still fascinated by the existence of parallel earths with tiny boys. Everyone wanted to meet them. The few boys (who found and travelled through the trans-dimensional tubes at any given time) were greeted as distinguished guests, and were free from fear of capture (unless any girl or teacher secretly broke the school rules) and usually found themselves with several giant admirers to choose from.

 

Mrs Martina Haye was not pleased. Most of the tubes opened on school property, as all the tubes had been created from a single tube many years ago. It had happened, when Lyndal Cartwright had attempted to enlarge a tube, so that she could travel through it to earth. Unbeknownst to her at the time, the failed experiment had caused an explosion, which multiplied the tube into many tubes no larger than the original, and positioned in many places throughout the giant school gardens, with some in the woods and surrounding residential gardens beyond the school property. Martina was now restricted to the few tubes, which opened in the woods.

 

 

Chapter 45: TEASE AND SYMPATHY by timescribe

Mrs Long walked out into her garden and bent down and looked into the drain.

 

“Hello Toby,” she said, “I thought you might like to talk. I bought some dolls house tea cups and made some tea. Would you like some?”

 

“Thank you,” he said.

 

“Don’t worry. I’ll fill a tiny cup and stand it just in front of the grate. You can reach through and take it, when I move back a little and sit down.”

 

“It’s nice to be able to do this with you,” he said.

 

“So tell me Toby, if you did succeed in getting your size back, would you go off and marry someone from your own world eventually?”

 

“I don’t think so. You’re the only woman I’ve ever loved, and I love you so strongly.”

 

“But I’m the only woman you see each day now. If you could walk the town freely again, and return to your job, you’d met plenty of other girls.”

 

“I had the opportunity to do that, from the moment I fled the giant school and stopped seeing you, until the day I met you in the food mall.”

 

“You know, I do believe you’re absolutely devoted to me, Toby. If it makes you feel any better, I’m quite set on you in my own way too.”

 

“As dangerous as that is, it’s also very arousing,” he said.

 

“I’m flattered, really, but I’m amazed that you can keep living like this, hiding out in a drain all day, and sneaking around at night, if you’re even game to keep doing that. What keeps your spirits up?”

 

“Moments like these last few minutes we’ve been having now,” he said.

 

He could swear she was blushing. For all her warnings and determination, she still felt fond of him. She would just never act on it, because she was very keen on eating Toby.

 

“In the future, Toby, when you’re lying in my mouth, waiting for the gulp that will take you down to my stomach forever, and you think about this moment … and you will … be mindful of this one immutable fact (which changes nothing of the predicament you’re in, by the way): I love you, little Toby.”

 

 

Toby had savoured what little he could from the conversations with Mrs Long at the entrance to the drain which protected him from her. She had shrunken her daughter, and then him, so that she retained the same size advantage on earth in the house she had been given by Miss Cartwright.

 

He knew that Mrs Long would never let him search the house for long enough to find the growth pills to restore his size. He had only one option left.

 

Early one morning, half an hour before sunrise, he snuck into the house, and waited until the first rays of sunshine shone. Then he walked over to Mrs Long’s handbag, which rested on the floor. He climbed into the open flap, managed to pull out her notepad and a pencil, and sat on the floor and wrote:

 

“Dear Mrs Long,

 

I don’t need to remind you how completely in love with you I am. I would have given anything for our romantic interlude in your world to have led to marriage.

 

However, we both know that you now have all the advantages, and if I keep trying to find the pills and restore my size, you will eventually catch me and eat me forever.

 

So the most I can hope for is to build a new life at tiny size, but a life far away from the dangerous woman with whom I have fallen in love. I did not want to flee from you, but you have often reminded me yourself, that you expect to catch me and eat me one day. That is something I cannot risk. Goodbye my darling. I actually wish you a happy life. What a shame it is, that you will not be spending it with me.

 

All my love always,

Toby.”

 

He put the note and the pencil and the pad back in her handbag, and walked away.

 

Later that morning, when her daughter had left, Mrs Long found the note in her handbag. She ran out to check the drain and found that Toby was not there. She ran to the fence, and peered over into the next door neighbour’s property. She saw no sign of him. She tried the same with the back door neighbour, and the neighbour on the other side.

 

He could have headed in any direction, even out the front and across the road before the traffic started.

 

“I’ve lost him,” she thought, “The one I loved the most, the one I most wanted to eat, and he’s gotten away.”

 

She went out to console herself.

 

Toby stepped out from behind a cupboard. This was the moment he had waited for. He had tricked Mrs Long into going out for the whole day. He began a far more comprehensive search of the house, engaging in a lot of strenuous climbing. He eventually came to a chest of drawers. The second from the top was partly open. He had a time climbing it, and then jumped into the drawer. It was lit by the sunlight at the front, but the rear three quarters of its contents were in darkness. He didn’t see how he could get the other drawers open, but this one had to be searched. Maybe he could sneak back on other days, when she had left them open.

 

He rummaged around in the drawer, and had no success in finding the pills at the front. Then, to his surprise, he heard Mrs Long coming into the house.

 

“She had only gone out until lunch time, and now the lunch could be me!” he thought.

Several items of her make-up were beside him. He had no chance to get out of the drawer and sneak out of the house, as he heard her walking towards the very room he was in.

 

He ran to the back of the drawer, and felt about. There was a pencil case zipper beside him. He quietly opened it enough, to allow him to get into the pencil case. He slid in, and began to pull the zipper closed from the inside. He couldn’t quite close it all the way, as the handle was on the outside. He peeked out, and saw Mrs Long’s lovely hand reach into the drawer.

 

Her finger and thumb closed around a lipstick, and she lifted it from the drawer. Then he saw her hand come back, and reach towards the back of the drawer.

 

“If she takes this pencil case, she’s got me,” he thought.

 

She grasped a small hairbrush near the pencil case and took it out. Then he felt the whole drawer opening as far as it would go. Peeking out, he watched her tidying up the contents of the drawer. He wondered what was in the pencil case, and whether it was something she was likely to want at this time. He felt about gently, and found something which felt very much like a pill!

 

“I may have just found them!” he thought. He ate the pill as quietly as he could, but the crunching sound was unavoidable. He hoped she hadn’t heard it.

 

Nothing happened to his size. He felt about again, and felt several pills. Yet what use were they, if they could not restore his size?

 

Then his efforts (to move quietly in the dark) failed completely, as he disturbed a pile of pills, causing them to rattle against each other. He felt the pencil case being lifted out of the drawer, and then saw Mrs Long’s face appear, as she opened the case.

 

“You’ve been very clever this time,” she said, “If I hadn’t come back to freshen up before going out for lunch, I wouldn’t have caught you here. You’re a young genius, Toby. What better way to make me leave you here unguarded, than by convincing me you’d already fled the premises forever? It looks like we’re finally going to have that  meal arrangement I promised you.”

 

“I’m already jealous that you weren’t freshening up for me,” he said.

 

He couldn’t think of anything else to say.

 

“I’m sure I can do that, if you like,” she said.

 

“You looks lovely,” he said, “Can I watch you doing your freshening up?”

 

“Certainly. She sat him on top of the chest of drawers, and sat on a stool in front of it. He watched her lovely hand stroking and brushing her hair. He loved the way it bobbed back against her white cheeks, when she released it.

 

Then she applied her lipstick. As she parted her lips in a suitable pout, he looked in at her tongue in wonder. It was so beautiful. At least he’d be able to touch it again soon, just before …. Before the end, he realised.

 

“How do I look?” she asked at last.

 

“More beautiful than ever,” he said, “At least I won’t go unstimulated.”

 

She took him to the kitchen, placed him on a plate, and took him to the dining room table.

 

“You’ve had too many escapes for me to leave anything to chance, Toby. This is going to be it for you.”

 

“I understand, darling. I still wish it could be different.”

 

“Isn’t it ironic, that I did nothing to catch you? The one time I actually caught you happened when I gave up, and when you tried a sneaky trick. Little did I know what a mouth watering lunch I would be freshening up for.”

 

She licked her prize a few times, and then held him above her tilting head. She opened her mouth right below him and spoke, showing him a view of her lips and tongue which combined with the words to arouse Toby as he had never been aroused in his life before, not even by his previous encounters with Mrs Long:

 

“And now, little Toby, and I have chosen these words according to your old fondness for them: I am going to gobble you all up!”

 

Toby’s heart went wild, as he looked down into her mouth. When she had finished speaking, her mouth opened wider still. Her tongue was like a thrilling wet carpet below him.

 

Then he suddenly grew back to normal size, falling out of her hand and back onto the table.

 

“I thought I’d caught you in time,” she said, “You must have taken one of those pills after all.”

 

“I thought it was the wrong pill, when nothing happened. It must have taken a while.”

 

“Well you’ve been tiny for a long time. Your body would have been used to its reduced size. It took a while for the pills to take effect.”

 

“And here I am sitting on your table, with no clothes on.”

 

“I’ll get you a pair of my husband’s old pants,” she said.

 

She gave him a shirt and trousers. He put them on, and then she put her arms around him for a long time. It was the hug that their friendship demanded.

 

“I’ll never accept food or drink from you again,” he said.

 

“I do still love you, Toby, but you’ve escaped my plans yet again.

 

Chapter 46: THE STORY OF NATALIE'S MUMMY'S TUMMY by timescribe

A young man in his 20s named Dan found a trans-dimension tube and stepped out of it into a garden, where he saw a village his own size. It seemed to be going to have a village fair soon. There were brightly dressed costumed mannequins around five or six foot tall, stalls everywhere and shops with doors all open. Yet there was nobody there at the time. He decided to wait until someone turned up.

 

Dan walked over and began looking at the first stall, which had two mannequins out the front, with one positioned to be massaging the other from behind. Suddenly the most gigantic woman walked into view and looked down at him.

 

“Hello young man. I’m Yvanne, a recently widowed single mother,” she said, and picked him up, as he marvelled at the way her shapely body filled out her lovely dress, “My daughter Natalie and I set up her toy shops out here when we were having her Garden Party. She’ll be out to help me pack up soon. I don’t know where to hide you from her. I hope you’ll be comfortable in here.”

 

She lowered him down into her dress and pushed him tightly between her breasts.

 

“I’m Dan,” he called back.

 

“It’d be best if you stayed quiet, Dan. We don’t want anyone else to know about you, especially my daughter.”

 

Dan enjoyed the comfortable feeling of the older woman’s breasts pushing against his body, holding him in place, keeping him from falling. He turned around occasionally, exposing different parts of himself to the flesh which supported him. She reached her car, before too much snow had landed on her, and drove to her younger daughter’s school.

 

Yvanne soon saw her younger daughter Natalie come out to help pack up the toy village fair shops. Dan listened into their conversation.

 

“Natalie, let’s play a game,” said Yvanne, remembering her last encounter with Charlie, “I’ll make up a story for you, and you can tell me how it should end.”

 

“I like stories, Mummy,” said Natalie.

 

“Well, once upon a time, Natalie’s mother found a boy. He wasn’t the same size as normal boys. He was very tiny, so small that he could easily have gone into Mummy’s mouth.”

 

“Why would he want to go in there, Mummy?” asked Natalie, “Did he want to be Mummy’s new dentist?”

 

Yvanne laughed.

 

“No. He didn’t want to be a dentist. I don’t think that the little boy in the story would really want to go into Mummy’s mouth at all.”

 

Dan felt a strange sensation. The tension in him was unprecedented, as Yvanne continued.

 

“Well Natalie, Mummy thought that the tiny boy looked so nice, that she began to believe it would be fun to eat him. That’s why she was the one thinking about putting him into her mouth.”

 

“The boy wouldn’t like that, Mummy. Your big teeth would hurt him lots,” said Natalie.

 

“Mummy wouldn’t want to do that,” said Yvanne, “She could be very careful not to bite the little boy. He wouldn’t get hurt, if she swallowed him down like that, would he?”

 

“No,” said Natalie, “He would just go down into your tummy.”

 

“So is that the way the story would end, Natalie? Would it be alright, if Mummy decided that the little boy should go down from her mouth and then be a little boy in Mummy’s tummy?”

 

Yvanne spoke with a mother’s natural amusement at her daughter’s responses; and Dan couldn’t help but find her unattainable beauty very thrilling, even as he wondered (with a strong feeling of suspense) what the outcome of her story would be.

 

“He might not like to be in your tummy,” said Natalie, “There would be no TV in there for him to watch cartoons.”

 

Yvanne laughed again.

 

“It would be very difficult for me to eat a TV for him to use,” she said, “But maybe the tiny boy would have to go without watching cartoons. Most boys have seen too much television anyway.”

 

“I think the boy would say no,” said Natalie, “I like eating things, but not being eaten.”

 

“Don’t you ever worry about that,” said Yvanne, “Nobody’s ever going to eat you. But if Mummy did find a little boy, who looked very nice to eat, it would make Mummy very happy to swallow him down to her tummy. Maybe the little boy would just have to go along with it. Do you think Mummy should miss out on eating a tiny boy, if it would make her so happy?”

 

“I like you being happy, Mummy,” said Natalie, “If I never have to be eaten, then the little boy should help make you happy, because I love you, Mummy.”

 

Yvanne took the shops from her and went into the house, and Natalie went to play around in the back garden. Yvanne took Dan out of her dress, and held him in her lovely fingers.  

 

“Well my secret little audience, Natalie has just solved my conundrum, with her own loving devotion to my happiness. I shall set you up in a dolls house in the attic, until we are alone at lunch time tomorrow. Then you’re going to provide the happiness we’ve just decided on.”

 

So exciting was the effect of her threatening announcement (and the feel of her fingers on his flesh), that Dan lost control of himself, and suddenly planted several kisses on her finger.

 

Yvanne beamed in surprise, opened her hand, and let him rest on the palm of her other hand.

 

“You heard me slowly persuading my daughter,” she said, “But I didn’t expect YOU to have such a flattering outlook on the events which will transpire at lunch time tomorrow.”

 

“Well, your … place for carrying me here … was very nice, and you look so terrific, especially your mouth. I’m just a little boy to you; but you have this lovely idea of what to do with me, and it’s made me feel so … “

 

She licked the finger of her other hand, performing for him with her tongue, now that she knew he liked the look of her mouth.

 

“I understand (how it must feel to you) clearly now,” said Yvanne, “And you needn’t feel embarrassed. It’s the most gracious compliment I’ve ever received. I’d better get you set up in the attic, while Natalie’s outside.”

 

Yvanne carried him into the house, up the stairs, and then pulled down the folding ladder, which led up into the attic. She climbed the ladder, placed Dan down on the attic floor, and went back down. She soon climbed the ladder again, and gave Dan a dolls house, with its own comfortable bed, and the smallest torch she could find, and some food for the night.

 

“Will you be alright for tonight, little admirer?”

 

“It’s perfect,” said Dan.

 

“Well sleep well, young man, and I hope you dream of being eaten by me,” said Yvanne, and kissed him an early goodnight. She pulled the ladder down, and he found himself alone in the attic.

 

 

The next morning, Dan heard Yvanne call out, “Come on Natalie. We have to get you to school on time!”

 

Dan had gone to sleep as soon as Yvanne had closed the attic door the afternoon before. He had woken up at around midnight, and fantasized half the night about being eaten by Yvanne.

 

When he finally awoke in the morning, he realised that he had thought about the fantasy as much as he could, without making the sacrifice that Yvanne expected of him. He finally focussed his mind on the need to escape. It was difficult, to stop daydreaming, climb out of the dolls house bed, and think about self preservation, but Yvanne would otherwise be enjoying more years of raising her daughter, with him as nothing more than meat in her stomach.

 

There was now a fair bit of sunlight in the attic as well, coming from a glass skylight. Dan had an idea. He rolled up the dolls house bed sheet, and carried it through the attic with him. He soon came to a ceiling fan. It would be easy enough for him to slip between the blades. He positioned himself carefully on a blade, held all four of the corners of the sheet, so that the sheet would function as a parachute, and floated slowly down to the floor of the room. Yvanne had now been gone for a while. She would be back soon.

 

He ran for the top of the stairs, but saw that each step was too high for him to jump without injuring himself each time. He ran back to the other room, bundled up the sheet, and went to the landing. There was space between the stair rail fencing, to step off and parachute to the ground. He had been hearing the traffic coming from the street. Any one of those cars could have been Yvanne returning. There was no time to waste. He steeled his nerves, and jumped off the landing.

 

Just as he made his leap, the front door opened below, and Yvanne stepped in as he started to float down.

 

Leaving the key in the lock, she stepped into position directly beneath him, cupped her hands, and let him gently land in them.

 

 

Chapter 47: FUTURES AND CREAM by timescribe

“I think my daughter was right after all, about you not wanting to be eaten,” she mused, “Natalie’s very intuitive, for a child who has never met you, isn’t she?”

 

 

Yvanne sat in the lounge room with Dan.

 

“Natalie did bring to light the fact that you’ll be missing out on a lot of television after today,” she said, with that same arousing amusement in her voice, “Would you like to see what’s on television now?”

 

“Will you watch it with me?” he asked.

 

“Naturally. You don’t think I’d leave you alone after your mischief with that small bed sheet, do you?”

 

“I guess not,” he said.

 

“There’s a cooking program on in just a few minutes,” she said, “It might give me a few ideas.”

 

Yvanne turned on the set, and they soon saw a pretty female cooking show host. She began demonstrating how to prepare a delicious dessert.

 

“She’s rather pretty, isn’t she?” said Yvanne.

 

“Not as much as you,” said Dan.

 

She kissed the back of his neck and upper body.

 

“You always know how to ingratiate yourself to me, and yet I go out for a short time and find you’re trying to leave me,” she said, in a mischievous role playing voice.

 

“You do still believe that a large part of me wanted you to eat me, don’t you?” asked Dan.

 

“Of course. But the part of you (that doesn’t want me to do it) is the part that I’ve most effectively interrupted in the hallway, when I got home not long ago.”

 

“How can you rationalize or justify doing this to me?”

 

“I’ve enjoyed many things in life, that other people have missed out on. I suppose I’ve become accustomed to the better fortunes which I seem to attract.”

 

“She does look very exciting, as she stirs the food, and licks little bits from her fingertips,” said Dan, turning his eyes back to the television, “Would you be able to do gestures like that, when you’re getting me ready?”

 

“I’ll do my best,” said Yvanne.

 

The program came to an end, and they sat and talked for a while, as Yvanne told him her life story. It was one easy success after another, narrated by the woman who would just as easily despatch him into her mouth.

 

“It must be time for lunch,” she said at last, “And how is the lunch-to-be feeling about the rapid approach of that event?”

 

“A bit nervous, and very excited,” he said.

 

She took him out to the kitchen and placed him gently into a pavlova slice, so that his head and shoulders were sticking out the top. He watched her whip some cream with her hands, a bowl, and a manual beater.

 

At one point, she looked at him, smiled, and dipped a finger in the cream and licked the finger.

 

“See, I didn’t forget your request,” she said.

 

“It looked thrilling,” said Dan.

 

She took four strawberries, removed the stalks, cut them into pieces, and placed them gently all around the remaining part of the pavlova not occupied by Dan’s head.

 

“Now this is going to cover your shoulders and your neck, right up to your chin,” said Yvanne, and gently poured the whipped cream over the pavlova, and the aforementioned parts of Dan.

 

“I think we have a culinary masterpiece,” said Yvanne, “What would you say, Dan?”

 

“From a visual perspective, I’d rather look at you,” said Dan, “But it does feel rather nice in this pavlova.”

 

“I wonder how it will feel when you’re inside me,” said Yvanne, “Not that it’s anything for me to worry about.”

 

She washed the bowl, and utensil, and then took the bowl to the dining table. She went to the kitchen and soon returned with a spoon and a drink.

 

She sat down and began spooning the outer parts of the pavlova into her mouth, along with cream and strawberries. He watched her mouth in awe.

 

“How are things looking from down there?” she asked, when there was just a little pavlova and cream surrounding him.

 

“Every time your tongue comes out of your mouth to receive the contents of the spoon, I wonder if I will feel it with all the white sticky stuff already surrounding me,” he said.

 

“Let’s remove some of that now,” said Yvanne, and lifted the bowl to her face.

 

Her tongue came out and licked much of the cream from his shoulders and neck, swishing excitingly over his face in the same motion.

 

“Wow!” he said.

 

“Anything to please the meal,” said Yvanne.

 

She then passed the spoon under Dan and all of the surrounding pavlova, and raised the lot to her mouth, lowering the bowl to the table again.

 

“I’m just going to spoon the whole lot into my mouth, and suck the pavlova from you and swallow it first,” said Yvanne, “I’ll pour a little drink into my mouth. When you see the glass approaching, hold onto my side teeth, to make sure you don’t fall into my throat yet. It’ll clean you up, as well as my mouth. Then we’ll have a chance to say farewell, before I eat you all up.”

 

She spooned it into her mouth. He felt the pavlova oozing away, and soon it was only her tongue which pressed against him. He was still sticky. Then her mouth opened again, and he saw that the glass was already there. He held onto her teeth, and pushed forward, so that his head pressed against her lower lip. She gently poured the water into her mouth and then put down the glass.

 

She took him from her mouth, and reached for a serviette. She wiped him down delicately. It was almost as though she shared his infatuation, except that hers was a desire to consume his meat.

 

“Well thank you for everything,” she said, “It’s been nice to make it a bit more enjoyable for you than I expected, but the rest of the fun is mainly for me. By the way, before I start, how old are you?”

 

“I’m 26.”

 

“So was the last boy I ate. I had no choice with him. My daughter had found him, and I couldn’t take a chance on her telling other people about him. His name was Charlie. You and I might have fallen in love, on the other hand. It’s a shame for you, but rather fortunate for me, that you’re so delicious, isn’t it?”

“You don’t seem to mind about the shame it is for me.”

 

“No, I honestly don’t,” she said and gave him a long soft kiss, “That’s what I might have been doing with you for many years to come. I just wanted you to think about that, while you come to terms with the fact that you’re going to be eaten by me instead. You haven’t had a girlfriend, have you?”

 

“Not so far.”

 

“A poor choice of words, Dan. You’ll never even have a first date, let alone become someone’s husband. I’m going to live to see my daughter bring me grandchildren, and you’ll be long gone. That’s how far removed our futures will be from each other, Dan. It doesn’t matter how much you enjoy or fear the next few minutes. The reality for you is that you’ll never have any of the things I’ve had. When you look at it that way, I do seem to be gaining the much better side of this exchange, don’t you think?”

 

“Yes,” he said nervously, “You caught me. I fell in love with you. I didn’t escape. I’m losing everything, and you’ll be happier for the experience for many years to come.”

 

“Thank you, I just wanted to hear you acknowledge that,” said Yvanne, “It’s time to remove any last dreams you might have of averting that fate. Farewell Dan.”

 

“Goodbye, beautiful Yvanne.”

 

She licked him again, slid him into her mouth, and soon slid him down her throat.

 

 

 

Chapter 48: HISTORY AND CHEMISTRY by timescribe

A boy found his way through a tube and into the giant woods. Soon he saw a giant woman walking through the woods. He introduced himself as Lewis.

 

She talked with him for a while, and he finally found the courage to make a request of great importance to him:

 

“Would you like to kiss me?” he asked.

 

“You’re never going to be kissed by anyone, little boy! I’m going to take you home and have you for my lunch!”


She enclosed him in her hand, so that he could not see or talk. The woman walked all the way to her home, and put him into a bowl.

 

“I’m terribly sorry if I offended you,” he said, “I saw your lovely face, and couldn’t take my eyes off it.”

 

“I see,” she said, “Forgive me for jumping to conclusions. I’ve been very angry lately.”

 

“Would you like to talk about whatever’s been upsetting you?”

 

“Thank you,” she said, and used the bowl to give him a scenic ride out to a garden table, where she sat down and continued, “I’m not far from retirement age. I lost my job a short while ago, because of a major difference of opinion with my employer.”

 

“What was it about?”

“She took it on herself to impose her own values on all the staff. She’s the headmistress of a school, where I was a teacher. She’s eaten a few boys like you, but they agreed to it. She wouldn’t let anyone continue to eat boys without getting the boys’ permission. So I had to leave the school where more than half those tubes come out. I had no qualms about eating boys from your world. I’m so glad I met you today, although I didn’t introduce myself. I’m Mrs Martina Haye. Again, I’m sorry I misjudged you, and I’m sure you’ll make a luscious lunch.”

 

Mrs Haye lifted him towards her mouth and began licking him. Her tongue was a wonder of incredible beauty in front of him. However, he was still processing the realisation that she had every intention of eating him, even though she had accepted the innocence of his earlier advances. She was now being very pleasant about it, but she had misinterpreted his offer to discuss her grievance as him having invited her to eat him anyway.

 

He tried to speak, but there were only split seconds between each enveloping lick of her tongue and the next. At last she finished satisfying her sense of taste, and held him close to her mouth.

 

“Thank you again, for being such a willing listener,” she said, “And I’m very pleased with your young and tasty meat. I guess it’s time for me to finish eating it. Farewell then, Lewis. I’ve enjoyed your company.”

 

“Mrs Haye, please understand that I was happy to talk through your problem with you. But I wasn’t offering to be an edible solution.”

 

“I realise that,” she said, “However, I don’t think that YOU’VE properly understood the reason I had to leave my teaching job. 50% of the enjoyment I gain from eating somebody is his delicious taste. The other 50% is derived from eating a boy, who has been warned of the contribution he is about to make to my stomach; a boy who would give anything to be spared that obligation, and yet can do nothing to prevent me from eating him anyway. It only makes you a more appealing meal.”

 

She forced him into her mouth and gobbled him down.

 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 

Several weeks went by.

 

Toby had resumed the career, which had been interrupted by Mrs Long’s shrinking of him. One day, she called him at work, and asked him if she could have lunch with him at the mall near his office.

 

Toby accepted the invitation, and even bought her lunch for her.

 

“My daughter has decided to go back to the giant world. I’m alone, except for our friendship. Would you like to come over and watch a DVD tonight?”

 

“Sure. Anything I can do to help.”

 

It was very cold at nights now, with the recent snowfall on the giant world, and the chilly evenings on Toby’s world.

 

When he reached Mrs Long’s house on his own earth, Toby felt the cold was really setting in for the evening. She invited him up to watch the DVD under the blankets, using the television in the bedroom. They sat up in the bed, started the movie, and pulled the blanket over themselves.

 

When the movie had finished, Mrs Long turned the units off with the remote controls, and then turned and put her arms around Toby. He enjoyed the embrace, in spite of all that had gone on in that house in the past. Then Mrs Long kissed Toby passionately on the lips, opening her mouth wide and allowing him the safest access to her lovely tongue that he’d ever been able to enjoy. The kiss went on and on, and Toby was indulging his passions by going with the flow of her lead.

 

She finally released him, and pulled him down on top of her, and they snuggled together.

 

“Is there any chance of another proposal from you?” she asked.

 

Toby could hardly believe his ears. The events of the night had already been unprecedented.

 

 “Where would we be, if you’d caught me before I restored my size?”

 

“Well I’d still be here, I guess, and you’d be inside me.”

 

 “So why should I marry you?”

 

“Because I think you’re a very handsome young man, and I’ve never been able to do this with you before.”

 

She thrust her body against him, by pulling him close to her, and kissed him passionately. He thought about her last statement. It was true. On every other occasion, she had been much larger than him. Now she was the same size as he was.

 

“I can’t say no,” he said, “Just let me find a ring and surprise you. There’s one condition though: Do you remember you gave me your word to let me go, that time when Mrs Yeo arranged our temporary truce on your world?”

 

“Yes.”

 

“Will you give me your word now, that as my wife, you’ll never try to shrink me?”

 

“Of course.”

 

Even as she said it, she knew that there may well be other unsuspecting but delicious looking young boys (as young as Toby was when they first met), whom she could now shrink. She would get a teaching job at a primary school, and see what would be on the menu.

 

 

Toby awoke the next day, with Mrs Long’s lovely body pressed against his own, and their arms still wrapped around each other’s bodies.

 

They had breakfast, and Toby went to work.

 

A few days later, she gave him some pleasant news:

 

“I’ve got a teaching job on this world now,” she said, “It’s at a co-educational primary school.”

 

“I’d like to give you something too,” said Toby, and took out an engagement ring, “Mrs Long, you are the great love of my life. Will you marry me?”

 

“Of course,” she said, smiling, and slid the ring onto her finger. She had removed Mr Long’s giant ring, when she had first come to Toby’s world, and more recently removed its smaller replacement.

 

They embraced and kissed.

 

“Just think. If you’d caught me before your separation, you might have ended up with neither one of us,” said Toby.

 

Mrs Long thought of her new teaching position. There would be no tubes for any boys she chose to shrink there. She cuddled up to Toby in the bed that night, and he fell asleep long before her.

 

In the morning, she awoke, to find that he had lit a small fire out on the back terrace.

 

“All your pills are burned up,” he said, “I’d just feel better if none of your students went missing.”

 

“It was worth a try,” she laughed, and threw her arms around him.

 

“I’ve just realised,” said Toby, “I can take you out on a proper date now.”

 

“Where should we go?” asked Christine.

 

“There is a play on at the theatre, which you might like to see. There’s a female character, who has a significant role in the story, and a significant appetite for little children.”

 

“You can certainly compensate me, can’t you?” she said.

 

Toby thought of all the boys she had caught and eaten, when she had been a giantess. It had been so unfair for those boys, and he had twice proposed marriage to the woman who enjoyed perpetrating their demises. Yet he had averted his own, and loved her for so many years, that the thought of walking away from her never entered his mind.

 

Toby went out dancing with Christine. He took her to restaurants. He attended functions at her school. He introduced her to his friends, leaving out her giantess origin. He arranged a proper engagement party for them both, something which had not been possible on the giant world.

Toby was simply and inevitably in love.

 

Christine had left a world behind in pursuit of her new love. She had even left a family behind, or more accurately, it had left her behind first.

 

All that mattered to her now was Toby.

 

One night, they were snuggling together in bed, but not engaged in that which they both believed should be saved for marriage.

 

“Oh I love you!” said Toby, “It defies anything I’d be advised by a counsellor, but with our adventurous history, and the pure raw chemistry, I can’t switch off the fact that I just love you so much!”

 

Christine laughed unexpectedly.

 

“What’s funny about that?” asked Toby, “I thought I was being sincere and sentimental.”

 

“I know you were, darling, but you missed the other meanings of the two words you used. History and Chemistry are two different subjects. The first is one I’ve never taught, not in any of the schools in either of our worlds.”

 

However, she had been a science teacher, and her knowledge of chemistry had enabled her to invent the size altering pills the first time. Even though he had burned up her supplies, his feelings for her had filled his mind with romance, to the extent that he didn’t realise that she could always invent them again.

 

Toby and Christine married in fairly limited company, as the origin of their relationship would have raised far too many questions about parallel worlds, and Christine's eating habits.

 

When the small reception was over, they drove to a scenic hotel, that Toby had picked out, and got into bed with no clothes on.

 

Christine began laughing.

 

"It's really rather big, isn't it?"

 

"That's funny indeed, considering my usual size difference to yours over the years."

 

"Yes, but in proportion to the rest of your body, what you've got there is rather large."

 

"I used to think there were two types of women: those who wanted men with large arm muscles and broad shoulders, and those who wanted men with handsome faces. I could only attract the latter, of course. You've taught me something new: namely that the size of what you’re laughing at right now is another consideration."

 

"Yes, but you can't exactly market that consideration to a girl on the first meeting, can you? Have you shown your consideration to anyone else?"

 

"You're the first and only viewer."

 

"Make love to me, my gorgeous young husband."

 

Toby was completely inexperienced, and felt aroused by the way she showed him how to go about it. He was lying on top of her, with every part of his anatomy positioned in the appropriate places for the deed to be enjoyed.

 

He lifted his head and looked down at her mouth, as the reading lamp illuminated their bodies for each other to enjoy.

 

"You're sleeping with a wife who very nearly ate you forever on several occasions, and even did swallow you once," she said, "Is any of the irony lost on you?"

 

"It's rather exciting," he said.

 

"I can feel that!" she laughed.

 

"It doesn't matter that you were married before. I'm so glad I saved myself for you."

 

"Well you didn't meet your end in my stomach, and I'll make sure you never do, now. We'll be together forever."

 

He was married to the giantess he loved most, the one who had spent half his lifetime trying to eat him.

 

What neither Christine nor Toby knew was that the fire had converted both sets of pills into invisible small clouds of vapour. They would both drift around the district, or even the whole world, unseen by anyone. Yet they would either shrink or enlarge anyone who came into contact with them, depending on whether the person walked through the cloud formed by the burnt shrinking pills or whether they walked through the cloud formed by the burnt growth pills. The growth pills cloud, however, could only enlarge someone who had been reduced by the shrinking pills cloud. It was not powerful enough to turn a normal sized person into a giantess.

 

This story archived at http://www.giantessworld.net/viewstory.php?sid=3178